leandrof/uniLoader
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/ivoszbg/uniLoader.git synced 2024-11-21 11:30:06 +00:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Compare commits

base: leandrof:b37e22572165f7c84449d7006c94e48dc6177e15
Branches Tags
leandrof:master
leandrof:armv5t
leandrof:arm32
...
compare: leandrof:54d3d93a92b7bea849f4a59c544173a2538c6bb1
Branches Tags
leandrof:master
leandrof:armv5t
leandrof:arm32

2 Commits
b37e225721 ... 54d3d93a92

Author SHA1 Message Date
Ivaylo Ivanov
54d3d93a92 arch: aarch64: Set up Stack Pointer 
Introduce stack and bss memory regions, rename Start.S to start.S
This commit should allow jumping out of assembly code for certain
SoCs that had issues with SP like MTK and QCOM.

Signed-off-by: Ivaylo Ivanov <ivo.ivanov.ivanov1@gmail.com>
 2024-08-06 19:23:47 +03:00
Ivaylo Ivanov
4a0977b0f6 lib: Replace the broken newlib implementation with neatlibc 
Make 2 different folders for armv7 and aarch64 assembly neatlibc
functions. Add the neatlibc submodule, make it work against the
Makefile system. Pray.

Signed-off-by: Ivaylo Ivanov <ivo.ivanov.ivanov1@gmail.com>
 2024-08-06 13:25:07 +03:00
2560 changed files with 1103 additions and 464065 deletions
Show Stats Expand all files Collapse all files

3
.gitmodules vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
[submodule "lib/neatlibc"]
path = lib/neatlibc
url = https://github.com/aligrudi/neatlibc.git

7
Makefile
View File

@ -198,7 +198,8 @@ KBUILD_CFLAGS := -Wall -Wundef -Wstrict-prototypes -Wno-trigraphs \
-Werror-implicit-function-declaration \
-Wno-format-security \
-fno-delete-null-pointer-checks \
-Wno-builtin-declaration-mismatch -Wno-main
-Wno-builtin-declaration-mismatch -Wno-main -nostdinc \
-I$(srctree)/lib/neatlibc
KBUILD_AFLAGS_KERNEL :=
KBUILD_CFLAGS_KERNEL :=
KBUILD_AFLAGS := -D__ASSEMBLY__
@ -339,8 +340,8 @@ endif # $(dot-config)
all: arch/$(ARCH)/linker.lds uniLoader
# List of main executables
main-y := main/main.o
main-y += arch/$(ARCH)/Start.o
main-y := arch/$(ARCH)/start.o \
main/main.o
# Object directories
objs-y := main

2
arch/Makefile
View File

@ -1 +1 @@
obj-y += $(ARCH)/Start.o
obj-y += $(ARCH)/start.o

12
arch/aarch64/Start.S
View File

@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
/*
* Copyright (c) 2022, Ivaylo Ivanov <ivo.ivanov.ivanov1@gmail.com>
*/
adr x0, dtb
adr x1, kernel
b main
.global load_kernel
load_kernel:
br x4

21
arch/aarch64/linker.lds.S
View File

@ -13,15 +13,30 @@ INPUT(DTB_PATH)
SECTIONS
{
.boot : {
arch/aarch64/Start.o
arch/aarch64/start.o
}
.dtb ALIGN(0x1000) : {
.text : {
*(.text)
}
.bss ALIGN(4096) : {
_bss_start = .;
. = . + 4096;
_bss_end = .;
}
.stack ALIGN(4096) : {
. = . + 4096;
_stack_end = .;
}
.dtb ALIGN(4096) : {
dtb = .;
DTB_PATH
}
.kernel ALIGN(0x1000) : {
.kernel ALIGN(4096) : {
kernel = .;
KERNEL_PATH
}

15
arch/aarch64/macros.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
/*
* Copyright (c) 2022, Ivaylo Ivanov <ivo.ivanov.ivanov1@gmail.com>
*/
.macro ENTRY name
.globl \name
.type \name, %function
.align 2
\name:
.endm
.macro ENDPROC name
.size \name, . - \name
.endm

22
arch/aarch64/start.S Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
/*
* Copyright (c) 2022, Ivaylo Ivanov <ivo.ivanov.ivanov1@gmail.com>
*/
.include "arch/aarch64/macros.h"
.section .text
ENTRY _start
/* Set up the base address for the stack */
adr x0, _stack_end
/* Set up the stack pointer (SP) */
mov sp, x0
/* Fall through */
adr x0, dtb
adr x1, kernel
b main
ENTRY load_kernel
br x4
ENDPROC load_kernel

2
arch/arm/linker.lds.S
View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ SECTIONS
. = __start_address;
.boot : {
arch/arm/Start.o
arch/arm/start.o
}
.dtb ALIGN(0x1000) : {

0
arch/arm/Start.S → arch/arm/start.S
View File

340
include/COPYING
View File

@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.

674
include/COPYING3
View File

@ -1,674 +0,0 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

82
include/_ansi.h
View File

@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
/* Provide support for both ANSI and non-ANSI environments. */
/* To get a strict ANSI C environment, define macro __STRICT_ANSI__. This will
"comment out" the non-ANSI parts of the ANSI header files (non-ANSI header
files aren't affected). */
#ifndef _ANSIDECL_H_
#define _ANSIDECL_H_
#include <newlib.h>
#include <sys/config.h>
/* ISO C++. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#if !(defined(_BEGIN_STD_C) && defined(_END_STD_C))
#ifdef _HAVE_STD_CXX
#define _BEGIN_STD_C namespace std { extern "C" {
#define _END_STD_C } }
#else
#define _BEGIN_STD_C extern "C" {
#define _END_STD_C }
#endif
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3, 3)
#define _NOTHROW __attribute__ ((__nothrow__))
#else
#define _NOTHROW throw()
#endif
#endif
#else
#define _BEGIN_STD_C
#define _END_STD_C
#define _NOTHROW
#endif
#ifndef _LONG_DOUBLE
#define _LONG_DOUBLE long double
#endif
/* Support gcc's __attribute__ facility. */
#ifdef __GNUC__
#define _ATTRIBUTE(attrs) __attribute__ (attrs)
#else
#define _ATTRIBUTE(attrs)
#endif
/* The traditional meaning of 'extern inline' for GCC is not
to emit the function body unless the address is explicitly
taken. However this behaviour is changing to match the C99
standard, which uses 'extern inline' to indicate that the
function body *must* be emitted. Likewise, a function declared
without either 'extern' or 'static' defaults to extern linkage
(C99 6.2.2p5), and the compiler may choose whether to use the
inline version or call the extern linkage version (6.7.4p6).
If we are using GCC, but do not have the new behaviour, we need
to use extern inline; if we are using a new GCC with the
C99-compatible behaviour, or a non-GCC compiler (which we will
have to hope is C99, since there is no other way to achieve the
effect of omitting the function if it isn't referenced) we use
'static inline', which c99 defines to mean more-or-less the same
as the Gnu C 'extern inline'. */
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__)
/* We're using GCC, but without the new C99-compatible behaviour. */
#define _ELIDABLE_INLINE extern __inline__ _ATTRIBUTE ((__always_inline__))
#else
/* We're using GCC in C99 mode, or an unknown compiler which
we just have to hope obeys the C99 semantics of inline. */
#define _ELIDABLE_INLINE static __inline__
#endif
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3, 1)
#define _NOINLINE __attribute__ ((__noinline__))
#define _NOINLINE_STATIC _NOINLINE static
#else
/* On non-GNU compilers and GCC prior to version 3.1 the compiler can't be
trusted not to inline if it is static. */
#define _NOINLINE
#define _NOINLINE_STATIC
#endif
#endif /* _ANSIDECL_H_ */

2
include/_newlib_version.h
View File

@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
/* dummy file for external tools to use. Real file is created by
newlib configuration. */

40
include/_syslist.h
View File

@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
/* internal use only -- mapping of "system calls" for libraries that lose
and only provide C names, so that we end up in violation of ANSI */
#ifndef __SYSLIST_H
#define __SYSLIST_H
#ifdef MISSING_SYSCALL_NAMES
#define _close close
#define _execve execve
#define _fcntl fcntl
#define _fork fork
#define _fstat fstat
#define _getpid getpid
#define _gettimeofday gettimeofday
#define _isatty isatty
#define _kill kill
#define _link link
#define _lseek lseek
#define _mkdir mkdir
#define _open open
#define _read read
#define _sbrk sbrk
#define _stat stat
#define _times times
#define _unlink unlink
#define _wait wait
#define _write write
#endif /* MISSING_SYSCALL_NAMES */
#if defined MISSING_SYSCALL_NAMES || !defined HAVE_OPENDIR
/* If the system call interface is missing opendir, readdir, and
closedir, there is an implementation of these functions in
libc/posix that is implemented using open, getdents, and close.
Note, these functions are currently not in the libc/syscalls
directory. */
#define _opendir opendir
#define _readdir readdir
#define _closedir closedir
#endif /* MISSING_SYSCALL_NAMES || !HAVE_OPENDIR */
#endif /* !__SYSLIST_H_ */

60
include/alloca-conf.h
View File

@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include "config.h"
/* This is a merge of code recommended in the autoconf-2.61 documentation
with that recommended in the autoconf-2.13 documentation, with added
tweaks to heed C_ALLOCA. */
#if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H && !defined C_ALLOCA
# include <alloca.h>
#else
# if defined __GNUC__ && !defined C_ALLOCA
# if !defined alloca
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# endif
# else
# if defined _AIX
/* Indented so that pre-ansi C compilers will ignore it, rather than
choke on it. Some versions of AIX require this to be the first
thing seen by the compiler except for comments and preprocessor
directives. */
#pragma alloca
# else
# if defined _MSC_VER && !defined C_ALLOCA
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# else
# if !defined alloca
# if defined __STDC__ || defined __hpux
# if defined HAVE_STDDEF_H
# include <stddef.h>
# if defined __cplusplus
extern "C" void *alloca (size_t);
# else
extern void *alloca (size_t);
# endif
# else
extern void *alloca ();
# endif
# else
extern char *alloca ();
# endif
# endif
# endif
# endif
# endif
#endif

21
include/alloca.h
View File

@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
/* libc/include/alloca.h - Allocate memory on stack */
/* Written 2000 by Werner Almesberger */
/* Rearranged for general inclusion by stdlib.h.
2001, Corinna Vinschen <vinschen@redhat.com> */
#ifndef _NEWLIB_ALLOCA_H
#define _NEWLIB_ALLOCA_H
#include "_ansi.h"
#include <sys/reent.h>
#undef alloca
#ifdef __GNUC__
#define alloca(size) __builtin_alloca(size)
#else
void * alloca (size_t);
#endif
#endif

329
include/ansidecl.h
View File

@ -1,329 +0,0 @@
/* ANSI and traditional C compatability macros
Copyright (C) 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* ANSI and traditional C compatibility macros
ANSI C is assumed if __STDC__ is #defined.
Macro ANSI C definition Traditional C definition
----- ---- - ---------- ----------- - ----------
PTR `void *' `char *'
const not defined `'
volatile not defined `'
signed not defined `'
For ease of writing code which uses GCC extensions but needs to be
portable to other compilers, we provide the GCC_VERSION macro that
simplifies testing __GNUC__ and __GNUC_MINOR__ together, and various
wrappers around __attribute__. Also, __extension__ will be #defined
to nothing if it doesn't work. See below. */
#ifndef _ANSIDECL_H
#define _ANSIDECL_H 1
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Every source file includes this file,
so they will all get the switch for lint. */
/* LINTLIBRARY */
/* Using MACRO(x,y) in cpp #if conditionals does not work with some
older preprocessors. Thus we can't define something like this:
#define HAVE_GCC_VERSION(MAJOR, MINOR) \
(__GNUC__ > (MAJOR) || (__GNUC__ == (MAJOR) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (MINOR)))
and then test "#if HAVE_GCC_VERSION(2,7)".
So instead we use the macro below and test it against specific values. */
/* This macro simplifies testing whether we are using gcc, and if it
is of a particular minimum version. (Both major & minor numbers are
significant.) This macro will evaluate to 0 if we are not using
gcc at all. */
#ifndef GCC_VERSION
#define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__ * 1000 + __GNUC_MINOR__)
#endif /* GCC_VERSION */
#if defined (__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) || defined (_AIX) || (defined (__mips) && defined (_SYSTYPE_SVR4)) || defined(_WIN32)
/* All known AIX compilers implement these things (but don't always
define __STDC__). The RISC/OS MIPS compiler defines these things
in SVR4 mode, but does not define __STDC__. */
/* eraxxon@alumni.rice.edu: The Compaq C++ compiler, unlike many other
C++ compilers, does not define __STDC__, though it acts as if this
was so. (Verified versions: 5.7, 6.2, 6.3, 6.5) */
#define PTR void *
#undef const
#undef volatile
#undef signed
/* inline requires special treatment; it's in C99, and GCC >=2.7 supports
it too, but it's not in C89. */
#undef inline
#if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L || defined(__cplusplus) || (defined(__SUNPRO_C) && defined(__C99FEATURES__))
/* it's a keyword */
#else
# if GCC_VERSION >= 2007
# define inline __inline__ /* __inline__ prevents -pedantic warnings */
# else
# define inline /* nothing */
# endif
#endif
#else /* Not ANSI C. */
#define PTR char *
/* some systems define these in header files for non-ansi mode */
#undef const
#undef volatile
#undef signed
#undef inline
#define const
#define volatile
#define signed
#define inline
#endif /* ANSI C. */
/* Define macros for some gcc attributes. This permits us to use the
macros freely, and know that they will come into play for the
version of gcc in which they are supported. */
#if (GCC_VERSION < 2007)
# define __attribute__(x)
#endif
/* Attribute __malloc__ on functions was valid as of gcc 2.96. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 2096)
# define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
# endif /* GNUC >= 2.96 */
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC */
/* Attributes on labels were valid as of gcc 2.93 and g++ 4.5. For
g++ an attribute on a label must be followed by a semicolon. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL
# ifndef __cplusplus
# if GCC_VERSION >= 2093
# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL
# endif
# else
# if GCC_VERSION >= 4005
# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED ;
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* Similarly to ARG_UNUSED below. Prior to GCC 3.4, the C++ frontend
couldn't parse attributes placed after the identifier name, and now
the entire compiler is built with C++. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
#if GCC_VERSION >= 3004
# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
#else
#define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
#endif
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED */
/* Before GCC 3.4, the C++ frontend couldn't parse attributes placed after the
identifier name. */
#if ! defined(__cplusplus) || (GCC_VERSION >= 3004)
# define ARG_UNUSED(NAME) NAME ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
#else /* !__cplusplus || GNUC >= 3.4 */
# define ARG_UNUSED(NAME) NAME
#endif /* !__cplusplus || GNUC >= 3.4 */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
#define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN */
/* Attribute `nonnull' was valid as of gcc 3.3. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3003)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(m) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ (m)))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(m)
# endif /* GNUC >= 3.3 */
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL */
/* Attribute `returns_nonnull' was valid as of gcc 4.9. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 4009)
# define ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL __attribute__ ((__returns_nonnull__))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL
# endif /* GNUC >= 4.9 */
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL */
/* Attribute `pure' was valid as of gcc 3.0. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PURE
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
# define ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_PURE
# endif /* GNUC >= 3.0 */
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_PURE */
/* Use ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF when the format specifier must not be NULL.
This was the case for the `printf' format attribute by itself
before GCC 3.3, but as of 3.3 we need to add the `nonnull'
attribute to retain this behavior. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF
#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(m, n) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, m, n))) ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(m)
#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(1, 2)
#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2, 3)
#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_3 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(3, 4)
#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_4 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(4, 5)
#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_5 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(5, 6)
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF */
/* Use ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF when the format attribute is to be set on
a function pointer. Format attributes were allowed on function
pointers as of gcc 3.1. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3001)
# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(m, n) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(m, n)
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(m, n)
# endif /* GNUC >= 3.1 */
# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_1 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(1, 2)
# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_2 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(2, 3)
# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_3 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(3, 4)
# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_4 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(4, 5)
# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_5 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(5, 6)
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF */
/* Use ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF when the format specifier may be NULL. A
NULL format specifier was allowed as of gcc 3.3. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3003)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(m, n) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, m, n)))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(m, n)
# endif /* GNUC >= 3.3 */
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_1 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(1, 2)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_2 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(2, 3)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_3 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(3, 4)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_4 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(4, 5)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_5 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(5, 6)
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF */
/* Attribute `sentinel' was valid as of gcc 3.5. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3005)
# define ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL __attribute__ ((__sentinel__))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL
# endif /* GNUC >= 3.5 */
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_ALIGNOF
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
# define ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_ALIGNOF(m) __attribute__ ((__aligned__ (__alignof__ (m))))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_ALIGNOF(m)
# endif /* GNUC >= 3.0 */
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_ALIGNOF */
/* Useful for structures whose layout must much some binary specification
regardless of the alignment and padding qualities of the compiler. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PACKED
# define ATTRIBUTE_PACKED __attribute__ ((packed))
#endif
/* Attribute `hot' and `cold' was valid as of gcc 4.3. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_COLD
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 4003)
# define ATTRIBUTE_COLD __attribute__ ((__cold__))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_COLD
# endif /* GNUC >= 4.3 */
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_COLD */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_HOT
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 4003)
# define ATTRIBUTE_HOT __attribute__ ((__hot__))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_HOT
# endif /* GNUC >= 4.3 */
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_HOT */
/* Attribute 'no_sanitize_undefined' was valid as of gcc 4.9. */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_UNDEFINED
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 4009)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_UNDEFINED __attribute__ ((no_sanitize_undefined))
# else
# define ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_UNDEFINED
# endif /* GNUC >= 4.9 */
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_UNDEFINED */
/* We use __extension__ in some places to suppress -pedantic warnings
about GCC extensions. This feature didn't work properly before
gcc 2.8. */
#if GCC_VERSION < 2008
#define __extension__
#endif
/* This is used to declare a const variable which should be visible
outside of the current compilation unit. Use it as
EXPORTED_CONST int i = 1;
This is because the semantics of const are different in C and C++.
"extern const" is permitted in C but it looks strange, and gcc
warns about it when -Wc++-compat is not used. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define EXPORTED_CONST extern const
#else
#define EXPORTED_CONST const
#endif
/* Be conservative and only use enum bitfields with C++ or GCC.
FIXME: provide a complete autoconf test for buggy enum bitfields. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define ENUM_BITFIELD(TYPE) enum TYPE
#elif (GCC_VERSION > 2000)
#define ENUM_BITFIELD(TYPE) __extension__ enum TYPE
#else
#define ENUM_BITFIELD(TYPE) unsigned int
#endif
/* This is used to mark a class or virtual function as final. */
#if __cplusplus >= 201103L
#define GCC_FINAL final
#elif GCC_VERSION >= 4007
#define GCC_FINAL __final
#else
#define GCC_FINAL
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* ansidecl.h */

262
include/aout/ChangeLog
View File

@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
2010-04-15 Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com>
* adobe.h: Update copyright notice to use GPLv3.
* aout64.h: Likewise.
* ar.h: Likewise.
* dynix3.h: Likewise.
* encap.h: Likewise.
* host.h: Likewise.
* hp.h: Likewise.
* hp300hpux.h: Likewise.
* ranlib.h: Likewise.
* reloc.h: Likewise.
* stab.def: Likewise.
* stab_gnu.h: Likewise.
* sun4.h: Likewise.
2009-10-02 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au>
* aout64.h (N_SHARED_LIB): Define as zero if not already defined.
* sun4.h (N_SHARED_LIB): Define.
* hp300hpux.h (N_SHARED_LIB): Don't define.
2008-08-28 Tristan Gingold <gingold@adacore.com>
* stab.def: Add BNSYM, ENSYM, OSO for darwin.
2008-03-27 Cary Coutant <ccoutant@google.com>
* ar.h (ARMAGT): New magic string for thin archives.
2005-08-18 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au>
* encap.h: Remove a29k support.
2005-05-10 Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com>
* Update the address and phone number of the FSF organization in
the GPL notices in the following files:
adobe.h, aout64.h, ar.h, dynix3.h, encap.h, host.h, hp.h,
ranlib.h, reloc.h, stab.def, stab_gnu.h, sun4.h
2004-01-06 Mark Kettenis <kettenis@gnu.org>
* stab.def: Add N_PATCH to DO definition.
2003-03-06 Elias Athanasopoulos <elathan@phys.uoa.gr>
* aout64.h (BYTES_IN_WORD): Define if necessary.
2001-09-18 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au>
* aout64.h: Formatting fixes.
(N_TXTADDR): Evaluate to a bfd_vma.
(N_DATADDR): Avoid negative unsigned warning.
* hp300hpux.h: Formatting fixes.
(N_DATADDR): Avoid negative unsigned warning.
2000-04-03 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hp@axis.com>
* aout64.h (RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG): Wrap definition in #ifndef.
(RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE): Ditto.
(RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_BIG): Ditto.
(RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_BIG): Ditto.
(RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_LITTLE): Ditto.
(RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_LITTLE): Ditto.
1999-07-12 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@zembu.com>
* aout64.h (N_SHARED_LIB): Define as 0 if TEXT_START_ADDR is
defined as 0.
1998-06-28 Peter Schauer <pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de>
* stab.def: Add N_ALIAS from SunPro F77.
1996-03-11 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
* stab.def: Use __define_stab_duplicate rather than __define_stab
for duplicate entries N_BROWS and N_MOD2.
* stab_gnu.h (__define_stab_duplicate): Define before including
stab.def.
1995-10-27 Niklas Hallqvist <niklas@appli.se>
* aout64.h, host.h, hp300hpux.h, sun4.h: Changed PAGE_SIZE to
TARGET_PAGE_SIZE.
1995-09-12 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
* sun4.h (struct internal_sun4_dynamic_link): Change all fields
from long to unsigned long.
1995-07-12 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com>
* sun4.h (PAGE_SIZE): Undefine before defining.
1994-09-04 Richard Earnshaw (rwe@pegasus.esprit.ec.org)
* aout64.h: Only define QMAGIC if it isn't already defined.
1994-06-16 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
* aout64.h (BMAGIC): Define.
1994-06-11 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
Add weak symbols as an extension to a.out.
* aout64.h (N_WEAKU, N_WEAKA, N_WEAKT, N_WEAKD, N_WEAKB): Define.
* stab.def: Update symbol value table.
1994-06-02 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
* sun4.h (EXTERNAL_SUN4_DYNAMIC_DEBUGGER_SIZE): Correct from 28 to
24. Fix up ld_got comment.
1994-03-30 Peter Schauer (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
* dynix3.h: Cleanup, adapt to current bfd version.
1994-02-26 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
* aout64.h: Add casts to avoid warnings from SVR4 cc.
1994-02-11 Stan Shebs (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
* ar.h (ARMAG, ARMAGB, ARFMAG): Change '\n' to '\012', for greater
portability.
1994-01-21 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
* sun4.h: Added information about SunOS shared libraries.
1994-01-07 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@deneb.cygnus.com)
* aout64.h (N_TXTADDR): Add comment regarding OMAGIC and NMAGIC.
1993-12-25 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* aout64.h (N_DATOFF): Don't pad (revert change of 8 Jul 1993).
1993-11-16 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* aout64.h: New macros ZMAGIC_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE and N_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE
for Linux ZMAGIC.
(N_TXTOFF, N_DATOFF): Use them.
1993-11-04 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com)
* aout64.h (RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_LITTLE): Fixed value to match
sun3 system; used to overlap other fields.
(RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_LITTLE): Likewise.
1993-11-03 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
* aout64.h (RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_LITTLE): Make it 0x10 (Ken's
suggestion) to avoid conflict with RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE.
1993-10-29 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
* hp300hpux.h (N_SHARED_LIB): Define to be 0.
1993-09-13 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com)
* ar.h (ARMAP_TIME_OFFSET): Add and describe.
Mon Aug 23 Sean Fagan (sef@cygnus.com)
* aout64.h [ARCH_SIZE != 64]: Allow N_BADMAG to be overridden.
1993-08-16 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* stab_gnu.h: Include aout/stab.def not just stab.def.
1993-07-18 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@rtl.cygnus.com)
* dynix3.h: New, for symmetry running dynix.
1993-07-08 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* aout64.h (N_BADMAG): Recognize QMAGIC.
N_TXTOFF, N_TXTADDR, N_TXTSIZE: Special code for QMAGIC.
N_DATOFF: Pad text size if we need to.
1993-06-18 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* stab.def (N_ECOML): Fix comment.
1993-05-31 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@cygnus.com)
* stab.def: Remove Solaris information on N_FUN stabstring grammar;
I've transferred it to gdb/doc/stabs.texinfo, where it belongs.
1993-05-10 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com)
* hp300hpux.h: Patch from Glenn Engel for linker problem and
compatibility fix:
(OMAGIC, NMAGIC): New definitions.
(SHAREMAGIC): Deleted.
(HPUX_DOT_O_MAGIC): New macro.
(_N_BADMAG): Adjusted.
(N_HEADER_IN_TEXT, N_DATADDR): New macros.
1993-04-29 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@deneb.cygnus.com)
* hp300hpux.h: New file from Glenn Engel, glenne@lsid.hp.com.
1993-04-27 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com)
* aout64.h (struct external_exec, *MAGIC, N_BADMAG): Don't define
if `external_exec' is already defined as a macro.
(N_DATOFF, N_TRELOFF, N_DRELOFF, N_SYMOFF, N_STROFF): Don't define
if already defined.
(struct external_nlist, EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE): Don't define if
`external_nlist' is already defined as a macro.
1992-08-15 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com)
* adobe.h: Add description of a.out.adobe format.
1992-07-03 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com)
* stab.def: Update more Solaris definitions.
* stab_gnu.h: Add N_SO language types, and Solaris basic float types.
1992-06-14 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com)
* stab.def: Update descriptions of Solaris-2 stabs; add N_UNDF.
1992-06-11 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com)
* stab.def: Add N_OBJ and N_OPT from Solaris-2.
1992-01-30 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com)
* aout64.h: N_TXTSIZE needs some more parentheses.
I don't trust C precedence.
1991-12-18 Per Bothner (bothner at cygnus.com)
* aout64.h: Move common sunos-specific test
to recognize shared libraries into new macro N_SHARED_LIB.
Use it to simplify & reformat N_TXTADDR, N_TXTOFF, N_TXTSIZE.
1991-11-30 Steve Chamberlain (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
* aout64.h, ar.h, encap.h, host.h, hp.h, ranlib.h, reloc.h,
stab.def, stab_gnu.h, sun4.h: All moved from the devo/include
directory.
Copyright (C) 1991-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved.
Local Variables:
mode: change-log
left-margin: 8
fill-column: 74
version-control: never
End:

314
include/aout/adobe.h
View File

@ -1,314 +0,0 @@
/* `a.out.adobe' differences from standard a.out files
Copyright 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef __A_OUT_ADOBE_H__
#define __A_OUT_ADOBE_H__
#define BYTES_IN_WORD 4
/* Struct external_exec is the same. */
/* This is the layout on disk of the 32-bit or 64-bit exec header. */
struct external_exec
{
bfd_byte e_info[4]; /* magic number and stuff */
bfd_byte e_text[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* length of text section in bytes */
bfd_byte e_data[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* length of data section in bytes */
bfd_byte e_bss[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* length of bss area in bytes */
bfd_byte e_syms[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* length of symbol table in bytes */
bfd_byte e_entry[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* start address */
bfd_byte e_trsize[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* length of text relocation info */
bfd_byte e_drsize[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* length of data relocation info */
};
#define EXEC_BYTES_SIZE (4 + BYTES_IN_WORD * 7)
/* Magic numbers for a.out files */
#undef ZMAGIC
#define ZMAGIC 0xAD0BE /* Cute, eh? */
#undef OMAGIC
#undef NMAGIC
#define N_BADMAG(x) ((x).a_info != ZMAGIC)
/* By default, segment size is constant. But some machines override this
to be a function of the a.out header (e.g. machine type). */
#ifndef N_SEGSIZE
#define N_SEGSIZE(x) SEGMENT_SIZE
#endif
#undef N_SEGSIZE /* FIXMEXXXX */
/* Segment information for the a.out.Adobe format is specified after the
file header. It contains N segment descriptors, followed by one with
a type of zero.
The actual text of the segments starts at N_TXTOFF in the file,
regardless of how many or how few segment headers there are. */
struct external_segdesc {
unsigned char e_type[1];
unsigned char e_size[3];
unsigned char e_virtbase[4];
unsigned char e_filebase[4];
};
struct internal_segdesc {
unsigned int a_type:8; /* Segment type N_TEXT, N_DATA, 0 */
unsigned int a_size:24; /* Segment size */
bfd_vma a_virtbase; /* Virtual address */
unsigned int a_filebase; /* Base address in object file */
};
#define N_TXTADDR(x) \
/* This is documented to be at 1024, but appears to really be at 2048.
FIXME?! */
#define N_TXTOFF(x) 2048
#define N_TXTSIZE(x) ((x).a_text)
#define N_DATADDR(x)
#define N_BSSADDR(x)
/* Offsets of the various portions of the file after the text segment. */
#define N_DATOFF(x) ( N_TXTOFF(x) + N_TXTSIZE(x) )
#define N_TRELOFF(x) ( N_DATOFF(x) + (x).a_data )
#define N_DRELOFF(x) ( N_TRELOFF(x) + (x).a_trsize )
#define N_SYMOFF(x) ( N_DRELOFF(x) + (x).a_drsize )
#define N_STROFF(x) ( N_SYMOFF(x) + (x).a_syms )
/* Symbols */
struct external_nlist {
bfd_byte e_strx[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* index into string table of name */
bfd_byte e_type[1]; /* type of symbol */
bfd_byte e_other[1]; /* misc info (usually empty) */
bfd_byte e_desc[2]; /* description field */
bfd_byte e_value[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* value of symbol */
};
#define EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE (BYTES_IN_WORD+4+BYTES_IN_WORD)
struct internal_nlist {
unsigned long n_strx; /* index into string table of name */
unsigned char n_type; /* type of symbol */
unsigned char n_other; /* misc info (usually empty) */
unsigned short n_desc; /* description field */
bfd_vma n_value; /* value of symbol */
};
/* The n_type field is the symbol type, containing: */
#define N_UNDF 0 /* Undefined symbol */
#define N_ABS 2 /* Absolute symbol -- defined at particular addr */
#define N_TEXT 4 /* Text sym -- defined at offset in text seg */
#define N_DATA 6 /* Data sym -- defined at offset in data seg */
#define N_BSS 8 /* BSS sym -- defined at offset in zero'd seg */
#define N_COMM 0x12 /* Common symbol (visible after shared lib dynlink) */
#define N_FN 0x1f /* File name of .o file */
#define N_FN_SEQ 0x0C /* N_FN from Sequent compilers (sigh) */
/* Note: N_EXT can only be usefully OR-ed with N_UNDF, N_ABS, N_TEXT,
N_DATA, or N_BSS. When the low-order bit of other types is set,
(e.g. N_WARNING versus N_FN), they are two different types. */
#define N_EXT 1 /* External symbol (as opposed to local-to-this-file) */
#define N_TYPE 0x1e
#define N_STAB 0xe0 /* If any of these bits are on, it's a debug symbol */
#define N_INDR 0x0a
/* The following symbols refer to set elements.
All the N_SET[ATDB] symbols with the same name form one set.
Space is allocated for the set in the text section, and each set
elements value is stored into one word of the space.
The first word of the space is the length of the set (number of elements).
The address of the set is made into an N_SETV symbol
whose name is the same as the name of the set.
This symbol acts like a N_DATA global symbol
in that it can satisfy undefined external references. */
/* These appear as input to LD, in a .o file. */
#define N_SETA 0x14 /* Absolute set element symbol */
#define N_SETT 0x16 /* Text set element symbol */
#define N_SETD 0x18 /* Data set element symbol */
#define N_SETB 0x1A /* Bss set element symbol */
/* This is output from LD. */
#define N_SETV 0x1C /* Pointer to set vector in data area. */
/* Warning symbol. The text gives a warning message, the next symbol
in the table will be undefined. When the symbol is referenced, the
message is printed. */
#define N_WARNING 0x1e
/* Relocations
There are two types of relocation flavours for a.out systems,
standard and extended. The standard form is used on systems where the
instruction has room for all the bits of an offset to the operand, whilst
the extended form is used when an address operand has to be split over n
instructions. Eg, on the 68k, each move instruction can reference
the target with a displacement of 16 or 32 bits. On the sparc, move
instructions use an offset of 14 bits, so the offset is stored in
the reloc field, and the data in the section is ignored.
*/
/* This structure describes a single relocation to be performed.
The text-relocation section of the file is a vector of these structures,
all of which apply to the text section.
Likewise, the data-relocation section applies to the data section. */
struct reloc_std_external {
bfd_byte r_address[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* offset of of data to relocate */
bfd_byte r_index[3]; /* symbol table index of symbol */
bfd_byte r_type[1]; /* relocation type */
};
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_BIG 0x80
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_LITTLE 0x01
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_BIG 0x60
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_BIG 5 /* To shift to units place */
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_LITTLE 0x06
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_LITTLE 1
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_BIG 0x10
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE 0x08
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_BIG 0x08
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_LITTLE 0x08
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_BIG 0x04
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_LITTLE 0x04
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_BIG 0x02
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_LITTLE 0x02
#define RELOC_STD_SIZE (BYTES_IN_WORD + 3 + 1) /* Bytes per relocation entry */
struct reloc_std_internal
{
bfd_vma r_address; /* Address (within segment) to be relocated. */
/* The meaning of r_symbolnum depends on r_extern. */
unsigned int r_symbolnum:24;
/* Nonzero means value is a pc-relative offset
and it should be relocated for changes in its own address
as well as for changes in the symbol or section specified. */
unsigned int r_pcrel:1;
/* Length (as exponent of 2) of the field to be relocated.
Thus, a value of 2 indicates 1<<2 bytes. */
unsigned int r_length:2;
/* 1 => relocate with value of symbol.
r_symbolnum is the index of the symbol
in files the symbol table.
0 => relocate with the address of a segment.
r_symbolnum is N_TEXT, N_DATA, N_BSS or N_ABS
(the N_EXT bit may be set also, but signifies nothing). */
unsigned int r_extern:1;
/* The next three bits are for SunOS shared libraries, and seem to
be undocumented. */
unsigned int r_baserel:1; /* Linkage table relative */
unsigned int r_jmptable:1; /* pc-relative to jump table */
unsigned int r_relative:1; /* "relative relocation" */
/* unused */
unsigned int r_pad:1; /* Padding -- set to zero */
};
/* EXTENDED RELOCS */
struct reloc_ext_external {
bfd_byte r_address[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* offset of of data to relocate */
bfd_byte r_index[3]; /* symbol table index of symbol */
bfd_byte r_type[1]; /* relocation type */
bfd_byte r_addend[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* datum addend */
};
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG 0x80
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE 0x01
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_BIG 0x1F
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_BIG 0
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_LITTLE 0xF8
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_LITTLE 3
/* Bytes per relocation entry */
#define RELOC_EXT_SIZE (BYTES_IN_WORD + 3 + 1 + BYTES_IN_WORD)
enum reloc_type
{
/* simple relocations */
RELOC_8, /* data[0:7] = addend + sv */
RELOC_16, /* data[0:15] = addend + sv */
RELOC_32, /* data[0:31] = addend + sv */
/* pc-rel displacement */
RELOC_DISP8, /* data[0:7] = addend - pc + sv */
RELOC_DISP16, /* data[0:15] = addend - pc + sv */
RELOC_DISP32, /* data[0:31] = addend - pc + sv */
/* Special */
RELOC_WDISP30, /* data[0:29] = (addend + sv - pc)>>2 */
RELOC_WDISP22, /* data[0:21] = (addend + sv - pc)>>2 */
RELOC_HI22, /* data[0:21] = (addend + sv)>>10 */
RELOC_22, /* data[0:21] = (addend + sv) */
RELOC_13, /* data[0:12] = (addend + sv) */
RELOC_LO10, /* data[0:9] = (addend + sv) */
RELOC_SFA_BASE,
RELOC_SFA_OFF13,
/* P.I.C. (base-relative) */
RELOC_BASE10, /* Not sure - maybe we can do this the */
RELOC_BASE13, /* right way now */
RELOC_BASE22,
/* for some sort of pc-rel P.I.C. (?) */
RELOC_PC10,
RELOC_PC22,
/* P.I.C. jump table */
RELOC_JMP_TBL,
/* reputedly for shared libraries somehow */
RELOC_SEGOFF16,
RELOC_GLOB_DAT,
RELOC_JMP_SLOT,
RELOC_RELATIVE,
RELOC_11,
RELOC_WDISP2_14,
RELOC_WDISP19,
RELOC_HHI22, /* data[0:21] = (addend + sv) >> 42 */
RELOC_HLO10, /* data[0:9] = (addend + sv) >> 32 */
/* 29K relocation types */
RELOC_JUMPTARG,
RELOC_CONST,
RELOC_CONSTH,
NO_RELOC
};
struct reloc_internal {
bfd_vma r_address; /* offset of of data to relocate */
long r_index; /* symbol table index of symbol */
enum reloc_type r_type; /* relocation type */
bfd_vma r_addend; /* datum addend */
};
#endif /* __A_OUT_ADOBE_H__ */

516
include/aout/aout64.h
View File

@ -1,516 +0,0 @@
/* `a.out' object-file definitions, including extensions to 64-bit fields
Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef __A_OUT_64_H__
#define __A_OUT_64_H__
#ifndef BYTES_IN_WORD
#define BYTES_IN_WORD 4
#endif
/* This is the layout on disk of the 32-bit or 64-bit exec header. */
#ifndef external_exec
struct external_exec
{
bfd_byte e_info[4]; /* Magic number and stuff. */
bfd_byte e_text[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Length of text section in bytes. */
bfd_byte e_data[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Length of data section in bytes. */
bfd_byte e_bss[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Length of bss area in bytes. */
bfd_byte e_syms[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Length of symbol table in bytes. */
bfd_byte e_entry[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Start address. */
bfd_byte e_trsize[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Length of text relocation info. */
bfd_byte e_drsize[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Length of data relocation info. */
};
#define EXEC_BYTES_SIZE (4 + BYTES_IN_WORD * 7)
/* Magic numbers for a.out files. */
#if ARCH_SIZE==64
#define OMAGIC 0x1001 /* Code indicating object file. */
#define ZMAGIC 0x1002 /* Code indicating demand-paged executable. */
#define NMAGIC 0x1003 /* Code indicating pure executable. */
/* There is no 64-bit QMAGIC as far as I know. */
#define N_BADMAG(x) (N_MAGIC(x) != OMAGIC \
&& N_MAGIC(x) != NMAGIC \
&& N_MAGIC(x) != ZMAGIC)
#else
#define OMAGIC 0407 /* Object file or impure executable. */
#define NMAGIC 0410 /* Code indicating pure executable. */
#define ZMAGIC 0413 /* Code indicating demand-paged executable. */
#define BMAGIC 0415 /* Used by a b.out object. */
/* This indicates a demand-paged executable with the header in the text.
It is used by 386BSD (and variants) and Linux, at least. */
#ifndef QMAGIC
#define QMAGIC 0314
#endif
# ifndef N_BADMAG
# define N_BADMAG(x) (N_MAGIC(x) != OMAGIC \
&& N_MAGIC(x) != NMAGIC \
&& N_MAGIC(x) != ZMAGIC \
&& N_MAGIC(x) != QMAGIC)
# endif /* N_BADMAG */
#endif
#endif
#ifdef QMAGIC
#define N_IS_QMAGIC(x) (N_MAGIC (x) == QMAGIC)
#else
#define N_IS_QMAGIC(x) (0)
#endif
/* The difference between TARGET_PAGE_SIZE and N_SEGSIZE is that TARGET_PAGE_SIZE is
the finest granularity at which you can page something, thus it
controls the padding (if any) before the text segment of a ZMAGIC
file. N_SEGSIZE is the resolution at which things can be marked as
read-only versus read/write, so it controls the padding between the
text segment and the data segment (in memory; on disk the padding
between them is TARGET_PAGE_SIZE). TARGET_PAGE_SIZE and N_SEGSIZE are the same
for most machines, but different for sun3. */
/* By default, segment size is constant. But some machines override this
to be a function of the a.out header (e.g. machine type). */
#ifndef N_SEGSIZE
#define N_SEGSIZE(x) SEGMENT_SIZE
#endif
/* Virtual memory address of the text section.
This is getting very complicated. A good reason to discard a.out format
for something that specifies these fields explicitly. But til then...
* OMAGIC and NMAGIC files:
(object files: text for "relocatable addr 0" right after the header)
start at 0, offset is EXEC_BYTES_SIZE, size as stated.
* The text address, offset, and size of ZMAGIC files depend
on the entry point of the file:
* entry point below TEXT_START_ADDR:
(hack for SunOS shared libraries)
start at 0, offset is 0, size as stated.
* If N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) is true (which defaults to being the
case when the entry point is EXEC_BYTES_SIZE or further into a page):
no padding is needed; text can start after exec header. Sun
considers the text segment of such files to include the exec header;
for BFD's purposes, we don't, which makes more work for us.
start at TEXT_START_ADDR + EXEC_BYTES_SIZE, offset is EXEC_BYTES_SIZE,
size as stated minus EXEC_BYTES_SIZE.
* If N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) is false (which defaults to being the case when
the entry point is less than EXEC_BYTES_SIZE into a page (e.g. page
aligned)): (padding is needed so that text can start at a page boundary)
start at TEXT_START_ADDR, offset TARGET_PAGE_SIZE, size as stated.
Specific configurations may want to hardwire N_HEADER_IN_TEXT,
for efficiency or to allow people to play games with the entry point.
In that case, you would #define N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) as 1 for sunos,
and as 0 for most other hosts (Sony News, Vax Ultrix, etc).
(Do this in the appropriate bfd target file.)
(The default is a heuristic that will break if people try changing
the entry point, perhaps with the ld -e flag.)
* QMAGIC is always like a ZMAGIC for which N_HEADER_IN_TEXT is true,
and for which the starting address is TARGET_PAGE_SIZE (or should this be
SEGMENT_SIZE?) (TEXT_START_ADDR only applies to ZMAGIC, not to QMAGIC). */
/* This macro is only relevant for ZMAGIC files; QMAGIC always has the header
in the text. */
#ifndef N_HEADER_IN_TEXT
#define N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) \
(((x).a_entry & (TARGET_PAGE_SIZE-1)) >= EXEC_BYTES_SIZE)
#endif
/* Sun shared libraries, not linux. This macro is only relevant for ZMAGIC
files. */
#ifndef N_SHARED_LIB
#define N_SHARED_LIB(x) (0)
#endif
/* Returning 0 not TEXT_START_ADDR for OMAGIC and NMAGIC is based on
the assumption that we are dealing with a .o file, not an
executable. This is necessary for OMAGIC (but means we don't work
right on the output from ld -N); more questionable for NMAGIC. */
#ifndef N_TXTADDR
#define N_TXTADDR(x) \
(/* The address of a QMAGIC file is always one page in, \
with the header in the text. */ \
N_IS_QMAGIC (x) \
? (bfd_vma) TARGET_PAGE_SIZE + EXEC_BYTES_SIZE \
: (N_MAGIC (x) != ZMAGIC \
? (bfd_vma) 0 /* Object file or NMAGIC. */ \
: (N_SHARED_LIB (x) \
? (bfd_vma) 0 \
: (N_HEADER_IN_TEXT (x) \
? (bfd_vma) TEXT_START_ADDR + EXEC_BYTES_SIZE \
: (bfd_vma) TEXT_START_ADDR))))
#endif
/* If N_HEADER_IN_TEXT is not true for ZMAGIC, there is some padding
to make the text segment start at a certain boundary. For most
systems, this boundary is TARGET_PAGE_SIZE. But for Linux, in the
time-honored tradition of crazy ZMAGIC hacks, it is 1024 which is
not what TARGET_PAGE_SIZE needs to be for QMAGIC. */
#ifndef ZMAGIC_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE
#define ZMAGIC_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
#endif
#define N_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE(x) \
(N_MAGIC(x) == ZMAGIC ? ZMAGIC_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE : TARGET_PAGE_SIZE)
/* Offset in an a.out of the start of the text section. */
#ifndef N_TXTOFF
#define N_TXTOFF(x) \
(/* For {O,N,Q}MAGIC, no padding. */ \
N_MAGIC (x) != ZMAGIC \
? EXEC_BYTES_SIZE \
: (N_SHARED_LIB (x) \
? 0 \
: (N_HEADER_IN_TEXT (x) \
? EXEC_BYTES_SIZE /* No padding. */ \
: ZMAGIC_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE /* A page of padding. */)))
#endif
/* Size of the text section. It's always as stated, except that we
offset it to `undo' the adjustment to N_TXTADDR and N_TXTOFF
for ZMAGIC files that nominally include the exec header
as part of the first page of text. (BFD doesn't consider the
exec header to be part of the text segment.) */
#ifndef N_TXTSIZE
#define N_TXTSIZE(x) \
(/* For QMAGIC, we don't consider the header part of the text section. */\
N_IS_QMAGIC (x) \
? (x).a_text - EXEC_BYTES_SIZE \
: ((N_MAGIC (x) != ZMAGIC || N_SHARED_LIB (x)) \
? (x).a_text \
: (N_HEADER_IN_TEXT (x) \
? (x).a_text - EXEC_BYTES_SIZE /* No padding. */ \
: (x).a_text /* A page of padding. */ )))
#endif
/* The address of the data segment in virtual memory.
It is the text segment address, plus text segment size, rounded
up to a N_SEGSIZE boundary for pure or pageable files. */
#ifndef N_DATADDR
#define N_DATADDR(x) \
(N_MAGIC (x) == OMAGIC \
? (N_TXTADDR (x) + N_TXTSIZE (x)) \
: (N_SEGSIZE (x) + ((N_TXTADDR (x) + N_TXTSIZE (x) - 1) \
& ~ (bfd_vma) (N_SEGSIZE (x) - 1))))
#endif
/* The address of the BSS segment -- immediately after the data segment. */
#define N_BSSADDR(x) (N_DATADDR (x) + (x).a_data)
/* Offsets of the various portions of the file after the text segment. */
/* For {Q,Z}MAGIC, there is padding to make the data segment start on
a page boundary. Most of the time the a_text field (and thus
N_TXTSIZE) already contains this padding. It is possible that for
BSDI and/or 386BSD it sometimes doesn't contain the padding, and
perhaps we should be adding it here. But this seems kind of
questionable and probably should be BSDI/386BSD-specific if we do
do it.
For NMAGIC (at least for hp300 BSD, probably others), there is
padding in memory only, not on disk, so we must *not* ever pad here
for NMAGIC. */
#ifndef N_DATOFF
#define N_DATOFF(x) (N_TXTOFF (x) + N_TXTSIZE (x))
#endif
#ifndef N_TRELOFF
#define N_TRELOFF(x) (N_DATOFF (x) + (x).a_data)
#endif
#ifndef N_DRELOFF
#define N_DRELOFF(x) (N_TRELOFF (x) + (x).a_trsize)
#endif
#ifndef N_SYMOFF
#define N_SYMOFF(x) (N_DRELOFF (x) + (x).a_drsize)
#endif
#ifndef N_STROFF
#define N_STROFF(x) (N_SYMOFF (x) + (x).a_syms)
#endif
/* Symbols */
#ifndef external_nlist
struct external_nlist
{
bfd_byte e_strx[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Index into string table of name. */
bfd_byte e_type[1]; /* Type of symbol. */
bfd_byte e_other[1]; /* Misc info (usually empty). */
bfd_byte e_desc[2]; /* Description field. */
bfd_byte e_value[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Value of symbol. */
};
#define EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE (BYTES_IN_WORD+4+BYTES_IN_WORD)
#endif
struct internal_nlist
{
unsigned long n_strx; /* Index into string table of name. */
unsigned char n_type; /* Type of symbol. */
unsigned char n_other; /* Misc info (usually empty). */
unsigned short n_desc; /* Description field. */
bfd_vma n_value; /* Value of symbol. */
};
/* The n_type field is the symbol type, containing: */
#define N_UNDF 0 /* Undefined symbol. */
#define N_ABS 2 /* Absolute symbol -- defined at particular addr. */
#define N_TEXT 4 /* Text sym -- defined at offset in text seg. */
#define N_DATA 6 /* Data sym -- defined at offset in data seg. */
#define N_BSS 8 /* BSS sym -- defined at offset in zero'd seg. */
#define N_COMM 0x12 /* Common symbol (visible after shared lib dynlink). */
#define N_FN 0x1f /* File name of .o file. */
#define N_FN_SEQ 0x0C /* N_FN from Sequent compilers (sigh). */
/* Note: N_EXT can only be usefully OR-ed with N_UNDF, N_ABS, N_TEXT,
N_DATA, or N_BSS. When the low-order bit of other types is set,
(e.g. N_WARNING versus N_FN), they are two different types. */
#define N_EXT 1 /* External symbol (as opposed to local-to-this-file). */
#define N_TYPE 0x1e
#define N_STAB 0xe0 /* If any of these bits are on, it's a debug symbol. */
#define N_INDR 0x0a
/* The following symbols refer to set elements.
All the N_SET[ATDB] symbols with the same name form one set.
Space is allocated for the set in the text section, and each set
elements value is stored into one word of the space.
The first word of the space is the length of the set (number of elements).
The address of the set is made into an N_SETV symbol
whose name is the same as the name of the set.
This symbol acts like a N_DATA global symbol
in that it can satisfy undefined external references. */
/* These appear as input to LD, in a .o file. */
#define N_SETA 0x14 /* Absolute set element symbol. */
#define N_SETT 0x16 /* Text set element symbol. */
#define N_SETD 0x18 /* Data set element symbol. */
#define N_SETB 0x1A /* Bss set element symbol. */
/* This is output from LD. */
#define N_SETV 0x1C /* Pointer to set vector in data area. */
/* Warning symbol. The text gives a warning message, the next symbol
in the table will be undefined. When the symbol is referenced, the
message is printed. */
#define N_WARNING 0x1e
/* Weak symbols. These are a GNU extension to the a.out format. The
semantics are those of ELF weak symbols. Weak symbols are always
externally visible. The N_WEAK? values are squeezed into the
available slots. The value of a N_WEAKU symbol is 0. The values
of the other types are the definitions. */
#define N_WEAKU 0x0d /* Weak undefined symbol. */
#define N_WEAKA 0x0e /* Weak absolute symbol. */
#define N_WEAKT 0x0f /* Weak text symbol. */
#define N_WEAKD 0x10 /* Weak data symbol. */
#define N_WEAKB 0x11 /* Weak bss symbol. */
/* Relocations
There are two types of relocation flavours for a.out systems,
standard and extended. The standard form is used on systems where the
instruction has room for all the bits of an offset to the operand, whilst
the extended form is used when an address operand has to be split over n
instructions. Eg, on the 68k, each move instruction can reference
the target with a displacement of 16 or 32 bits. On the sparc, move
instructions use an offset of 14 bits, so the offset is stored in
the reloc field, and the data in the section is ignored. */
/* This structure describes a single relocation to be performed.
The text-relocation section of the file is a vector of these structures,
all of which apply to the text section.
Likewise, the data-relocation section applies to the data section. */
struct reloc_std_external
{
bfd_byte r_address[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Offset of of data to relocate. */
bfd_byte r_index[3]; /* Symbol table index of symbol. */
bfd_byte r_type[1]; /* Relocation type. */
};
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x80)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x01)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x60)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_BIG 5
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x06)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_LITTLE 1
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x10)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x08)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x08)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x10)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x04)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x20)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x02)
#define RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x40)
#define RELOC_STD_SIZE (BYTES_IN_WORD + 3 + 1) /* Bytes per relocation entry. */
struct reloc_std_internal
{
bfd_vma r_address; /* Address (within segment) to be relocated. */
/* The meaning of r_symbolnum depends on r_extern. */
unsigned int r_symbolnum:24;
/* Nonzero means value is a pc-relative offset
and it should be relocated for changes in its own address
as well as for changes in the symbol or section specified. */
unsigned int r_pcrel:1;
/* Length (as exponent of 2) of the field to be relocated.
Thus, a value of 2 indicates 1<<2 bytes. */
unsigned int r_length:2;
/* 1 => relocate with value of symbol.
r_symbolnum is the index of the symbol
in files the symbol table.
0 => relocate with the address of a segment.
r_symbolnum is N_TEXT, N_DATA, N_BSS or N_ABS
(the N_EXT bit may be set also, but signifies nothing). */
unsigned int r_extern:1;
/* The next three bits are for SunOS shared libraries, and seem to
be undocumented. */
unsigned int r_baserel:1; /* Linkage table relative. */
unsigned int r_jmptable:1; /* pc-relative to jump table. */
unsigned int r_relative:1; /* "relative relocation". */
/* unused */
unsigned int r_pad:1; /* Padding -- set to zero. */
};
/* EXTENDED RELOCS. */
struct reloc_ext_external
{
bfd_byte r_address[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Offset of of data to relocate. */
bfd_byte r_index[3]; /* Symbol table index of symbol. */
bfd_byte r_type[1]; /* Relocation type. */
bfd_byte r_addend[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* Datum addend. */
};
#ifndef RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x80)
#endif
#ifndef RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x01)
#endif
#ifndef RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_BIG
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x1F)
#endif
#ifndef RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_BIG
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_BIG 0
#endif
#ifndef RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_LITTLE
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0xF8)
#endif
#ifndef RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_LITTLE
#define RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_LITTLE 3
#endif
/* Bytes per relocation entry. */
#define RELOC_EXT_SIZE (BYTES_IN_WORD + 3 + 1 + BYTES_IN_WORD)
enum reloc_type
{
/* Simple relocations. */
RELOC_8, /* data[0:7] = addend + sv */
RELOC_16, /* data[0:15] = addend + sv */
RELOC_32, /* data[0:31] = addend + sv */
/* PC-rel displacement. */
RELOC_DISP8, /* data[0:7] = addend - pc + sv */
RELOC_DISP16, /* data[0:15] = addend - pc + sv */
RELOC_DISP32, /* data[0:31] = addend - pc + sv */
/* Special. */
RELOC_WDISP30, /* data[0:29] = (addend + sv - pc)>>2 */
RELOC_WDISP22, /* data[0:21] = (addend + sv - pc)>>2 */
RELOC_HI22, /* data[0:21] = (addend + sv)>>10 */
RELOC_22, /* data[0:21] = (addend + sv) */
RELOC_13, /* data[0:12] = (addend + sv) */
RELOC_LO10, /* data[0:9] = (addend + sv) */
RELOC_SFA_BASE,
RELOC_SFA_OFF13,
/* P.I.C. (base-relative). */
RELOC_BASE10, /* Not sure - maybe we can do this the */
RELOC_BASE13, /* right way now */
RELOC_BASE22,
/* For some sort of pc-rel P.I.C. (?) */
RELOC_PC10,
RELOC_PC22,
/* P.I.C. jump table. */
RELOC_JMP_TBL,
/* Reputedly for shared libraries somehow. */
RELOC_SEGOFF16,
RELOC_GLOB_DAT,
RELOC_JMP_SLOT,
RELOC_RELATIVE,
RELOC_11,
RELOC_WDISP2_14,
RELOC_WDISP19,
RELOC_HHI22, /* data[0:21] = (addend + sv) >> 42 */
RELOC_HLO10, /* data[0:9] = (addend + sv) >> 32 */
/* 29K relocation types. */
RELOC_JUMPTARG,
RELOC_CONST,
RELOC_CONSTH,
/* All the new ones I can think of, for sparc v9. */
RELOC_64, /* data[0:63] = addend + sv */
RELOC_DISP64, /* data[0:63] = addend - pc + sv */
RELOC_WDISP21, /* data[0:20] = (addend + sv - pc)>>2 */
RELOC_DISP21, /* data[0:20] = addend - pc + sv */
RELOC_DISP14, /* data[0:13] = addend - pc + sv */
/* Q .
What are the other ones,
Since this is a clean slate, can we throw away the ones we dont
understand ? Should we sort the values ? What about using a
microcode format like the 68k ? */
NO_RELOC
};
struct reloc_internal
{
bfd_vma r_address; /* Offset of of data to relocate. */
long r_index; /* Symbol table index of symbol. */
enum reloc_type r_type; /* Relocation type. */
bfd_vma r_addend; /* Datum addend. */
};
/* Q.
Should the length of the string table be 4 bytes or 8 bytes ?
Q.
What about archive indexes ? */
#endif /* __A_OUT_64_H__ */

55
include/aout/ar.h
View File

@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
/* archive file definition for GNU software
Copyright 2001, 2008, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* So far this is correct for BSDish archives. Don't forget that
files must begin on an even byte boundary. */
#ifndef __GNU_AR_H__
#define __GNU_AR_H__
/* Note that the usual '\n' in magic strings may translate to different
characters, as allowed by ANSI. '\012' has a fixed value, and remains
compatible with existing BSDish archives. */
#define ARMAG "!<arch>\012" /* For COFF and a.out archives. */
#define ARMAGB "!<bout>\012" /* For b.out archives. */
#define ARMAGT "!<thin>\012" /* For thin archives. */
#define SARMAG 8
#define ARFMAG "`\012"
/* The ar_date field of the armap (__.SYMDEF) member of an archive
must be greater than the modified date of the entire file, or
BSD-derived linkers complain. We originally write the ar_date with
this offset from the real file's mod-time. After finishing the
file, we rewrite ar_date if it's not still greater than the mod date. */
#define ARMAP_TIME_OFFSET 60
struct ar_hdr
{
char ar_name[16]; /* Name of this member. */
char ar_date[12]; /* File mtime. */
char ar_uid[6]; /* Owner uid; printed as decimal. */
char ar_gid[6]; /* Owner gid; printed as decimal. */
char ar_mode[8]; /* File mode, printed as octal. */
char ar_size[10]; /* File size, printed as decimal. */
char ar_fmag[2]; /* Should contain ARFMAG. */
};
#endif /* __GNU_AR_H__ */

87
include/aout/dynix3.h
View File

@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
/* a.out specifics for Sequent Symmetry running Dynix 3.x
Copyright 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef A_OUT_DYNIX3_H
#define A_OUT_DYNIX3_H
#define external_exec dynix_external_exec
/* struct exec for Dynix 3
a_gdtbl and a_bootstrap are only for standalone binaries.
Shared data fields are not supported by the kernel as of Dynix 3.1,
but are supported by Dynix compiler programs. */
struct dynix_external_exec
{
unsigned char e_info[4];
unsigned char e_text[4];
unsigned char e_data[4];
unsigned char e_bss[4];
unsigned char e_syms[4];
unsigned char e_entry[4];
unsigned char e_trsize[4];
unsigned char e_drsize[4];
unsigned char e_g_code[8];
unsigned char e_g_data[8];
unsigned char e_g_desc[8];
unsigned char e_shdata[4];
unsigned char e_shbss[4];
unsigned char e_shdrsize[4];
unsigned char e_bootstrap[44];
unsigned char e_reserved[12];
unsigned char e_version[4];
};
#define EXEC_BYTES_SIZE (128)
/* All executables under Dynix are demand paged with read-only text,
Thus no NMAGIC.
ZMAGIC has a page of 0s at virtual 0,
XMAGIC has an invalid page at virtual 0. */
#define OMAGIC 0x12eb /* .o */
#define ZMAGIC 0x22eb /* zero @ 0, demand load */
#define XMAGIC 0x32eb /* invalid @ 0, demand load */
#define SMAGIC 0x42eb /* standalone, not supported here */
#define N_BADMAG(x) ((OMAGIC != N_MAGIC(x)) && \
(ZMAGIC != N_MAGIC(x)) && \
(XMAGIC != N_MAGIC(x)) && \
(SMAGIC != N_MAGIC(x)))
#define N_ADDRADJ(x) ((ZMAGIC == N_MAGIC(x) || XMAGIC == N_MAGIC(x)) ? 0x1000 : 0)
#define N_TXTOFF(x) (EXEC_BYTES_SIZE)
#define N_DATOFF(x) (N_TXTOFF(x) + N_TXTSIZE(x))
#define N_SHDATOFF(x) (N_DATOFF(x) + (x).a_data)
#define N_TRELOFF(x) (N_SHDATOFF(x) + (x).a_shdata)
#define N_DRELOFF(x) (N_TRELOFF(x) + (x).a_trsize)
#define N_SHDRELOFF(x) (N_DRELOFF(x) + (x).a_drsize)
#define N_SYMOFF(x) (N_SHDRELOFF(x) + (x).a_shdrsize)
#define N_STROFF(x) (N_SYMOFF(x) + (x).a_syms)
#define N_TXTADDR(x) \
(((OMAGIC == N_MAGIC(x)) || (SMAGIC == N_MAGIC(x))) ? 0 \
: TEXT_START_ADDR + EXEC_BYTES_SIZE)
#define N_TXTSIZE(x) \
(((OMAGIC == N_MAGIC(x)) || (SMAGIC == N_MAGIC(x))) ? ((x).a_text) \
: ((x).a_text - N_ADDRADJ(x) - EXEC_BYTES_SIZE))
#endif /* A_OUT_DYNIX3_H */

135
include/aout/encap.h
View File

@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
/* Yet Another Try at encapsulating bfd object files in coff.
Copyright 1988, 1989, 1991, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Pace Willisson 12/9/88
This file is obsolete. It needs to be converted to just define a bunch
of stuff that BFD can use to do coff-encapsulated files. --gnu@cygnus.com
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/*
* We only use the coff headers to tell the kernel
* how to exec the file. Therefore, the only fields that need to
* be filled in are the scnptr and vaddr for the text and data
* sections, and the vaddr for the bss. As far as coff is concerned,
* there is no symbol table, relocation, or line numbers.
*
* A normal bsd header (struct exec) is placed after the coff headers,
* and before the real text. I defined a the new fields 'a_machtype'
* and a_flags. If a_machtype is M_386, and a_flags & A_ENCAP is
* true, then the bsd header is preceeded by a coff header. Macros
* like N_TXTOFF and N_TXTADDR use this field to find the bsd header.
*
* The only problem is to track down the bsd exec header. The
* macros HEADER_OFFSET, etc do this.
*/
#define N_FLAGS_COFF_ENCAPSULATE 0x20 /* coff header precedes bsd header */
/* Describe the COFF header used for encapsulation. */
struct coffheader
{
/* filehdr */
unsigned short f_magic;
unsigned short f_nscns;
long f_timdat;
long f_symptr;
long f_nsyms;
unsigned short f_opthdr;
unsigned short f_flags;
/* aouthdr */
short magic;
short vstamp;
long tsize;
long dsize;
long bsize;
long entry;
long text_start;
long data_start;
struct coffscn
{
char s_name[8];
long s_paddr;
long s_vaddr;
long s_size;
long s_scnptr;
long s_relptr;
long s_lnnoptr;
unsigned short s_nreloc;
unsigned short s_nlnno;
long s_flags;
} scns[3];
};
/* Describe some of the parameters of the encapsulation,
including how to find the encapsulated BSD header. */
/* FIXME, this is dumb. The same tools can't handle a.outs for different
architectures, just because COFF_MAGIC is different; so you need a
separate GNU nm for every architecture!!? Unfortunately, it needs to
be this way, since the COFF_MAGIC value is determined by the kernel
we're trying to fool here. */
#define COFF_MAGIC_I386 0514 /* I386MAGIC */
#define COFF_MAGIC_M68K 0520 /* MC68MAGIC */
#ifdef COFF_MAGIC
short __header_offset_temp;
#define HEADER_OFFSET(f) \
(__header_offset_temp = 0, \
fread ((char *)&__header_offset_temp, sizeof (short), 1, (f)), \
fseek ((f), -sizeof (short), 1), \
__header_offset_temp==COFF_MAGIC ? sizeof(struct coffheader) : 0)
#else
#define HEADER_OFFSET(f) 0
#endif
#define HEADER_SEEK(f) (fseek ((f), HEADER_OFFSET((f)), 1))
/* Describe the characteristics of the BSD header
that appears inside the encapsulation. */
/* Encapsulated coff files that are linked ZMAGIC have a text segment
offset just past the header (and a matching TXTADDR), excluding
the headers from the text segment proper but keeping the physical
layout and the virtual memory layout page-aligned.
Non-encapsulated a.out files that are linked ZMAGIC have a text
segment that starts at 0 and an N_TXTADR similarly offset to 0.
They too are page-aligned with each other, but they include the
a.out header as part of the text.
The _N_HDROFF gets sizeof struct exec added to it, so we have
to compensate here. See <a.out.gnu.h>. */
#undef _N_HDROFF
#undef N_TXTADDR
#undef N_DATADDR
#define _N_HDROFF(x) ((N_FLAGS(x) & N_FLAGS_COFF_ENCAPSULATE) ? \
sizeof (struct coffheader) : 0)
/* Address of text segment in memory after it is loaded. */
#define N_TXTADDR(x) \
((N_FLAGS(x) & N_FLAGS_COFF_ENCAPSULATE) ? \
sizeof (struct coffheader) + sizeof (struct exec) : 0)
#define SEGMENT_SIZE 0x400000
#define N_DATADDR(x) \
((N_FLAGS(x) & N_FLAGS_COFF_ENCAPSULATE) ? \
(SEGMENT_SIZE + ((N_TXTADDR(x)+(x).a_text-1) & ~(SEGMENT_SIZE-1))) : \
(N_TXTADDR(x)+(x).a_text))

43
include/aout/host.h
View File

@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
/* host.h - Parameters about the a.out format, based on the host system
on which the program is compiled.
Copyright 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Address of data segment in memory after it is loaded.
It is up to you to define SEGMENT_SIZE on machines not listed here. */
#ifndef SEGMENT_SIZE
#if defined(hp300) || defined(pyr)
#define SEGMENT_SIZE page_size
#endif
#ifdef sony
#define SEGMENT_SIZE 0x1000
#endif /* Sony. */
#ifdef is68k
#define SEGMENT_SIZE 0x20000
#endif
#if defined(m68k) && defined(PORTAR)
#define TARGET_PAGE_SIZE 0x400
#define SEGMENT_SIZE TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
#endif
#endif /*!defined(SEGMENT_SIZE)*/

83
include/aout/hp.h
View File

@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
/* Special version of <a.out.h> for use under HP-UX.
Copyright 1988, 1991, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* THIS FILE IS OBSOLETE. It needs to be revised as a variant "external"
a.out format for use with BFD. */
/* The `exec' structure and overall layout must be close to HP's when
we are running on an HP system, otherwise we will not be able to
execute the resulting file. */
/* Allow this file to be included twice. */
#ifndef __GNU_EXEC_MACROS__
struct exec
{
unsigned short a_machtype; /* machine type */
unsigned short a_magic; /* magic number */
unsigned long a_spare1;
unsigned long a_spare2;
unsigned long a_text; /* length of text, in bytes */
unsigned long a_data; /* length of data, in bytes */
unsigned long a_bss; /* length of uninitialized data area for file, in bytes */
unsigned long a_trsize; /* length of relocation info for text, in bytes */
unsigned long a_drsize; /* length of relocation info for data, in bytes */
unsigned long a_spare3; /* HP = pascal interface size */
unsigned long a_spare4; /* HP = symbol table size */
unsigned long a_spare5; /* HP = debug name table size */
unsigned long a_entry; /* start address */
unsigned long a_spare6; /* HP = source line table size */
unsigned long a_spare7; /* HP = value table size */
unsigned long a_syms; /* length of symbol table data in file, in bytes */
unsigned long a_spare8;
};
/* Tell a.out.gnu.h not to define `struct exec'. */
#define __STRUCT_EXEC_OVERRIDE__
#include "../a.out.gnu.h"
#undef N_MAGIC
#undef N_MACHTYPE
#undef N_FLAGS
#undef N_SET_INFO
#undef N_SET_MAGIC
#undef N_SET_MACHTYPE
#undef N_SET_FLAGS
#define N_MAGIC(exec) ((exec) . a_magic)
#define N_MACHTYPE(exec) ((exec) . a_machtype)
#define N_SET_MAGIC(exec, magic) (((exec) . a_magic) = (magic))
#define N_SET_MACHTYPE(exec, machtype) (((exec) . a_machtype) = (machtype))
#undef N_BADMAG
#define N_BADMAG(x) ((_N_BADMAG (x)) || (_N_BADMACH (x)))
#define _N_BADMACH(x) \
(((N_MACHTYPE (x)) != HP9000S200_ID) && \
((N_MACHTYPE (x)) != HP98x6_ID))
#define HP98x6_ID 0x20A
#define HP9000S200_ID 0x20C
#undef _N_HDROFF
#define _N_HDROFF(x) (SEGMENT_SIZE - (sizeof (struct exec)))
#define SEGMENT_SIZE 0x1000
#endif /* __GNU_EXEC_MACROS__ */

132
include/aout/hp300hpux.h
View File

@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
/* Special version of <a.out.h> for use under HP-UX.
Copyright 1988, 1993, 1995, 2001, 2009, 2010
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
struct hp300hpux_exec_bytes
{
unsigned char e_info[4]; /* a_machtype/a_magic */
unsigned char e_spare1[4];
unsigned char e_spare2[4];
unsigned char e_text[4]; /* length of text, in bytes */
unsigned char e_data[4]; /* length of data, in bytes */
unsigned char e_bss[4]; /* length of uninitialized data area , in bytes */
unsigned char e_trsize[4]; /* length of relocation info for text, in bytes*/
unsigned char e_drsize[4]; /* length of relocation info for data, in bytes*/
unsigned char e_passize[4];/* HP = pascal interface size */
unsigned char e_syms[4]; /* HP = symbol table size */
unsigned char e_spare5[4]; /* HP = debug name table size */
unsigned char e_entry[4]; /* start address */
unsigned char e_spare6[4]; /* HP = source line table size */
unsigned char e_supsize[4];/* HP = value table size */
unsigned char e_drelocs[4];
unsigned char e_extension[4]; /* file offset of extension */
};
#define EXEC_BYTES_SIZE 64
struct hp300hpux_nlist_bytes
{
unsigned char e_value[4];
unsigned char e_type[1];
unsigned char e_length[1]; /* length of ascii symbol name */
unsigned char e_almod[2]; /* alignment mod */
unsigned char e_shlib[2]; /* info about dynamic linking */
};
#define EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE 10
struct hp300hpux_reloc
{
unsigned char r_address[4];/* offset of of data to relocate */
unsigned char r_index[2]; /* symbol table index of symbol */
unsigned char r_type[1]; /* relocation type */
unsigned char r_length[1]; /* length of item to reloc */
};
struct hp300hpux_header_extension
{
unsigned char e_syms[4];
unsigned char unique_headers[12*4];
unsigned char e_header[2]; /* type of header */
unsigned char e_version[2]; /* version */
unsigned char e_size[4]; /* bytes following*/
unsigned char e_extension[4];/* file offset of next extension */
};
#define EXTERNAL_EXTENSION_HEADER_SIZE (16*4)
/* hpux separates object files (0x106) and impure executables (0x107) */
/* but the bfd code does not distinguish between them. Since we want to*/
/* read hpux .o files, we add an special define and use it below in */
/* offset and address calculations. */
#define HPUX_DOT_O_MAGIC 0x106
#define OMAGIC 0x107 /* object file or impure executable. */
#define NMAGIC 0x108 /* Code indicating pure executable. */
#define ZMAGIC 0x10B /* demand-paged executable. */
#define N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) 0
#if 0 /* libaout.h only uses the lower 8 bits */
#define HP98x6_ID 0x20A
#define HP9000S200_ID 0x20C
#endif
#define HP98x6_ID 0x0A
#define HP9000S200_ID 0x0C
#define N_BADMAG(x) ((_N_BADMAG (x)) || (_N_BADMACH (x)))
#define N_DATADDR(x) \
((N_MAGIC (x) == OMAGIC || N_MAGIC (x) == HPUX_DOT_O_MAGIC) \
? (N_TXTADDR (x) + N_TXTSIZE (x)) \
: (N_SEGSIZE (x) + ((N_TXTADDR (x) + N_TXTSIZE (x) - 1) \
& ~ (bfd_vma) (N_SEGSIZE (x) - 1))))
#define _N_BADMACH(x) \
(((N_MACHTYPE (x)) != HP9000S200_ID) && ((N_MACHTYPE (x)) != HP98x6_ID))
#define _N_BADMAG(x) (N_MAGIC(x) != HPUX_DOT_O_MAGIC \
&& N_MAGIC(x) != OMAGIC \
&& N_MAGIC(x) != NMAGIC \
&& N_MAGIC(x) != ZMAGIC )
#undef _N_HDROFF
#define _N_HDROFF(x) (SEGMENT_SIZE - (sizeof (struct exec)))
#undef N_DATOFF
#undef N_PASOFF
#undef N_SYMOFF
#undef N_SUPOFF
#undef N_TRELOFF
#undef N_DRELOFF
#undef N_STROFF
#define N_DATOFF(x) ( N_TXTOFF(x) + N_TXTSIZE(x) )
#define N_PASOFF(x) ( N_DATOFF(x) + (x).a_data)
#define N_SYMOFF(x) ( N_PASOFF(x) /* + (x).a_passize*/ )
#define N_SUPOFF(x) ( N_SYMOFF(x) + (x).a_syms )
#define N_TRELOFF(x) ( N_SUPOFF(x) /* + 0 (x).a_supsize*/ )
#define N_DRELOFF(x) ( N_TRELOFF(x) + (x).a_trsize )
#define N_EXTHOFF(x) ( N_DRELOFF(x) /* + 0 (x).a_drsize */)
#define N_STROFF(x) ( 0 /* no string table */ )
/* use these when the file has gnu symbol tables */
#define N_GNU_TRELOFF(x) (N_DATOFF(x) + (x).a_data)
#define N_GNU_DRELOFF(x) (N_GNU_TRELOFF(x) + (x).a_trsize)
#define N_GNU_SYMOFF(x) (N_GNU_DRELOFF(x) + (x).a_drsize)
#define TARGET_PAGE_SIZE 0x1000
#define SEGMENT_SIZE 0x1000
#define TEXT_START_ADDR 0

22
include/aout/hppa.h
View File

@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include "filehdr.h"
#include "aouthdr.h"
#include "scnhdr.h"
#include "spacehdr.h"
#include "syms.h"

63
include/aout/ranlib.h
View File

@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
/* ranlib.h -- archive library index member definition for GNU.
Copyright 1990, 1991, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* The Symdef member of an archive contains two things:
a table that maps symbol-string offsets to file offsets,
and a symbol-string table. All the symbol names are
run together (each with trailing null) in the symbol-string
table. There is a single longword bytecount on the front
of each of these tables. Thus if we have two symbols,
"foo" and "_bar", that are in archive members at offsets
200 and 900, it would look like this:
16 ; byte count of index table
0 ; offset of "foo" in string table
200 ; offset of foo-module in file
4 ; offset of "bar" in string table
900 ; offset of bar-module in file
9 ; byte count of string table
"foo\0_bar\0" ; string table */
#define RANLIBMAG "__.SYMDEF" /* Archive file name containing index */
#define RANLIBSKEW 3 /* Creation time offset */
/* Format of __.SYMDEF:
First, a longword containing the size of the 'symdef' data that follows.
Second, zero or more 'symdef' structures.
Third, a longword containing the length of symbol name strings.
Fourth, zero or more symbol name strings (each followed by a null). */
struct symdef
{
union
{
unsigned long string_offset; /* In the file */
char *name; /* In memory, sometimes */
} s;
/* this points to the front of the file header (AKA member header --
a struct ar_hdr), not to the front of the file or into the file).
in other words it only tells you which file to read */
unsigned long file_offset;
};
/* Compatability with BSD code */
#define ranlib symdef
#define ran_un s
#define ran_strx string_offset
#define ran_name name
#define ran_off file_offset

67
include/aout/reloc.h
View File

@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
/* reloc.h -- Header file for relocation information.
Copyright 1989, 1990, 1991, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Relocation types for a.out files using reloc_info_extended
(SPARC and AMD 29000). */
#ifndef _RELOC_H_READ_
#define _RELOC_H_READ_ 1
enum reloc_type
{
RELOC_8, RELOC_16, RELOC_32, /* simple relocations */
RELOC_DISP8, RELOC_DISP16, RELOC_DISP32, /* pc-rel displacement */
RELOC_WDISP30, RELOC_WDISP22,
RELOC_HI22, RELOC_22,
RELOC_13, RELOC_LO10,
RELOC_SFA_BASE, RELOC_SFA_OFF13,
RELOC_BASE10, RELOC_BASE13, RELOC_BASE22, /* P.I.C. (base-relative) */
RELOC_PC10, RELOC_PC22, /* for some sort of pc-rel P.I.C. (?) */
RELOC_JMP_TBL, /* P.I.C. jump table */
RELOC_SEGOFF16, /* reputedly for shared libraries somehow */
RELOC_GLOB_DAT, RELOC_JMP_SLOT, RELOC_RELATIVE,
RELOC_11,
RELOC_WDISP2_14,
RELOC_WDISP19,
RELOC_HHI22,
RELOC_HLO10,
/* 29K relocation types */
RELOC_JUMPTARG, RELOC_CONST, RELOC_CONSTH,
RELOC_WDISP14, RELOC_WDISP21,
NO_RELOC
};
#define RELOC_TYPE_NAMES \
"8", "16", "32", "DISP8", \
"DISP16", "DISP32", "WDISP30", "WDISP22", \
"HI22", "22", "13", "LO10", \
"SFA_BASE", "SFAOFF13", "BASE10", "BASE13", \
"BASE22", "PC10", "PC22", "JMP_TBL", \
"SEGOFF16", "GLOB_DAT", "JMP_SLOT", "RELATIVE", \
"11", "WDISP2_14", "WDISP19", "HHI22", \
"HLO10", \
"JUMPTARG", "CONST", "CONSTH", "WDISP14", \
"WDISP21", \
"NO_RELOC"
#endif /* _RELOC_H_READ_ */
/* end of reloc.h */

283
include/aout/stab.def
View File

@ -1,283 +0,0 @@
/* Table of DBX symbol codes for the GNU system.
Copyright 1988, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 2004, 2010
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* New stab from Solaris 2. This uses an n_type of 0, which in a.out files
overlaps the N_UNDF used for ordinary symbols. In ELF files, the
debug information is in a different file section, so there is no conflict.
This symbol's n_value gives the size of the string section associated
with this file. The symbol's n_strx (relative to the just-updated
string section start address) gives the name of the source file,
e.g. "foo.c", without any path information. The symbol's n_desc gives
the count of upcoming symbols associated with this file (not including
this one). */
/* __define_stab (N_UNDF, 0x00, "UNDF") */
/* Global variable. Only the name is significant.
To find the address, look in the corresponding external symbol. */
__define_stab (N_GSYM, 0x20, "GSYM")
/* Function name for BSD Fortran. Only the name is significant.
To find the address, look in the corresponding external symbol. */
__define_stab (N_FNAME, 0x22, "FNAME")
/* Function name or text-segment variable for C. Value is its address.
Desc is supposedly starting line number, but GCC doesn't set it
and DBX seems not to miss it. */
__define_stab (N_FUN, 0x24, "FUN")
/* Data-segment variable with internal linkage. Value is its address.
"Static Sym". */
__define_stab (N_STSYM, 0x26, "STSYM")
/* BSS-segment variable with internal linkage. Value is its address. */
__define_stab (N_LCSYM, 0x28, "LCSYM")
/* Name of main routine. Only the name is significant. */
__define_stab (N_MAIN, 0x2a, "MAIN")
/* Solaris2: Read-only data symbols. */
__define_stab (N_ROSYM, 0x2c, "ROSYM")
/* MacOS X:
The beginning of a relocatable function block - including stabs. */
__define_stab (N_BNSYM, 0x2e, "BNSYM")
/* Global symbol in Pascal.
Supposedly the value is its line number; I'm skeptical. */
__define_stab (N_PC, 0x30, "PC")
/* Number of symbols: 0, files,,funcs,lines according to Ultrix V4.0. */
__define_stab (N_NSYMS, 0x32, "NSYMS")
/* "No DST map for sym: name, ,0,type,ignored" according to Ultrix V4.0. */
__define_stab (N_NOMAP, 0x34, "NOMAP")
/* New stab from Solaris 2. Like N_SO, but for the object file. Two in
a row provide the build directory and the relative path of the .o from it.
Solaris2 uses this to avoid putting the stabs info into the linked
executable; this stab goes into the ".stab.index" section, and the debugger
reads the real stabs directly from the .o files instead. */
__define_stab (N_OBJ, 0x38, "OBJ")
/* New stab from Solaris 2. Options for the debugger, related to the
source language for this module. E.g. whether to use ANSI
integral promotions or traditional integral promotions. */
__define_stab (N_OPT, 0x3c, "OPT")
/* Register variable. Value is number of register. */
__define_stab (N_RSYM, 0x40, "RSYM")
/* Modula-2 compilation unit. Can someone say what info it contains? */
__define_stab (N_M2C, 0x42, "M2C")
/* Line number in text segment. Desc is the line number;
value is corresponding address. On Solaris2, the line number is
relative to the start of the current function. */
__define_stab (N_SLINE, 0x44, "SLINE")
/* Similar, for data segment. */
__define_stab (N_DSLINE, 0x46, "DSLINE")
/* Similar, for bss segment. */
__define_stab (N_BSLINE, 0x48, "BSLINE")
/* Sun's source-code browser stabs. ?? Don't know what the fields are.
Supposedly the field is "path to associated .cb file". THIS VALUE
OVERLAPS WITH N_BSLINE! */
__define_stab_duplicate (N_BROWS, 0x48, "BROWS")
/* GNU Modula-2 definition module dependency. Value is the modification time
of the definition file. Other is non-zero if it is imported with the
GNU M2 keyword %INITIALIZE. Perhaps N_M2C can be used if there
are enough empty fields? */
__define_stab(N_DEFD, 0x4a, "DEFD")
/* New in Solaris2. Function start/body/end line numbers. */
__define_stab(N_FLINE, 0x4C, "FLINE")
/* MacOS X: This tells the end of a relocatable function + debugging info. */
__define_stab(N_ENSYM, 0x4E, "ENSYM")
/* THE FOLLOWING TWO STAB VALUES CONFLICT. Happily, one is for Modula-2
and one is for C++. Still,... */
/* GNU C++ exception variable. Name is variable name. */
__define_stab (N_EHDECL, 0x50, "EHDECL")
/* Modula2 info "for imc": name,,0,0,0 according to Ultrix V4.0. */
__define_stab_duplicate (N_MOD2, 0x50, "MOD2")
/* GNU C++ `catch' clause. Value is its address. Desc is nonzero if
this entry is immediately followed by a CAUGHT stab saying what exception
was caught. Multiple CAUGHT stabs means that multiple exceptions
can be caught here. If Desc is 0, it means all exceptions are caught
here. */
__define_stab (N_CATCH, 0x54, "CATCH")
/* Structure or union element. Value is offset in the structure. */
__define_stab (N_SSYM, 0x60, "SSYM")
/* Solaris2: Last stab emitted for module. */
__define_stab (N_ENDM, 0x62, "ENDM")
/* Name of main source file.
Value is starting text address of the compilation.
If multiple N_SO's appear, the first to contain a trailing / is the
compilation directory. The first to not contain a trailing / is the
source file name, relative to the compilation directory. Others (perhaps
resulting from cfront) are ignored.
On Solaris2, value is undefined, but desc is a source-language code. */
__define_stab (N_SO, 0x64, "SO")
/* Apple: This is the stab that associated the .o file with the
N_SO stab, in the case where debug info is mostly stored in the .o file. */
__define_stab (N_OSO, 0x66, "OSO")
/* SunPro F77: Name of alias. */
__define_stab (N_ALIAS, 0x6c, "ALIAS")
/* Automatic variable in the stack. Value is offset from frame pointer.
Also used for type descriptions. */
__define_stab (N_LSYM, 0x80, "LSYM")
/* Beginning of an include file. Only Sun uses this.
In an object file, only the name is significant.
The Sun linker puts data into some of the other fields. */
__define_stab (N_BINCL, 0x82, "BINCL")
/* Name of sub-source file (#include file).
Value is starting text address of the compilation. */
__define_stab (N_SOL, 0x84, "SOL")
/* Parameter variable. Value is offset from argument pointer.
(On most machines the argument pointer is the same as the frame pointer. */
__define_stab (N_PSYM, 0xa0, "PSYM")
/* End of an include file. No name.
This and N_BINCL act as brackets around the file's output.
In an object file, there is no significant data in this entry.
The Sun linker puts data into some of the fields. */
__define_stab (N_EINCL, 0xa2, "EINCL")
/* Alternate entry point. Value is its address. */
__define_stab (N_ENTRY, 0xa4, "ENTRY")
/* Beginning of lexical block.
The desc is the nesting level in lexical blocks.
The value is the address of the start of the text for the block.
The variables declared inside the block *precede* the N_LBRAC symbol.
On Solaris2, the value is relative to the start of the current function. */
__define_stab (N_LBRAC, 0xc0, "LBRAC")
/* Place holder for deleted include file. Replaces a N_BINCL and everything
up to the corresponding N_EINCL. The Sun linker generates these when
it finds multiple identical copies of the symbols from an include file.
This appears only in output from the Sun linker. */
__define_stab (N_EXCL, 0xc2, "EXCL")
/* Modula-2 scope information. Can someone say what info it contains? */
__define_stab (N_SCOPE, 0xc4, "SCOPE")
/* Solaris2: Patch Run Time Checker. */
__define_stab (N_PATCH, 0xd0, "PATCH")
/* End of a lexical block. Desc matches the N_LBRAC's desc.
The value is the address of the end of the text for the block.
On Solaris2, the value is relative to the start of the current function. */
__define_stab (N_RBRAC, 0xe0, "RBRAC")
/* Begin named common block. Only the name is significant. */
__define_stab (N_BCOMM, 0xe2, "BCOMM")
/* End named common block. Only the name is significant
(and it should match the N_BCOMM). */
__define_stab (N_ECOMM, 0xe4, "ECOMM")
/* Member of a common block; value is offset within the common block.
This should occur within a BCOMM/ECOMM pair. */
__define_stab (N_ECOML, 0xe8, "ECOML")
/* Solaris2: Pascal "with" statement: type,,0,0,offset */
__define_stab (N_WITH, 0xea, "WITH")
/* These STAB's are used on Gould systems for Non-Base register symbols
or something like that. FIXME. I have assigned the values at random
since I don't have a Gould here. Fixups from Gould folk welcome... */
__define_stab (N_NBTEXT, 0xF0, "NBTEXT")
__define_stab (N_NBDATA, 0xF2, "NBDATA")
__define_stab (N_NBBSS, 0xF4, "NBBSS")
__define_stab (N_NBSTS, 0xF6, "NBSTS")
__define_stab (N_NBLCS, 0xF8, "NBLCS")
/* Second symbol entry containing a length-value for the preceding entry.
The value is the length. */
__define_stab (N_LENG, 0xfe, "LENG")
/* The above information, in matrix format.
STAB MATRIX
_________________________________________________
| 00 - 1F are not dbx stab symbols |
| In most cases, the low bit is the EXTernal bit|
| 00 UNDEF | 02 ABS | 04 TEXT | 06 DATA |
| 01 |EXT | 03 |EXT | 05 |EXT | 07 |EXT |
| 08 BSS | 0A INDR | 0C FN_SEQ | 0E WEAKA |
| 09 |EXT | 0B | 0D WEAKU | 0F WEAKT |
| 10 WEAKD | 12 COMM | 14 SETA | 16 SETT |
| 11 WEAKB | 13 | 15 | 17 |
| 18 SETD | 1A SETB | 1C SETV | 1E WARNING|
| 19 | 1B | 1D | 1F FN |
|_______________________________________________|
| Debug entries with bit 01 set are unused. |
| 20 GSYM | 22 FNAME | 24 FUN | 26 STSYM |
| 28 LCSYM | 2A MAIN | 2C ROSYM | 2E |
| 30 PC | 32 NSYMS | 34 NOMAP | 36 |
| 38 OBJ | 3A | 3C OPT | 3E |
| 40 RSYM | 42 M2C | 44 SLINE | 46 DSLINE |
| 48 BSLINE*| 4A DEFD | 4C FLINE | 4E |
| 50 EHDECL*| 52 | 54 CATCH | 56 |
| 58 | 5A | 5C | 5E |
| 60 SSYM | 62 ENDM | 64 SO | 66 |
| 68 | 6A | 6C ALIAS | 6E |
| 70 | 72 | 74 | 76 |
| 78 | 7A | 7C | 7E |
| 80 LSYM | 82 BINCL | 84 SOL | 86 |
| 88 | 8A | 8C | 8E |
| 90 | 92 | 94 | 96 |
| 98 | 9A | 9C | 9E |
| A0 PSYM | A2 EINCL | A4 ENTRY | A6 |
| A8 | AA | AC | AE |
| B0 | B2 | B4 | B6 |
| B8 | BA | BC | BE |
| C0 LBRAC | C2 EXCL | C4 SCOPE | C6 |
| C8 | CA | CC | CE |
| D0 PATCH | D2 | D4 | D6 |
| D8 | DA | DC | DE |
| E0 RBRAC | E2 BCOMM | E4 ECOMM | E6 |
| E8 ECOML | EA WITH | EC | EE |
| F0 | F2 | F4 | F6 |
| F8 | FA | FC | FE LENG |
+-----------------------------------------------+
* 50 EHDECL is also MOD2.
* 48 BSLINE is also BROWS.
*/

55
include/aout/stab_gnu.h
View File

@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
/* gnu_stab.h Definitions for GNU extensions to STABS
Copyright 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef __GNU_STAB__
/* Indicate the GNU stab.h is in use. */
#define __GNU_STAB__
#define __define_stab(NAME, CODE, STRING) NAME=CODE,
#define __define_stab_duplicate(NAME, CODE, STRING) NAME=CODE,
enum __stab_debug_code
{
#include "aout/stab.def"
LAST_UNUSED_STAB_CODE
};
#undef __define_stab
/* Definitions of "desc" field for N_SO stabs in Solaris2. */
#define N_SO_AS 1
#define N_SO_C 2
#define N_SO_ANSI_C 3
#define N_SO_CC 4 /* C++ */
#define N_SO_FORTRAN 5
#define N_SO_PASCAL 6
/* Solaris2: Floating point type values in basic types. */
#define NF_NONE 0
#define NF_SINGLE 1 /* IEEE 32-bit */
#define NF_DOUBLE 2 /* IEEE 64-bit */
#define NF_COMPLEX 3 /* Fortran complex */
#define NF_COMPLEX16 4 /* Fortran double complex */
#define NF_COMPLEX32 5 /* Fortran complex*16 */
#define NF_LDOUBLE 6 /* Long double (whatever that is) */
#endif /* __GNU_STAB_ */

239
include/aout/sun4.h
View File

@ -1,239 +0,0 @@
/* SPARC-specific values for a.out files
Copyright 2001, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Some systems, e.g., AIX, may have defined this in header files already
included. */
#undef TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
#define TARGET_PAGE_SIZE 0x2000 /* 8K. aka NBPG in <sys/param.h> */
/* Note that some SPARCs have 4K pages, some 8K, some others. */
#define SEG_SIZE_SPARC TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
#define SEG_SIZE_SUN3 0x20000 /* Resolution of r/w protection hw */
#define TEXT_START_ADDR TARGET_PAGE_SIZE /* Location 0 is not accessible */
#define N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) 1
/* Non-default definitions of the accessor macros... */
/* Segment size varies on Sun-3 versus Sun-4. */
#define N_SEGSIZE(x) (N_MACHTYPE(x) == M_SPARC? SEG_SIZE_SPARC: \
N_MACHTYPE(x) == M_68020? SEG_SIZE_SUN3: \
/* Guess? */ TARGET_PAGE_SIZE)
/* Virtual Address of text segment from the a.out file. For OMAGIC,
(almost always "unlinked .o's" these days), should be zero.
Sun added a kludge so that shared libraries linked ZMAGIC get
an address of zero if a_entry (!!!) is lower than the otherwise
expected text address. These kludges have gotta go!
For linked files, should reflect reality if we know it. */
#define N_SHARED_LIB(x) ((x).a_entry < TEXT_START_ADDR \
&& (x).a_text >= EXEC_BYTES_SIZE)
/* This differs from the version in aout64.h (which we override by defining
it here) only for NMAGIC (we return TEXT_START_ADDR+EXEC_BYTES_SIZE;
they return 0). */
#define N_TXTADDR(x) \
(N_MAGIC(x)==OMAGIC? 0 \
: (N_MAGIC(x) == ZMAGIC && (x).a_entry < TEXT_START_ADDR)? 0 \
: TEXT_START_ADDR+EXEC_BYTES_SIZE)
/* When a file is linked against a shared library on SunOS 4, the
dynamic bit in the exec header is set, and the first symbol in the
symbol table is __DYNAMIC. Its value is the address of the
following structure. */
struct external_sun4_dynamic
{
/* The version number of the structure. SunOS 4.1.x creates files
with version number 3, which is what this structure is based on.
According to gdb, version 2 is similar. I believe that version 2
used a different type of procedure linkage table, and there may
have been other differences. */
bfd_byte ld_version[4];
/* The virtual address of a 28 byte structure used in debugging.
The contents are filled in at run time by ld.so. */
bfd_byte ldd[4];
/* The virtual address of another structure with information about
how to relocate the executable at run time. */
bfd_byte ld[4];
};
/* The size of the debugging structure pointed to by the debugger
field of __DYNAMIC. */
#define EXTERNAL_SUN4_DYNAMIC_DEBUGGER_SIZE (24)
/* The structure pointed to by the linker field of __DYNAMIC. As far
as I can tell, most of the addresses in this structure are offsets
within the file, but some are actually virtual addresses. */
struct internal_sun4_dynamic_link
{
/* Linked list of loaded objects. This is filled in at runtime by
ld.so and probably by dlopen. */
unsigned long ld_loaded;
/* The address of the list of names of shared objects which must be
included at runtime. Each entry in the list is 16 bytes: the 4
byte address of the string naming the object (e.g., for -lc this
is "c"); 4 bytes of flags--the high bit is whether to search for
the object using the library path; the 2 byte major version
number; the 2 byte minor version number; the 4 byte address of
the next entry in the list (zero if this is the last entry). The
version numbers seem to only be non-zero when doing library
searching. */
unsigned long ld_need;
/* The address of the path to search for the shared objects which
must be included. This points to a string in PATH format which
is generated from the -L arguments to the linker. According to
the man page, ld.so implicitly adds ${LD_LIBRARY_PATH} to the
beginning of this string and /lib:/usr/lib:/usr/local/lib to the
end. The string is terminated by a null byte. This field is
zero if there is no additional path. */
unsigned long ld_rules;
/* The address of the global offset table. This appears to be a
virtual address, not a file offset. The first entry in the
global offset table seems to be the virtual address of the
sun4_dynamic structure (the same value as the __DYNAMIC symbol).
The global offset table is used for PIC code to hold the
addresses of variables. A dynamically linked file which does not
itself contain PIC code has a four byte global offset table. */
unsigned long ld_got;
/* The address of the procedure linkage table. This appears to be a
virtual address, not a file offset.
On a SPARC, the table is composed of 12 byte entries, each of
which consists of three instructions. The first entry is
sethi %hi(0),%g1
jmp %g1
nop
These instructions are changed by ld.so into a jump directly into
ld.so itself. Each subsequent entry is
save %sp, -96, %sp
call <address of first entry in procedure linkage table>
<reloc_number | 0x01000000>
The reloc_number is the number of the reloc to use to resolve
this entry. The reloc will be a JMP_SLOT reloc against some
symbol that is not defined in this object file but should be
defined in a shared object (if it is not, ld.so will report a
runtime error and exit). The constant 0x010000000 turns the
reloc number into a sethi of %g0, which does nothing since %g0 is
hardwired to zero.
When one of these entries is executed, it winds up calling into
ld.so. ld.so looks at the reloc number, available via the return
address, to determine which entry this is. It then looks at the
reloc and patches up the entry in the table into a sethi and jmp
to the real address followed by a nop. This means that the reloc
lookup only has to happen once, and it also means that the
relocation only needs to be done if the function is actually
called. The relocation is expensive because ld.so must look up
the symbol by name.
The size of the procedure linkage table is given by the ld_plt_sz
field. */
unsigned long ld_plt;
/* The address of the relocs. These are in the same format as
ordinary relocs. Symbol index numbers refer to the symbols
pointed to by ld_stab. I think the only way to determine the
number of relocs is to assume that all the bytes from ld_rel to
ld_hash contain reloc entries. */
unsigned long ld_rel;
/* The address of a hash table of symbols. The hash table has
roughly the same number of entries as there are dynamic symbols;
I think the only way to get the exact size is to assume that
every byte from ld_hash to ld_stab is devoted to the hash table.
Each entry in the hash table is eight bytes. The first four
bytes are a symbol index into the dynamic symbols. The second
four bytes are the index of the next hash table entry in the
bucket. The ld_buckets field gives the number of buckets, say B.
The first B entries in the hash table each start a bucket which
is chained through the second four bytes of each entry. A value
of zero ends the chain.
The hash function is simply
h = 0;
while (*string != '\0')
h = (h << 1) + *string++;
h &= 0x7fffffff;
To look up a symbol, compute the hash value of the name. Take
the modulos of hash value and the number of buckets. Start at
that entry in the hash table. See if the symbol (from the first
four bytes of the hash table entry) has the name you are looking
for. If not, use the chain field (the second four bytes of the
hash table entry) to move on to the next entry in this bucket.
If the chain field is zero you have reached the end of the
bucket, and the symbol is not in the hash table. */
unsigned long ld_hash;
/* The address of the symbol table. This is a list of
external_nlist structures. The string indices are relative to
the ld_symbols field. I think the only way to determine the
number of symbols is to assume that all the bytes between ld_stab
and ld_symbols are external_nlist structures. */
unsigned long ld_stab;
/* I don't know what this is for. It seems to always be zero. */
unsigned long ld_stab_hash;
/* The number of buckets in the hash table. */
unsigned long ld_buckets;
/* The address of the symbol string table. The first string in this
string table need not be the empty string. */
unsigned long ld_symbols;
/* The size in bytes of the symbol string table. */
unsigned long ld_symb_size;
/* The size in bytes of the text segment. */
unsigned long ld_text;
/* The size in bytes of the procedure linkage table. */
unsigned long ld_plt_sz;
};
/* The external form of the structure. */
struct external_sun4_dynamic_link
{
bfd_byte ld_loaded[4];
bfd_byte ld_need[4];
bfd_byte ld_rules[4];
bfd_byte ld_got[4];
bfd_byte ld_plt[4];
bfd_byte ld_rel[4];
bfd_byte ld_hash[4];
bfd_byte ld_stab[4];
bfd_byte ld_stab_hash[4];
bfd_byte ld_buckets[4];
bfd_byte ld_symbols[4];
bfd_byte ld_symb_size[4];
bfd_byte ld_text[4];
bfd_byte ld_plt_sz[4];
};

65
include/ar.h
View File

@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: ar.h,v 1.4 1994/10/26 00:55:43 cgd Exp $ */
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
* (c) UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
* All or some portions of this file are derived from material licensed
* to the University of California by American Telephone and Telegraph
* Co. or Unix System Laboratories, Inc. and are reproduced herein with
* the permission of UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Hugh Smith at The University of Guelph.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)ar.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 1/21/94
*/
#ifndef _AR_H_
#define _AR_H_
/* Pre-4BSD archives had these magic numbers in them. */
#define OARMAG1 0177555
#define OARMAG2 0177545
#define ARMAG "!<arch>\n" /* ar "magic number" */
#define SARMAG 8 /* strlen(ARMAG); */
#define AR_EFMT1 "#1/" /* extended format #1 */
struct ar_hdr {
char ar_name[16]; /* name */
char ar_date[12]; /* modification time */
char ar_uid[6]; /* user id */
char ar_gid[6]; /* group id */
char ar_mode[8]; /* octal file permissions */
char ar_size[10]; /* size in bytes */
#define ARFMAG "`\n"
char ar_fmag[2]; /* consistency check */
};
#endif /* !_AR_H_ */

33
include/argz.h
View File

@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (C) 2002 by Red Hat, Incorporated. All rights reserved.
*
* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
* is freely granted, provided that this notice is preserved.
*/
#ifndef _ARGZ_H_
#define _ARGZ_H_
#include <errno.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "_ansi.h"
_BEGIN_STD_C
/* The newlib implementation of these functions assumes that sizeof(char) == 1. */
error_t argz_create (char *const argv[], char **argz, size_t *argz_len);
error_t argz_create_sep (const char *string, int sep, char **argz, size_t *argz_len);
size_t argz_count (const char *argz, size_t argz_len);
void argz_extract (char *argz, size_t argz_len, char **argv);
void argz_stringify (char *argz, size_t argz_len, int sep);
error_t argz_add (char **argz, size_t *argz_len, const char *str);
error_t argz_add_sep (char **argz, size_t *argz_len, const char *str, int sep);
error_t argz_append (char **argz, size_t *argz_len, const char *buf, size_t buf_len);
error_t argz_delete (char **argz, size_t *argz_len, char *entry);
error_t argz_insert (char **argz, size_t *argz_len, char *before, const char *entry);
char * argz_next (char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry);
error_t argz_replace (char **argz, size_t *argz_len, const char *str, const char *with, unsigned *replace_count);
_END_STD_C
#endif /* _ARGZ_H_ */

182
include/arm-acle-compat.h
View File

@ -1,182 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2014 ARM Ltd
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the company may not be used to endorse or promote
* products derived from this software without specific prior written
* permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ARM LTD ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
* IN NO EVENT SHALL ARM LTD BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
* SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
* TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
* PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef __ARM_ARCH
/* ACLE standardises a set of pre-defines that describe the ARM architecture.
These were mostly implemented in GCC around GCC-4.8; older versions
have no, or only partial support. To provide a level of backwards
compatibility we try to work out what the definitions should be, given
the older pre-defines that GCC did produce. This isn't complete, but
it should be enough for use by routines that depend on this header. */
/* No need to handle ARMv8, GCC had ACLE support before that. */
# ifdef __ARM_ARCH_7__
/* The common subset of ARMv7 in all profiles. */
# define __ARM_ARCH 7
# define __ARM_ARCH_ISA_THUMB 2
# define __ARM_FEATURE_CLZ
# define __ARM_FEATURE_LDREX 7
# define __ARM_FEATURE_UNALIGNED
# endif
# if defined (__ARM_ARCH_7A__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_7R__)
# define __ARM_ARCH 7
# define __ARM_ARCH_ISA_THUMB 2
# define __ARM_ARCH_ISA_ARM
# define __ARM_FEATURE_CLZ
# define __ARM_FEATURE_SIMD32
# define __ARM_FEATURE_DSP
# define __ARM_FEATURE_QBIT
# define __ARM_FEATURE_SAT
# define __ARM_FEATURE_LDREX 15
# define __ARM_FEATURE_UNALIGNED
# ifdef __ARM_ARCH_7A__
# define __ARM_ARCH_PROFILE 'A'
# else
# define __ARM_ARCH_PROFILE 'R'
# endif
# endif
# ifdef __ARM_ARCH_7EM__
# define __ARM_ARCH 7
# define __ARM_ARCH_ISA_THUMB 2
# define __ARM_FEATURE_CLZ
# define __ARM_FEATURE_SIMD32
# define __ARM_FEATURE_DSP
# define __ARM_FEATURE_QBIT
# define __ARM_FEATURE_SAT
# define __ARM_FEATURE_LDREX 7
# define __ARM_FEATURE_UNALIGNED
# define __ARM_ARCH_PROFILE 'M'
# endif
# ifdef __ARM_ARCH_7M__
# define __ARM_ARCH 7
# define __ARM_ARCH_ISA_THUMB 2
# define __ARM_FEATURE_CLZ
# define __ARM_FEATURE_QBIT
# define __ARM_FEATURE_SAT
# define __ARM_FEATURE_LDREX 7
# define __ARM_FEATURE_UNALIGNED
# define __ARM_ARCH_PROFILE 'M'
# endif
# ifdef __ARM_ARCH_6T2__
# define __ARM_ARCH 6
# define __ARM_ARCH_ISA_THUMB 2
# define __ARM_ARCH_ISA_ARM
# define __ARM_FEATURE_CLZ
# define __ARM_FEATURE_SIMD32
# define __ARM_FEATURE_DSP
# define __ARM_FEATURE_QBIT
# define __ARM_FEATURE_SAT
# define __ARM_FEATURE_LDREX 4
# define __ARM_FEATURE_UNALIGNED
# endif
# ifdef __ARM_ARCH_6M__
# define __ARM_ARCH 6
# define __ARM_ARCH_ISA_THUMB 1
# define __ARM_ARCH_PROFILE 'M'
# endif
# if defined (__ARM_ARCH_6__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_6J__) \
|| defined (__ARM_ARCH_6K__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_6Z__) \
|| defined (__ARM_ARCH_6ZK__)
# define __ARM_ARCH 6
# define __ARM_ARCH_ISA_THUMB 1
# define __ARM_ARCH_ISA_ARM
# define __ARM_FEATURE_CLZ
# define __ARM_FEATURE_SIMD32
# define __ARM_FEATURE_DSP
# define __ARM_FEATURE_QBIT
# define __ARM_FEATURE_SAT
# define __ARM_FEATURE_UNALIGNED
# ifndef __thumb__
# if defined (__ARM_ARCH_6K__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_6ZK__)
# define __ARM_FEATURE_LDREX 15
# else
# define __ARM_FEATURE_LDREX 4
# endif
# endif
# endif
# if defined (__ARM_ARCH_5TE__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_5E__)
# define __ARM_ARCH 5
# define __ARM_ARCH_ISA_ARM
# ifdef __ARM_ARCH_5TE__
# define __ARM_ARCH_ISA_THUMB 1
# endif
# define __ARM_FEATURE_CLZ
# define __ARM_FEATURE_DSP
# endif
# if defined (__ARM_ARCH_5T__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_5__)
# define __ARM_ARCH 5
# define __ARM_ARCH_ISA_ARM
# ifdef __ARM_ARCH_5TE__
# define __ARM_ARCH_ISA_THUMB 1
# endif
# define __ARM_FEATURE_CLZ
# endif
# ifdef __ARM_ARCH_4T__
# define __ARM_ARCH 4
# define __ARM_ARCH_ISA_ARM
# define __ARM_ARCH_ISA_THUMB 1
# endif
# ifdef __ARM_ARCH_4__
# define __ARM_ARCH 4
# define __ARM_ARCH_ISA_ARM
# endif
# if defined (__ARM_ARCH_3__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_3M__)
# define __ARM_ARCH 3
# define __ARM_ARCH_ISA_ARM
# endif
# ifdef __ARM_ARCH_2__
# define __ARM_ARCH 2
# define __ARM_ARCH_ISA_ARM
# endif
# ifdef __ARMEB__
# define __ARM_BIG_ENDIAN
# endif
/* If we still don't know what the target architecture is, then we're
probably not using GCC. */
# ifndef __ARM_ARCH
# error Unable to determine architecture version.
# endif
#endif /* __ARM_ARCH */

50
include/assert.h
View File

@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
/*
assert.h
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "_ansi.h"
#undef assert
#ifdef NDEBUG /* required by ANSI standard */
# define assert(__e) ((void)0)
#else
# define assert(__e) ((__e) ? (void)0 : __assert_func (__FILE__, __LINE__, \
__ASSERT_FUNC, #__e))
# ifndef __ASSERT_FUNC
/* Use g++'s demangled names in C++. */
# if defined __cplusplus && defined __GNUC__
# define __ASSERT_FUNC __PRETTY_FUNCTION__
/* C99 requires the use of __func__. */
# elif __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
# define __ASSERT_FUNC __func__
/* Older versions of gcc don't have __func__ but can use __FUNCTION__. */
# elif __GNUC__ >= 2
# define __ASSERT_FUNC __FUNCTION__
/* failed to detect __func__ support. */
# else
# define __ASSERT_FUNC ((char *) 0)
# endif
# endif /* !__ASSERT_FUNC */
#endif /* !NDEBUG */
void __assert (const char *, int, const char *)
_ATTRIBUTE ((__noreturn__));
void __assert_func (const char *, int, const char *, const char *)
_ATTRIBUTE ((__noreturn__));
#if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L && !defined __cplusplus
# define static_assert _Static_assert
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

842
include/bfdlink.h
View File

@ -1,842 +0,0 @@
/* bfdlink.h -- header file for BFD link routines
Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Steve Chamberlain and Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef BFDLINK_H
#define BFDLINK_H
/* Which symbols to strip during a link. */
enum bfd_link_strip
{
strip_none, /* Don't strip any symbols. */
strip_debugger, /* Strip debugging symbols. */
strip_some, /* keep_hash is the list of symbols to keep. */
strip_all /* Strip all symbols. */
};
/* Which local symbols to discard during a link. This is irrelevant
if strip_all is used. */
enum bfd_link_discard
{
discard_sec_merge, /* Discard local temporary symbols in SEC_MERGE
sections. */
discard_none, /* Don't discard any locals. */
discard_l, /* Discard local temporary symbols. */
discard_all /* Discard all locals. */
};
/* Describes the type of hash table entry structure being used.
Different hash table structure have different fields and so
support different linking features. */
enum bfd_link_hash_table_type
{
bfd_link_generic_hash_table,
bfd_link_elf_hash_table
};
/* These are the possible types of an entry in the BFD link hash
table. */
enum bfd_link_hash_type
{
bfd_link_hash_new, /* Symbol is new. */
bfd_link_hash_undefined, /* Symbol seen before, but undefined. */
bfd_link_hash_undefweak, /* Symbol is weak and undefined. */
bfd_link_hash_defined, /* Symbol is defined. */
bfd_link_hash_defweak, /* Symbol is weak and defined. */
bfd_link_hash_common, /* Symbol is common. */
bfd_link_hash_indirect, /* Symbol is an indirect link. */
bfd_link_hash_warning /* Like indirect, but warn if referenced. */
};
enum bfd_link_common_skip_ar_symbols
{
bfd_link_common_skip_none,
bfd_link_common_skip_text,
bfd_link_common_skip_data,
bfd_link_common_skip_all
};
struct bfd_link_hash_common_entry
{
unsigned int alignment_power; /* Alignment. */
asection *section; /* Symbol section. */
};
/* The linking routines use a hash table which uses this structure for
its elements. */
struct bfd_link_hash_entry
{
/* Base hash table entry structure. */
struct bfd_hash_entry root;
/* Type of this entry. */
ENUM_BITFIELD (bfd_link_hash_type) type : 8;
unsigned int non_ir_ref : 1;
/* A union of information depending upon the type. */
union
{
/* Nothing is kept for bfd_hash_new. */
/* bfd_link_hash_undefined, bfd_link_hash_undefweak. */
struct
{
/* Undefined and common symbols are kept in a linked list through
this field. This field is present in all of the union element
so that we don't need to remove entries from the list when we
change their type. Removing entries would either require the
list to be doubly linked, which would waste more memory, or
require a traversal. When an undefined or common symbol is
created, it should be added to this list, the head of which is in
the link hash table itself. As symbols are defined, they need
not be removed from the list; anything which reads the list must
doublecheck the symbol type.
Weak symbols are not kept on this list.
Defined and defweak symbols use this field as a reference marker.
If the field is not NULL, or this structure is the tail of the
undefined symbol list, the symbol has been referenced. If the
symbol is undefined and becomes defined, this field will
automatically be non-NULL since the symbol will have been on the
undefined symbol list. */
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *next;
bfd *abfd; /* BFD symbol was found in. */
} undef;
/* bfd_link_hash_defined, bfd_link_hash_defweak. */
struct
{
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *next;
asection *section; /* Symbol section. */
bfd_vma value; /* Symbol value. */
} def;
/* bfd_link_hash_indirect, bfd_link_hash_warning. */
struct
{
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *next;
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *link; /* Real symbol. */
const char *warning; /* Warning (bfd_link_hash_warning only). */
} i;
/* bfd_link_hash_common. */
struct
{
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *next;
/* The linker needs to know three things about common
symbols: the size, the alignment, and the section in
which the symbol should be placed. We store the size
here, and we allocate a small structure to hold the
section and the alignment. The alignment is stored as a
power of two. We don't store all the information
directly because we don't want to increase the size of
the union; this structure is a major space user in the
linker. */
struct bfd_link_hash_common_entry *p;
bfd_size_type size; /* Common symbol size. */
} c;
} u;
};
/* This is the link hash table. It is a derived class of
bfd_hash_table. */
struct bfd_link_hash_table
{
/* The hash table itself. */
struct bfd_hash_table table;
/* A linked list of undefined and common symbols, linked through the
next field in the bfd_link_hash_entry structure. */
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
/* Entries are added to the tail of the undefs list. */
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs_tail;
/* The type of the link hash table. */
enum bfd_link_hash_table_type type;
};
/* Look up an entry in a link hash table. If FOLLOW is TRUE, this
follows bfd_link_hash_indirect and bfd_link_hash_warning links to
the real symbol. */
extern struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bfd_link_hash_lookup
(struct bfd_link_hash_table *, const char *, bfd_boolean create,
bfd_boolean copy, bfd_boolean follow);
/* Look up an entry in the main linker hash table if the symbol might
be wrapped. This should only be used for references to an
undefined symbol, not for definitions of a symbol. */
extern struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup
(bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const char *, bfd_boolean,
bfd_boolean, bfd_boolean);
/* Traverse a link hash table. */
extern void bfd_link_hash_traverse
(struct bfd_link_hash_table *,
bfd_boolean (*) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *),
void *);
/* Add an entry to the undefs list. */
extern void bfd_link_add_undef
(struct bfd_link_hash_table *, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *);
/* Remove symbols from the undefs list that don't belong there. */
extern void bfd_link_repair_undef_list
(struct bfd_link_hash_table *table);
/* Read symbols and cache symbol pointer array in outsymbols. */
extern bfd_boolean bfd_generic_link_read_symbols (bfd *);
struct bfd_sym_chain
{
struct bfd_sym_chain *next;
const char *name;
};
/* How to handle unresolved symbols.
There are four possibilities which are enumerated below: */
enum report_method
{
/* This is the initial value when then link_info structure is created.
It allows the various stages of the linker to determine whether they
allowed to set the value. */
RM_NOT_YET_SET = 0,
RM_IGNORE,
RM_GENERATE_WARNING,
RM_GENERATE_ERROR
};
typedef enum {with_flags, without_flags} flag_type;
/* A section flag list. */
struct flag_info_list
{
flag_type with;
const char *name;
bfd_boolean valid;
struct flag_info_list *next;
};
/* Section flag info. */
struct flag_info
{
flagword only_with_flags;
flagword not_with_flags;
struct flag_info_list *flag_list;
bfd_boolean flags_initialized;
};
struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list;
struct bfd_elf_version_tree;
/* This structure holds all the information needed to communicate
between BFD and the linker when doing a link. */
struct bfd_link_info
{
/* TRUE if BFD should generate a shared object (or a pie). */
unsigned int shared: 1;
/* TRUE if generating an executable, position independent or not. */
unsigned int executable : 1;
/* TRUE if generating a position independent executable. */
unsigned int pie: 1;
/* TRUE if BFD should generate a relocatable object file. */
unsigned int relocatable: 1;
/* TRUE if BFD should pre-bind symbols in a shared object. */
unsigned int symbolic: 1;
/* TRUE if executable should not contain copy relocs.
Setting this true may result in a non-sharable text segment. */
unsigned int nocopyreloc: 1;
/* TRUE if BFD should export all symbols in the dynamic symbol table
of an executable, rather than only those used. */
unsigned int export_dynamic: 1;
/* TRUE if a default symbol version should be created and used for
exported symbols. */
unsigned int create_default_symver: 1;
/* TRUE if unreferenced sections should be removed. */
unsigned int gc_sections: 1;
/* TRUE if every symbol should be reported back via the notice
callback. */
unsigned int notice_all: 1;
/* TRUE if we are loading LTO outputs. */
unsigned int loading_lto_outputs: 1;
/* TRUE if global symbols in discarded sections should be stripped. */
unsigned int strip_discarded: 1;
/* TRUE if all data symbols should be dynamic. */
unsigned int dynamic_data: 1;
/* Which symbols to strip. */
ENUM_BITFIELD (bfd_link_strip) strip : 2;
/* Which local symbols to discard. */
ENUM_BITFIELD (bfd_link_discard) discard : 2;
/* Criteria for skipping symbols when determining
whether to include an object from an archive. */
ENUM_BITFIELD (bfd_link_common_skip_ar_symbols) common_skip_ar_symbols : 2;
/* What to do with unresolved symbols in an object file.
When producing executables the default is GENERATE_ERROR.
When producing shared libraries the default is IGNORE. The
assumption with shared libraries is that the reference will be
resolved at load/execution time. */
ENUM_BITFIELD (report_method) unresolved_syms_in_objects : 2;
/* What to do with unresolved symbols in a shared library.
The same defaults apply. */
ENUM_BITFIELD (report_method) unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs : 2;
/* TRUE if shared objects should be linked directly, not shared. */
unsigned int static_link: 1;
/* TRUE if symbols should be retained in memory, FALSE if they
should be freed and reread. */
unsigned int keep_memory: 1;
/* TRUE if BFD should generate relocation information in the final
executable. */
unsigned int emitrelocations: 1;
/* TRUE if PT_GNU_RELRO segment should be created. */
unsigned int relro: 1;
/* TRUE if .eh_frame_hdr section and PT_GNU_EH_FRAME ELF segment
should be created. */
unsigned int eh_frame_hdr: 1;
/* TRUE if we should warn when adding a DT_TEXTREL to a shared object. */
unsigned int warn_shared_textrel: 1;
/* TRUE if we should error when adding a DT_TEXTREL. */
unsigned int error_textrel: 1;
/* TRUE if .hash section should be created. */
unsigned int emit_hash: 1;
/* TRUE if .gnu.hash section should be created. */
unsigned int emit_gnu_hash: 1;
/* If TRUE reduce memory overheads, at the expense of speed. This will
cause map file generation to use an O(N^2) algorithm and disable
caching ELF symbol buffer. */
unsigned int reduce_memory_overheads: 1;
/* TRUE if the output file should be in a traditional format. This
is equivalent to the setting of the BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT flag
on the output file, but may be checked when reading the input
files. */
unsigned int traditional_format: 1;
/* TRUE if non-PLT relocs should be merged into one reloc section
and sorted so that relocs against the same symbol come together. */
unsigned int combreloc: 1;
/* TRUE if a default symbol version should be created and used for
imported symbols. */
unsigned int default_imported_symver: 1;
/* TRUE if the new ELF dynamic tags are enabled. */
unsigned int new_dtags: 1;
/* FALSE if .eh_frame unwind info should be generated for PLT and other
linker created sections, TRUE if it should be omitted. */
unsigned int no_ld_generated_unwind_info: 1;
/* TRUE if BFD should generate a "task linked" object file,
similar to relocatable but also with globals converted to
statics. */
unsigned int task_link: 1;
/* TRUE if ok to have multiple definition. */
unsigned int allow_multiple_definition: 1;
/* TRUE if ok to have version with no definition. */
unsigned int allow_undefined_version: 1;
/* TRUE if some symbols have to be dynamic, controlled by
--dynamic-list command line options. */
unsigned int dynamic: 1;
/* TRUE if PT_GNU_STACK segment should be created with PF_R|PF_W|PF_X
flags. */
unsigned int execstack: 1;
/* TRUE if PT_GNU_STACK segment should be created with PF_R|PF_W
flags. */
unsigned int noexecstack: 1;
/* TRUE if we want to produced optimized output files. This might
need much more time and therefore must be explicitly selected. */
unsigned int optimize: 1;
/* TRUE if user should be informed of removed unreferenced sections. */
unsigned int print_gc_sections: 1;
/* TRUE if we should warn alternate ELF machine code. */
unsigned int warn_alternate_em: 1;
/* TRUE if the linker script contained an explicit PHDRS command. */
unsigned int user_phdrs: 1;
/* Char that may appear as the first char of a symbol, but should be
skipped (like symbol_leading_char) when looking up symbols in
wrap_hash. Used by PowerPC Linux for 'dot' symbols. */
char wrap_char;
/* Separator between archive and filename in linker script filespecs. */
char path_separator;
/* Default stack size. Zero means default (often zero itself), -1
means explicitly zero-sized. */
bfd_signed_vma stacksize;
/* Enable or disable target specific optimizations.
Not all targets have optimizations to enable.
Normally these optimizations are disabled by default but some targets
prefer to enable them by default. So this field is a tri-state variable.
The values are:
zero: Enable the optimizations (either from --relax being specified on
the command line or the backend's before_allocation emulation function.
positive: The user has requested that these optimizations be disabled.
(Via the --no-relax command line option).
negative: The optimizations are disabled. (Set when initializing the
args_type structure in ldmain.c:main. */
signed int disable_target_specific_optimizations;
/* Function callbacks. */
const struct bfd_link_callbacks *callbacks;
/* Hash table handled by BFD. */
struct bfd_link_hash_table *hash;
/* Hash table of symbols to keep. This is NULL unless strip is
strip_some. */
struct bfd_hash_table *keep_hash;
/* Hash table of symbols to report back via the notice callback. If
this is NULL, and notice_all is FALSE, then no symbols are
reported back. */
struct bfd_hash_table *notice_hash;
/* Hash table of symbols which are being wrapped (the --wrap linker
option). If this is NULL, no symbols are being wrapped. */
struct bfd_hash_table *wrap_hash;
/* Hash table of symbols which may be left unresolved during
a link. If this is NULL, no symbols can be left unresolved. */
struct bfd_hash_table *ignore_hash;
/* The output BFD. */
bfd *output_bfd;
/* The list of input BFD's involved in the link. These are chained
together via the link_next field. */
bfd *input_bfds;
bfd **input_bfds_tail;
/* If a symbol should be created for each input BFD, this is section
where those symbols should be placed. It must be a section in
the output BFD. It may be NULL, in which case no such symbols
will be created. This is to support CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS in the
linker command language. */
asection *create_object_symbols_section;
/* List of global symbol names that are starting points for marking
sections against garbage collection. */
struct bfd_sym_chain *gc_sym_list;
/* If a base output file is wanted, then this points to it */
void *base_file;
/* The function to call when the executable or shared object is
loaded. */
const char *init_function;
/* The function to call when the executable or shared object is
unloaded. */
const char *fini_function;
/* Number of relaxation passes. Usually only one relaxation pass
is needed. But a backend can have as many relaxation passes as
necessary. During bfd_relax_section call, it is set to the
current pass, starting from 0. */
int relax_pass;
/* Number of relaxation trips. This number is incremented every
time the relaxation pass is restarted due to a previous
relaxation returning true in *AGAIN. */
int relax_trip;
/* Non-zero if auto-import thunks for DATA items in pei386 DLLs
should be generated/linked against. Set to 1 if this feature
is explicitly requested by the user, -1 if enabled by default. */
int pei386_auto_import;
/* Non-zero if runtime relocs for DATA items with non-zero addends
in pei386 DLLs should be generated. Set to 1 if this feature
is explicitly requested by the user, -1 if enabled by default. */
int pei386_runtime_pseudo_reloc;
/* How many spare .dynamic DT_NULL entries should be added? */
unsigned int spare_dynamic_tags;
/* May be used to set DT_FLAGS for ELF. */
bfd_vma flags;
/* May be used to set DT_FLAGS_1 for ELF. */
bfd_vma flags_1;
/* Start and end of RELRO region. */
bfd_vma relro_start, relro_end;
/* List of symbols should be dynamic. */
struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *dynamic_list;
/* The version information. */
struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version_info;
};
/* This structures holds a set of callback functions. These are called
by the BFD linker routines. Except for the info functions, the first
argument to each callback function is the bfd_link_info structure
being used and each function returns a boolean value. If the
function returns FALSE, then the BFD function which called it should
return with a failure indication. */
struct bfd_link_callbacks
{
/* A function which is called when an object is added from an
archive. ABFD is the archive element being added. NAME is the
name of the symbol which caused the archive element to be pulled
in. This function may set *SUBSBFD to point to an alternative
BFD from which symbols should in fact be added in place of the
original BFD's symbols. */
bfd_boolean (*add_archive_element)
(struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *abfd, const char *name, bfd **subsbfd);
/* A function which is called when a symbol is found with multiple
definitions. H is the symbol which is defined multiple times.
NBFD is the new BFD, NSEC is the new section, and NVAL is the new
value. NSEC may be bfd_com_section or bfd_ind_section. */
bfd_boolean (*multiple_definition)
(struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h,
bfd *nbfd, asection *nsec, bfd_vma nval);
/* A function which is called when a common symbol is defined
multiple times. H is the symbol appearing multiple times.
NBFD is the BFD of the new symbol. NTYPE is the type of the new
symbol, one of bfd_link_hash_defined, bfd_link_hash_common, or
bfd_link_hash_indirect. If NTYPE is bfd_link_hash_common, NSIZE
is the size of the new symbol. */
bfd_boolean (*multiple_common)
(struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h,
bfd *nbfd, enum bfd_link_hash_type ntype, bfd_vma nsize);
/* A function which is called to add a symbol to a set. ENTRY is
the link hash table entry for the set itself (e.g.,
__CTOR_LIST__). RELOC is the relocation to use for an entry in
the set when generating a relocatable file, and is also used to
get the size of the entry when generating an executable file.
ABFD, SEC and VALUE identify the value to add to the set. */
bfd_boolean (*add_to_set)
(struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *entry,
bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc, bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma value);
/* A function which is called when the name of a g++ constructor or
destructor is found. This is only called by some object file
formats. CONSTRUCTOR is TRUE for a constructor, FALSE for a
destructor. This will use BFD_RELOC_CTOR when generating a
relocatable file. NAME is the name of the symbol found. ABFD,
SECTION and VALUE are the value of the symbol. */
bfd_boolean (*constructor)
(struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_boolean constructor, const char *name,
bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma value);
/* A function which is called to issue a linker warning. For
example, this is called when there is a reference to a warning
symbol. WARNING is the warning to be issued. SYMBOL is the name
of the symbol which triggered the warning; it may be NULL if
there is none. ABFD, SECTION and ADDRESS identify the location
which trigerred the warning; either ABFD or SECTION or both may
be NULL if the location is not known. */
bfd_boolean (*warning)
(struct bfd_link_info *, const char *warning, const char *symbol,
bfd *abfd, asection *section, bfd_vma address);
/* A function which is called when a relocation is attempted against
an undefined symbol. NAME is the symbol which is undefined.
ABFD, SECTION and ADDRESS identify the location from which the
reference is made. IS_FATAL indicates whether an undefined symbol is
a fatal error or not. In some cases SECTION may be NULL. */
bfd_boolean (*undefined_symbol)
(struct bfd_link_info *, const char *name, bfd *abfd,
asection *section, bfd_vma address, bfd_boolean is_fatal);
/* A function which is called when a reloc overflow occurs. ENTRY is
the link hash table entry for the symbol the reloc is against.
NAME is the name of the local symbol or section the reloc is
against, RELOC_NAME is the name of the relocation, and ADDEND is
any addend that is used. ABFD, SECTION and ADDRESS identify the
location at which the overflow occurs; if this is the result of a
bfd_section_reloc_link_order or bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order, then
ABFD will be NULL. */
bfd_boolean (*reloc_overflow)
(struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *entry,
const char *name, const char *reloc_name, bfd_vma addend,
bfd *abfd, asection *section, bfd_vma address);
/* A function which is called when a dangerous reloc is performed.
MESSAGE is an appropriate message.
ABFD, SECTION and ADDRESS identify the location at which the
problem occurred; if this is the result of a
bfd_section_reloc_link_order or bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order, then
ABFD will be NULL. */
bfd_boolean (*reloc_dangerous)
(struct bfd_link_info *, const char *message,
bfd *abfd, asection *section, bfd_vma address);
/* A function which is called when a reloc is found to be attached
to a symbol which is not being written out. NAME is the name of
the symbol. ABFD, SECTION and ADDRESS identify the location of
the reloc; if this is the result of a
bfd_section_reloc_link_order or bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order, then
ABFD will be NULL. */
bfd_boolean (*unattached_reloc)
(struct bfd_link_info *, const char *name,
bfd *abfd, asection *section, bfd_vma address);
/* A function which is called when a symbol in notice_hash is
defined or referenced. H is the symbol. ABFD, SECTION and
ADDRESS are the (new) value of the symbol. If SECTION is
bfd_und_section, this is a reference. FLAGS are the symbol
BSF_* flags. STRING is the name of the symbol to indirect to if
the sym is indirect, or the warning string if a warning sym. */
bfd_boolean (*notice)
(struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h,
bfd *abfd, asection *section, bfd_vma address, flagword flags,
const char *string);
/* Error or warning link info message. */
void (*einfo)
(const char *fmt, ...);
/* General link info message. */
void (*info)
(const char *fmt, ...);
/* Message to be printed in linker map file. */
void (*minfo)
(const char *fmt, ...);
/* This callback provides a chance for users of the BFD library to
override its decision about whether to place two adjacent sections
into the same segment. */
bfd_boolean (*override_segment_assignment)
(struct bfd_link_info *, bfd * abfd,
asection * current_section, asection * previous_section,
bfd_boolean new_segment);
};
/* The linker builds link_order structures which tell the code how to
include input data in the output file. */
/* These are the types of link_order structures. */
enum bfd_link_order_type
{
bfd_undefined_link_order, /* Undefined. */
bfd_indirect_link_order, /* Built from a section. */
bfd_data_link_order, /* Set to explicit data. */
bfd_section_reloc_link_order, /* Relocate against a section. */
bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order /* Relocate against a symbol. */
};
/* This is the link_order structure itself. These form a chain
attached to the output section whose contents they are describing. */
struct bfd_link_order
{
/* Next link_order in chain. */
struct bfd_link_order *next;
/* Type of link_order. */
enum bfd_link_order_type type;
/* Offset within output section. */
bfd_vma offset;
/* Size within output section. */
bfd_size_type size;
/* Type specific information. */
union
{
struct
{
/* Section to include. If this is used, then
section->output_section must be the section the
link_order is attached to, section->output_offset must
equal the link_order offset field, and section->size
must equal the link_order size field. Maybe these
restrictions should be relaxed someday. */
asection *section;
} indirect;
struct
{
/* Size of contents, or zero when contents should be filled by
the architecture-dependent fill function.
A non-zero value allows filling of the output section
with an arbitrary repeated pattern. */
unsigned int size;
/* Data to put into file. */
bfd_byte *contents;
} data;
struct
{
/* Description of reloc to generate. Used for
bfd_section_reloc_link_order and
bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order. */
struct bfd_link_order_reloc *p;
} reloc;
} u;
};
/* A linker order of type bfd_section_reloc_link_order or
bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order means to create a reloc against a
section or symbol, respectively. This is used to implement -Ur to
generate relocs for the constructor tables. The
bfd_link_order_reloc structure describes the reloc that BFD should
create. It is similar to a arelent, but I didn't use arelent
because the linker does not know anything about most symbols, and
any asymbol structure it creates will be partially meaningless.
This information could logically be in the bfd_link_order struct,
but I didn't want to waste the space since these types of relocs
are relatively rare. */
struct bfd_link_order_reloc
{
/* Reloc type. */
bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
union
{
/* For type bfd_section_reloc_link_order, this is the section
the reloc should be against. This must be a section in the
output BFD, not any of the input BFDs. */
asection *section;
/* For type bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order, this is the name of the
symbol the reloc should be against. */
const char *name;
} u;
/* Addend to use. The object file should contain zero. The BFD
backend is responsible for filling in the contents of the object
file correctly. For some object file formats (e.g., COFF) the
addend must be stored into in the object file, and for some
(e.g., SPARC a.out) it is kept in the reloc. */
bfd_vma addend;
};
/* Allocate a new link_order for a section. */
extern struct bfd_link_order *bfd_new_link_order (bfd *, asection *);
/* These structures are used to describe version information for the
ELF linker. These structures could be manipulated entirely inside
BFD, but it would be a pain. Instead, the regular linker sets up
these structures, and then passes them into BFD. */
/* Glob pattern for a version. */
struct bfd_elf_version_expr
{
/* Next glob pattern for this version. */
struct bfd_elf_version_expr *next;
/* Glob pattern. */
const char *pattern;
/* Set if pattern is not a glob. */
unsigned int literal : 1;
/* Defined by ".symver". */
unsigned int symver : 1;
/* Defined by version script. */
unsigned int script : 1;
/* Pattern type. */
#define BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE 1
#define BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE 2
#define BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE 4
unsigned int mask : 3;
};
struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head
{
/* List of all patterns, both wildcards and non-wildcards. */
struct bfd_elf_version_expr *list;
/* Hash table for non-wildcards. */
void *htab;
/* Remaining patterns. */
struct bfd_elf_version_expr *remaining;
/* What kind of pattern types are present in list (bitmask). */
unsigned int mask;
};
/* Version dependencies. */
struct bfd_elf_version_deps
{
/* Next dependency for this version. */
struct bfd_elf_version_deps *next;
/* The version which this version depends upon. */
struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version_needed;
};
/* A node in the version tree. */
struct bfd_elf_version_tree
{
/* Next version. */
struct bfd_elf_version_tree *next;
/* Name of this version. */
const char *name;
/* Version number. */
unsigned int vernum;
/* Regular expressions for global symbols in this version. */
struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head globals;
/* Regular expressions for local symbols in this version. */
struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head locals;
/* List of versions which this version depends upon. */
struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps;
/* Index of the version name. This is used within BFD. */
unsigned int name_indx;
/* Whether this version tree was used. This is used within BFD. */
int used;
/* Matching hook. */
struct bfd_elf_version_expr *(*match)
(struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev, const char *sym);
};
struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
{
struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head head;
struct bfd_elf_version_expr *(*match)
(struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev, const char *sym);
};
#endif

62
include/binary-io.h
View File

@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
/* Binary mode I/O.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _BINARY_H
#define _BINARY_H
/* Include this header after <fcntl.h> and <stdio.h>, because
systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O usually
define O_BINARY in <fcntl.h>, and the MSVC7 <stdio.h> doesn't
like to be included after '#define fileno ...'
We don't include <fcntl.h> here because not all systems have
that header. */
#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
/* For MSC-compatible compilers. */
# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
#endif
#ifdef __BEOS__
/* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */
# undef O_BINARY
# undef O_TEXT
#endif
#if O_BINARY
# if defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ || defined __CYGWIN__
# include <io.h> /* declares setmode() */
# else
# define setmode _setmode
# undef fileno
# define fileno _fileno
# endif
# ifdef __DJGPP__
# include <unistd.h> /* declares isatty() */
# /* Avoid putting stdin/stdout in binary mode if it is connected to the
# console, because that would make it impossible for the user to
# interrupt the program through Ctrl-C or Ctrl-Break. */
# define SET_BINARY(fd) (!isatty (fd) ? (setmode (fd, O_BINARY), 0) : 0)
# else
# define SET_BINARY(fd) setmode (fd, O_BINARY)
# endif
#else
/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */
# undef O_BINARY
# define O_BINARY 0
# define SET_BINARY(fd) /* nothing */
#endif
#endif /* _BINARY_H */

192
include/bout.h
View File

@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
/* This file is a modified version of 'a.out.h'. It is to be used in all
GNU tools modified to support the i80960 (or tools that operate on
object files created by such tools).
Copyright 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* All i80960 development is done in a CROSS-DEVELOPMENT environment. I.e.,
object code is generated on, and executed under the direction of a symbolic
debugger running on, a host system. We do not want to be subject to the
vagaries of which host it is or whether it supports COFF or a.out format,
or anything else. We DO want to:
o always generate the same format object files, regardless of host.
o have an 'a.out' header that we can modify for our own purposes
(the 80960 is typically an embedded processor and may require
enhanced linker support that the normal a.out.h header can't
accommodate).
As for byte-ordering, the following rules apply:
o Text and data that is actually downloaded to the target is always
in i80960 (little-endian) order.
o All other numbers (in the header, symbols, relocation directives)
are in host byte-order: object files CANNOT be lifted from a
little-end host and used on a big-endian (or vice versa) without
modification.
==> THIS IS NO LONGER TRUE USING BFD. WE CAN GENERATE ANY BYTE ORDER
FOR THE HEADER, AND READ ANY BYTE ORDER. PREFERENCE WOULD BE TO
USE LITTLE-ENDIAN BYTE ORDER THROUGHOUT, REGARDLESS OF HOST. <==
o The downloader ('comm960') takes care to generate a pseudo-header
with correct (i80960) byte-ordering before shipping text and data
off to the NINDY monitor in the target systems. Symbols and
relocation info are never sent to the target. */
#define BMAGIC 0415
/* We don't accept the following (see N_BADMAG macro).
They're just here so GNU code will compile. */
#define OMAGIC 0407 /* old impure format */
#define NMAGIC 0410 /* read-only text */
#define ZMAGIC 0413 /* demand load format */
/* FILE HEADER
All 'lengths' are given as a number of bytes.
All 'alignments' are for relinkable files only; an alignment of
'n' indicates the corresponding segment must begin at an
address that is a multiple of (2**n). */
struct external_exec
{
/* Standard stuff */
unsigned char e_info[4]; /* Identifies this as a b.out file */
unsigned char e_text[4]; /* Length of text */
unsigned char e_data[4]; /* Length of data */
unsigned char e_bss[4]; /* Length of uninitialized data area */
unsigned char e_syms[4]; /* Length of symbol table */
unsigned char e_entry[4]; /* Runtime start address */
unsigned char e_trsize[4]; /* Length of text relocation info */
unsigned char e_drsize[4]; /* Length of data relocation info */
/* Added for i960 */
unsigned char e_tload[4]; /* Text runtime load address */
unsigned char e_dload[4]; /* Data runtime load address */
unsigned char e_talign[1]; /* Alignment of text segment */
unsigned char e_dalign[1]; /* Alignment of data segment */
unsigned char e_balign[1]; /* Alignment of bss segment */
unsigned char e_relaxable[1];/* Assembled with enough info to allow linker to relax */
};
#define EXEC_BYTES_SIZE (sizeof (struct external_exec))
/* These macros use the a_xxx field names, since they operate on the exec
structure after it's been byte-swapped and realigned on the host machine. */
#define N_BADMAG(x) (((x).a_info)!=BMAGIC)
#define N_TXTOFF(x) EXEC_BYTES_SIZE
#define N_DATOFF(x) ( N_TXTOFF(x) + (x).a_text )
#define N_TROFF(x) ( N_DATOFF(x) + (x).a_data )
#define N_TRELOFF N_TROFF
#define N_DROFF(x) ( N_TROFF(x) + (x).a_trsize )
#define N_DRELOFF N_DROFF
#define N_SYMOFF(x) ( N_DROFF(x) + (x).a_drsize )
#define N_STROFF(x) ( N_SYMOFF(x) + (x).a_syms )
#define N_DATADDR(x) ( (x).a_dload )
/* Address of text segment in memory after it is loaded. */
#if !defined (N_TXTADDR)
#define N_TXTADDR(x) 0
#endif
/* A single entry in the symbol table. */
struct nlist
{
union
{
char* n_name;
struct nlist * n_next;
long n_strx; /* Index into string table */
} n_un;
unsigned char n_type; /* See below */
char n_other; /* Used in i80960 support -- see below */
short n_desc;
unsigned long n_value;
};
/* Legal values of n_type. */
#define N_UNDF 0 /* Undefined symbol */
#define N_ABS 2 /* Absolute symbol */
#define N_TEXT 4 /* Text symbol */
#define N_DATA 6 /* Data symbol */
#define N_BSS 8 /* BSS symbol */
#define N_FN 31 /* Filename symbol */
#define N_EXT 1 /* External symbol (OR'd in with one of above) */
#define N_TYPE 036 /* Mask for all the type bits */
#define N_STAB 0340 /* Mask for all bits used for SDB entries */
/* MEANING OF 'n_other'
If non-zero, the 'n_other' fields indicates either a leaf procedure or
a system procedure, as follows:
1 <= n_other <= 32 :
The symbol is the entry point to a system procedure.
'n_value' is the address of the entry, as for any other
procedure. The system procedure number (which can be used in
a 'calls' instruction) is (n_other-1). These entries come from
'.sysproc' directives.
n_other == N_CALLNAME
the symbol is the 'call' entry point to a leaf procedure.
The *next* symbol in the symbol table must be the corresponding
'bal' entry point to the procedure (see following). These
entries come from '.leafproc' directives in which two different
symbols are specified (the first one is represented here).
n_other == N_BALNAME
the symbol is the 'bal' entry point to a leaf procedure.
These entries result from '.leafproc' directives in which only
one symbol is specified, or in which the same symbol is
specified twice.
Note that an N_CALLNAME entry *must* have a corresponding N_BALNAME entry,
but not every N_BALNAME entry must have an N_CALLNAME entry. */
#define N_CALLNAME ((char)-1)
#define N_BALNAME ((char)-2)
#define IS_CALLNAME(x) (N_CALLNAME == (x))
#define IS_BALNAME(x) (N_BALNAME == (x))
#define IS_OTHER(x) ((x)>0 && (x) <=32)
#define b_out_relocation_info relocation_info
struct relocation_info
{
int r_address; /* File address of item to be relocated. */
unsigned
#define r_index r_symbolnum
r_symbolnum:24, /* Index of symbol on which relocation is based,
if r_extern is set. Otherwise set to
either N_TEXT, N_DATA, or N_BSS to
indicate section on which relocation is
based. */
r_pcrel:1, /* 1 => relocate PC-relative; else absolute
On i960, pc-relative implies 24-bit
address, absolute implies 32-bit. */
r_length:2, /* Number of bytes to relocate:
0 => 1 byte
1 => 2 bytes -- used for 13 bit pcrel
2 => 4 bytes. */
r_extern:1,
r_bsr:1, /* Something for the GNU NS32K assembler. */
r_disp:1, /* Something for the GNU NS32K assembler. */
r_callj:1, /* 1 if relocation target is an i960 'callj'. */
r_relaxable:1; /* 1 if enough info is left to relax the data. */
};

32
include/cgen/ChangeLog
View File

@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
2013-07-18 Andrew Neitsch <andrew@neitsch.ca>
PR binutils/15728
* basic-ops.h: (SUBWORDSIQI) Make declaration static.
* (SUBWORDSIHI): Likewise.
* (SUBWORDDIQI): Likewise.
* (SUBWORDDIHI): Likewise.
* (SUBWORDDISI): Likewise.
2010-01-05 Doug Evans <dje@sebabeach.org>
* basic-modes.h (MAKEDI): New macro.
2009-10-23 Doug Evans <dje@sebabeach.org>
* basic-modes.h: New file. Moved here from opcodes/cgen-types.h.
* basic-ops.h: New file. Moved here from opcodes/cgen-ops.h.
* bitset.h: New file. Moved here from ../opcode/cgen-bitset.h.
Update license to GPL v3.
Copyright (C) 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved.
Local Variables:
mode: change-log
left-margin: 8
fill-column: 74
version-control: never
End:

52
include/cgen/basic-modes.h
View File

@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
/* Basic CGEN modes.
Copyright 2005, 2007, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Red Hat.
This file is part of the GNU opcodes library.
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
It is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this library; see the file COPYING3. If not, write to the
Free Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef CGEN_BASIC_MODES_H
#define CGEN_BASIC_MODES_H
/* This file doesn't contain all modes,
just the basic/portable ones.
It also provides access to stdint.h (*1) so the includer doesn't have
to deal with the portability issues.
(*1): To the extent that bfd_stdint.h does for now. */
/* IWBN to avoid unnecessary dependencies on bfd-anything. */
#include "bfd_stdint.h"
typedef int8_t QI;
typedef uint8_t UQI;
typedef int16_t HI;
typedef uint16_t UHI;
typedef int32_t SI;
typedef uint32_t USI;
typedef int64_t DI;
typedef uint64_t UDI;
typedef int INT;
typedef unsigned int UINT;
/* Cover macro to create a 64-bit integer. */
#define MAKEDI(hi, lo) ((((DI) (SI) (hi)) << 32) | ((UDI) (USI) (lo)))
#endif /* CGEN_BASIC_MODES_H */

347
include/cgen/basic-ops.h
View File

@ -1,347 +0,0 @@
/* Basic semantics ops support for CGEN.
Copyright 2005-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Red Hat.
This file is part of the GNU opcodes library.
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
It is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this library; see the file COPYING3. If not, write to the
Free Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef CGEN_BASIC_OPS_H
#define CGEN_BASIC_OPS_H
#include <assert.h>
#if defined (__GNUC__) && ! defined (SEMOPS_DEFINE_INLINE)
#define SEMOPS_DEFINE_INLINE
#define SEMOPS_INLINE extern inline
#else
#define SEMOPS_INLINE
#endif
/* These don't really have a mode. */
#define ANDIF(x, y) ((x) && (y))
#define ORIF(x, y) ((x) || (y))
#define SUBBI(x, y) ((x) - (y))
#define ANDBI(x, y) ((x) & (y))
#define ORBI(x, y) ((x) | (y))
#define XORBI(x, y) ((x) ^ (y))
#define NEGBI(x) (- (x))
#define NOTBI(x) (! (BI) (x))
#define INVBI(x) (~ (x))
#define EQBI(x, y) ((BI) (x) == (BI) (y))
#define NEBI(x, y) ((BI) (x) != (BI) (y))
#define LTBI(x, y) ((BI) (x) < (BI) (y))
#define LEBI(x, y) ((BI) (x) <= (BI) (y))
#define GTBI(x, y) ((BI) (x) > (BI) (y))
#define GEBI(x, y) ((BI) (x) >= (BI) (y))
#define LTUBI(x, y) ((BI) (x) < (BI) (y))
#define LEUBI(x, y) ((BI) (x) <= (BI) (y))
#define GTUBI(x, y) ((BI) (x) > (BI) (y))
#define GEUBI(x, y) ((BI) (x) >= (BI) (y))
#define ADDQI(x, y) ((x) + (y))
#define SUBQI(x, y) ((x) - (y))
#define MULQI(x, y) ((x) * (y))
#define DIVQI(x, y) ((QI) (x) / (QI) (y))
#define UDIVQI(x, y) ((UQI) (x) / (UQI) (y))
#define MODQI(x, y) ((QI) (x) % (QI) (y))
#define UMODQI(x, y) ((UQI) (x) % (UQI) (y))
#define SRAQI(x, y) ((QI) (x) >> (y))
#define SRLQI(x, y) ((UQI) (x) >> (y))
#define SLLQI(x, y) ((UQI) (x) << (y))
extern QI RORQI (QI, int);
extern QI ROLQI (QI, int);
#define ANDQI(x, y) ((x) & (y))
#define ORQI(x, y) ((x) | (y))
#define XORQI(x, y) ((x) ^ (y))
#define NEGQI(x) (- (x))
#define NOTQI(x) (! (QI) (x))
#define INVQI(x) (~ (x))
#define ABSQI(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
#define EQQI(x, y) ((QI) (x) == (QI) (y))
#define NEQI(x, y) ((QI) (x) != (QI) (y))
#define LTQI(x, y) ((QI) (x) < (QI) (y))
#define LEQI(x, y) ((QI) (x) <= (QI) (y))
#define GTQI(x, y) ((QI) (x) > (QI) (y))
#define GEQI(x, y) ((QI) (x) >= (QI) (y))
#define LTUQI(x, y) ((UQI) (x) < (UQI) (y))
#define LEUQI(x, y) ((UQI) (x) <= (UQI) (y))
#define GTUQI(x, y) ((UQI) (x) > (UQI) (y))
#define GEUQI(x, y) ((UQI) (x) >= (UQI) (y))
#define ADDHI(x, y) ((x) + (y))
#define SUBHI(x, y) ((x) - (y))
#define MULHI(x, y) ((x) * (y))
#define DIVHI(x, y) ((HI) (x) / (HI) (y))
#define UDIVHI(x, y) ((UHI) (x) / (UHI) (y))
#define MODHI(x, y) ((HI) (x) % (HI) (y))
#define UMODHI(x, y) ((UHI) (x) % (UHI) (y))
#define SRAHI(x, y) ((HI) (x) >> (y))
#define SRLHI(x, y) ((UHI) (x) >> (y))
#define SLLHI(x, y) ((UHI) (x) << (y))
extern HI RORHI (HI, int);
extern HI ROLHI (HI, int);
#define ANDHI(x, y) ((x) & (y))
#define ORHI(x, y) ((x) | (y))
#define XORHI(x, y) ((x) ^ (y))
#define NEGHI(x) (- (x))
#define NOTHI(x) (! (HI) (x))
#define INVHI(x) (~ (x))
#define ABSHI(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
#define EQHI(x, y) ((HI) (x) == (HI) (y))
#define NEHI(x, y) ((HI) (x) != (HI) (y))
#define LTHI(x, y) ((HI) (x) < (HI) (y))
#define LEHI(x, y) ((HI) (x) <= (HI) (y))
#define GTHI(x, y) ((HI) (x) > (HI) (y))
#define GEHI(x, y) ((HI) (x) >= (HI) (y))
#define LTUHI(x, y) ((UHI) (x) < (UHI) (y))
#define LEUHI(x, y) ((UHI) (x) <= (UHI) (y))
#define GTUHI(x, y) ((UHI) (x) > (UHI) (y))
#define GEUHI(x, y) ((UHI) (x) >= (UHI) (y))
#define ADDSI(x, y) ((x) + (y))
#define SUBSI(x, y) ((x) - (y))
#define MULSI(x, y) ((x) * (y))
#define DIVSI(x, y) ((SI) (x) / (SI) (y))
#define UDIVSI(x, y) ((USI) (x) / (USI) (y))
#define MODSI(x, y) ((SI) (x) % (SI) (y))
#define UMODSI(x, y) ((USI) (x) % (USI) (y))
#define SRASI(x, y) ((SI) (x) >> (y))
#define SRLSI(x, y) ((USI) (x) >> (y))
#define SLLSI(x, y) ((USI) (x) << (y))
extern SI RORSI (SI, int);
extern SI ROLSI (SI, int);
#define ANDSI(x, y) ((x) & (y))
#define ORSI(x, y) ((x) | (y))
#define XORSI(x, y) ((x) ^ (y))
#define NEGSI(x) (- (x))
#define NOTSI(x) (! (SI) (x))
#define INVSI(x) (~ (x))
#define ABSSI(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
#define EQSI(x, y) ((SI) (x) == (SI) (y))
#define NESI(x, y) ((SI) (x) != (SI) (y))
#define LTSI(x, y) ((SI) (x) < (SI) (y))
#define LESI(x, y) ((SI) (x) <= (SI) (y))
#define GTSI(x, y) ((SI) (x) > (SI) (y))
#define GESI(x, y) ((SI) (x) >= (SI) (y))
#define LTUSI(x, y) ((USI) (x) < (USI) (y))
#define LEUSI(x, y) ((USI) (x) <= (USI) (y))
#define GTUSI(x, y) ((USI) (x) > (USI) (y))
#define GEUSI(x, y) ((USI) (x) >= (USI) (y))
#ifdef DI_FN_SUPPORT
extern DI ADDDI (DI, DI);
extern DI SUBDI (DI, DI);
extern DI MULDI (DI, DI);
extern DI DIVDI (DI, DI);
extern DI UDIVDI (DI, DI);
extern DI MODDI (DI, DI);
extern DI UMODDI (DI, DI);
extern DI SRADI (DI, int);
extern UDI SRLDI (UDI, int);
extern UDI SLLDI (UDI, int);
extern DI RORDI (DI, int);
extern DI ROLDI (DI, int);
extern DI ANDDI (DI, DI);
extern DI ORDI (DI, DI);
extern DI XORDI (DI, DI);
extern DI NEGDI (DI);
extern int NOTDI (DI);
extern DI INVDI (DI);
extern int EQDI (DI, DI);
extern int NEDI (DI, DI);
extern int LTDI (DI, DI);
extern int LEDI (DI, DI);
extern int GTDI (DI, DI);
extern int GEDI (DI, DI);
extern int LTUDI (UDI, UDI);
extern int LEUDI (UDI, UDI);
extern int GTUDI (UDI, UDI);
extern int GEUDI (UDI, UDI);
#else /* ! DI_FN_SUPPORT */
#define ADDDI(x, y) ((x) + (y))
#define SUBDI(x, y) ((x) - (y))
#define MULDI(x, y) ((x) * (y))
#define DIVDI(x, y) ((DI) (x) / (DI) (y))
#define UDIVDI(x, y) ((UDI) (x) / (UDI) (y))
#define MODDI(x, y) ((DI) (x) % (DI) (y))
#define UMODDI(x, y) ((UDI) (x) % (UDI) (y))
#define SRADI(x, y) ((DI) (x) >> (y))
#define SRLDI(x, y) ((UDI) (x) >> (y))
#define SLLDI(x, y) ((UDI) (x) << (y))
extern DI RORDI (DI, int);
extern DI ROLDI (DI, int);
#define ANDDI(x, y) ((x) & (y))
#define ORDI(x, y) ((x) | (y))
#define XORDI(x, y) ((x) ^ (y))
#define NEGDI(x) (- (x))
#define NOTDI(x) (! (DI) (x))
#define INVDI(x) (~ (x))
#define ABSDI(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
#define EQDI(x, y) ((DI) (x) == (DI) (y))
#define NEDI(x, y) ((DI) (x) != (DI) (y))
#define LTDI(x, y) ((DI) (x) < (DI) (y))
#define LEDI(x, y) ((DI) (x) <= (DI) (y))
#define GTDI(x, y) ((DI) (x) > (DI) (y))
#define GEDI(x, y) ((DI) (x) >= (DI) (y))
#define LTUDI(x, y) ((UDI) (x) < (UDI) (y))
#define LEUDI(x, y) ((UDI) (x) <= (UDI) (y))
#define GTUDI(x, y) ((UDI) (x) > (UDI) (y))
#define GEUDI(x, y) ((UDI) (x) >= (UDI) (y))
#endif /* DI_FN_SUPPORT */
#define EXTBIQI(x) ((QI) (BI) (x))
#define EXTBIHI(x) ((HI) (BI) (x))
#define EXTBISI(x) ((SI) (BI) (x))
#if defined (DI_FN_SUPPORT)
extern DI EXTBIDI (BI);
#else
#define EXTBIDI(x) ((DI) (BI) (x))
#endif
#define EXTQIHI(x) ((HI) (QI) (x))
#define EXTQISI(x) ((SI) (QI) (x))
#if defined (DI_FN_SUPPORT)
extern DI EXTQIDI (QI);
#else
#define EXTQIDI(x) ((DI) (QI) (x))
#endif
#define EXTHIHI(x) ((HI) (HI) (x))
#define EXTHISI(x) ((SI) (HI) (x))
#define EXTSISI(x) ((SI) (SI) (x))
#if defined (DI_FN_SUPPORT)
extern DI EXTHIDI (HI);
#else
#define EXTHIDI(x) ((DI) (HI) (x))
#endif
#if defined (DI_FN_SUPPORT)
extern DI EXTSIDI (SI);
#else
#define EXTSIDI(x) ((DI) (SI) (x))
#endif
#define ZEXTBIQI(x) ((QI) (BI) (x))
#define ZEXTBIHI(x) ((HI) (BI) (x))
#define ZEXTBISI(x) ((SI) (BI) (x))
#if defined (DI_FN_SUPPORT)
extern DI ZEXTBIDI (BI);
#else
#define ZEXTBIDI(x) ((DI) (BI) (x))
#endif
#define ZEXTQIHI(x) ((HI) (UQI) (x))
#define ZEXTQISI(x) ((SI) (UQI) (x))
#if defined (DI_FN_SUPPORT)
extern DI ZEXTQIDI (QI);
#else
#define ZEXTQIDI(x) ((DI) (UQI) (x))
#endif
#define ZEXTHISI(x) ((SI) (UHI) (x))
#define ZEXTHIHI(x) ((HI) (UHI) (x))
#define ZEXTSISI(x) ((SI) (USI) (x))
#if defined (DI_FN_SUPPORT)
extern DI ZEXTHIDI (HI);
#else
#define ZEXTHIDI(x) ((DI) (UHI) (x))
#endif
#if defined (DI_FN_SUPPORT)
extern DI ZEXTSIDI (SI);
#else
#define ZEXTSIDI(x) ((DI) (USI) (x))
#endif
#define TRUNCQIBI(x) ((BI) (QI) (x))
#define TRUNCHIBI(x) ((BI) (HI) (x))
#define TRUNCHIQI(x) ((QI) (HI) (x))
#define TRUNCSIBI(x) ((BI) (SI) (x))
#define TRUNCSIQI(x) ((QI) (SI) (x))
#define TRUNCSIHI(x) ((HI) (SI) (x))
#define TRUNCSISI(x) ((SI) (SI) (x))
#if defined (DI_FN_SUPPORT)
extern BI TRUNCDIBI (DI);
#else
#define TRUNCDIBI(x) ((BI) (DI) (x))
#endif
#if defined (DI_FN_SUPPORT)
extern QI TRUNCDIQI (DI);
#else
#define TRUNCDIQI(x) ((QI) (DI) (x))
#endif
#if defined (DI_FN_SUPPORT)
extern HI TRUNCDIHI (DI);
#else
#define TRUNCDIHI(x) ((HI) (DI) (x))
#endif
#if defined (DI_FN_SUPPORT)
extern SI TRUNCDISI (DI);
#else
#define TRUNCDISI(x) ((SI) (DI) (x))
#endif
/* Composing/decomposing the various types.
Word ordering is endian-independent. Words are specified most to least
significant and word number 0 is the most significant word.
??? May also wish an endian-dependent version. Later. */
static QI SUBWORDSIQI (SI, int);
static HI SUBWORDSIHI (SI, int);
static QI SUBWORDDIQI (DI, int);
static HI SUBWORDDIHI (DI, int);
static SI SUBWORDDISI (DI, int);
#ifdef SEMOPS_DEFINE_INLINE
SEMOPS_INLINE QI
SUBWORDSIQI (SI in, int byte)
{
assert (byte >= 0 && byte <= 3);
return (UQI) (in >> (8 * (3 - byte))) & 0xFF;
}
SEMOPS_INLINE HI
SUBWORDSIHI (SI in, int word)
{
if (word == 0)
return (USI) in >> 16;
else
return in;
}
SEMOPS_INLINE QI
SUBWORDDIQI (DI in, int byte)
{
assert (byte >= 0 && byte <= 7);
return (UQI) (in >> (8 * (7 - byte))) & 0xFF;
}
SEMOPS_INLINE HI
SUBWORDDIHI (DI in, int word)
{
assert (word >= 0 && word <= 3);
return (UHI) (in >> (16 * (3 - word))) & 0xFFFF;
}
SEMOPS_INLINE SI
SUBWORDDISI (DI in, int word)
{
if (word == 0)
return (UDI) in >> 32;
else
return in;
}
#endif /* SUBWORD,JOIN */
#endif /* CGEN_BASIC_OPS_H */

56
include/cgen/bitset.h
View File

@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
/* Header file the type CGEN_BITSET.
Copyright 2002, 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU opcodes library.
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
It is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this library; see the file COPYING3. If not, write to the
Free Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef CGEN_BITSET_H
#define CGEN_BITSET_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* A bitmask represented as a string.
Each member of the set is represented as a bit
in the string. Bytes are indexed from left to right in the string and
bits from most significant to least within each byte.
For example, the bit representing member number 6 is (set->bits[0] & 0x02).
*/
typedef struct cgen_bitset
{
unsigned length;
char *bits;
} CGEN_BITSET;
extern CGEN_BITSET *cgen_bitset_create PARAMS ((unsigned));
extern void cgen_bitset_init PARAMS ((CGEN_BITSET *, unsigned));
extern void cgen_bitset_clear PARAMS ((CGEN_BITSET *));
extern void cgen_bitset_add PARAMS ((CGEN_BITSET *, unsigned));
extern void cgen_bitset_set PARAMS ((CGEN_BITSET *, unsigned));
extern int cgen_bitset_compare PARAMS ((CGEN_BITSET *, CGEN_BITSET *));
extern void cgen_bitset_union PARAMS ((CGEN_BITSET *, CGEN_BITSET *, CGEN_BITSET *));
extern int cgen_bitset_intersect_p PARAMS ((CGEN_BITSET *, CGEN_BITSET *));
extern int cgen_bitset_contains PARAMS ((CGEN_BITSET *, unsigned));
extern CGEN_BITSET *cgen_bitset_copy PARAMS ((CGEN_BITSET *));
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif

373
include/coff/ChangeLog
View File

@ -1,373 +0,0 @@
2013-07-10 Tristan Gingold <gingold@adacore.com>
* rs6000.h (external_core_dumpx): New structure.
(external_ld_info32): Ditto.
2013-07-02 Tristan Gingold <gingold@adacore.com>
* internal.h (C_STTLS, C_GTLS): Define.
* xcoff.h (XMC_TL, XMC_TU, XMC_TE): Define.
2013-02-04 Alan Modra <amodra@gmail.com>
* ti.h (SWAP_OUT_RELOC_EXTRA): Define.
2013-01-02 Martin Storsjo <martin@martin.st>
* arm.h (ARMV7PEMAGIC): Define.
(ARMBADMAG): Update.
2011-06-02 Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com>
* i860.h: Fix spelling mistake in comment.
2011-05-04 Tristan Gingold <gingold@adacore.com>
* rs6000.h (union external_auxent): Add x_ftype field.
* rs6k64.h: (struct external_auxent): Remap x_file field.
2011-05-04 Tristan Gingold <gingold@adacore.com>
* rs6000.h (struct external_exceptab): New struct.
(EXCEPTSZ): New macro.
* rs6k64.h: (struct external_exceptab): New struct.
(EXCEPTSZ): New macro.
2011-05-03 Tristan Gingold <gingold@adacore.com>
* rs6000.h (struct external_ldsym): Use E_SYMNMLEN instead of
SYMNMLEN.
2011-04-27 Tristan Gingold <gingold@adacore.com>
* xcoff.h (F_FDPR_PROF, F_FDPR_OPTI, F_DSA, F_VARPG)
(STYP_DWARF, SSUBTYP_DWINFO)
(SSUBTYP_DWLINE, SSUBTYP_DWPBNMS, SSUBTYP_DWPBTYP)
(SSUBTYP_DWARNGE, SSUBTYP_DWABREV, SSUBTYP_DWSTR)
(SSUBTYP_DWRNGES, STYP_TDATA, STYP_TBSS, R_TLS, R_TLS_IE)
(R_TLS_LD, R_TLS_LE, R_TLSM, R_TLSML, R_TOCU, R_TOCL, C_DWARF):
New macros.
2011-03-31 Tristan Gingold <gingold@adacore.com>
* internal.h (C_NULL_VALUE): Define.
2010-06-29 Alan Modra <amodra@gmail.com>
* maxq.h: Delete file.
2010-04-15 Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com>
* alpha.h: Update copyright notice to use GPLv3.
* apollo.h: Likewise.
* arm.h: Likewise.
* aux-coff.h: Likewise.
* ecoff.h: Likewise.
* external.h: Likewise.
* go32exe.h: Likewise.
* h8300.h: Likewise.
* h8500.h: Likewise.
* i386.h: Likewise.
* i860.h: Likewise.
* i960.h: Likewise.
* ia64.h: Likewise.
* internal.h: Likewise.
* m68k.h: Likewise.
* m88k.h: Likewise.
* maxq.h: Likewise.
* mcore.h: Likewise.
* mips.h: Likewise.
* mipspe.h: Likewise.
* or32.h: Likewise.
* pe.h: Likewise.
* powerpc.h: Likewise.
* rs6000.h: Likewise.
* rs6k64.h: Likewise.
* sh.h: Likewise.
* sparc.h: Likewise.
* ti.h: Likewise.
* tic30.h: Likewise.
* tic4x.h: Likewise.
* tic54x.h: Likewise.
* tic80.h: Likewise.
* w65.h: Likewise.
* we32k.h: Likewise.
* x86_64.h: Likewise.
* xcoff.h: Likewise.
* z80.h: Likewise.
* z8k.h: Likewise.
2009-12-02 Jerker Bäck <jerker.back@gmail.com>
PR binutils/11017
* i386lh (COFF_PAGE_SIZE): Define.
* x86_64.h (COFF_PAGE_SIZE): Define.
2009-10-17 Arnold Metselaar <arnold.metselaar@planet.nl>
* z80.h: Store alignment requirement in section header, to allow
ld to preserve alignment. Some code was copied from ti.h.
2009-09-05 Martin Thuresson <martin@mtme.org>
* ti.h (GET_LNSZ_SIZE, PUT_LNSZ_SIZE): Updated name of class
variable to in_class to match changes in function that use this
macro.
2009-08-10 Jan Kratochvil <jan.kratochvil@redhat.com>
Fix references past allocated memory for i386-*-go32.
* ti.h (COFF_ADJUST_FILEHDR_IN_POST, COFF_ADJUST_FILEHDR_OUT_POST):
Reference F_TARGET_ID only when !COFF0_P.
2009-08-10 Jan Kratochvil <jan.kratochvil@redhat.com>
Stop using bfd_usrdata in libbfd.
* go32exe.h (struct external_filehdr_go32_exe <stub>, FILHSZ): Replace
STUBSIZE by GO32_STUBSIZE.
(STUBSIZE): Move the definition ...
* internal.h (GO32_STUBSIZE): ... here and rename it.
(struct internal_filehdr <go32stub>, F_GO32STUB): New.
2009-06-03 Ulrich Weigand <uweigand@de.ibm.com>
* symconst.h (btLong64, btULong64, btLongLong64, btULongLong64,
btAdr64, btInt64, btUInt64): New defines.
2009-04-21 Kai Tietz <kai.tietz@onevision.com>
* pe.h (pex64_runtime_function): New structure.
(external_pex64_runtime_function): Likewise.
(pex64_unwind_code): Likewise.
(external_pex64_unwind_code): Likewise.
(pex64_unwind_info): Likewise.
(external_pex64_unwind_info): Likewise.
(external_pex64_scope): Likewise.
(pex64_scope): Likewise.
(pex64_scope_entry): Likewise.
(external_pex64_scope_entry): Likewise.
(PEX64_IS_RUNTIME_FUNCTION_CHAINED): New macro.
(PEX64_GET_UNWINDDATA_UNIFIED_RVA): Likewise.
(PEX64_UNWCODE_CODE): Likewise.
(PEX64_UNWCODE_INFO): Likewise.
(UWOP_...): Add defines for unwind code.
(UNW_FLAG_...): Add defined for unwind info flags.
(PEX64_SCOPE_ENTRY_SIZE): New macro.
(PEX64_UWI_VERSION): Likewise.
(PEX64_UWI_FLAGS): Likewise.
(PEX64_UWI_FRAMEREG): Likewise.
(PEX64_UWI_FRAMEOFF): Likewise.
(PEX64_UWI_SIZEOF_UWCODE_ARRAY): Likewise.
(PEX64_OFFSET_TO_UNWIND_CODE): Likewise.
(PEX64_OFFSET_TO_HANDLER_RVA): Likewise.
(PEX64_OFFSET_TO_SCOPE_COUNT): Likewise.
(PEX64_SCOPE_ENTRY): Likewise.
2009-04-17 H.J. Lu <hongjiu.lu@intel.com>
* pe.h (IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_ROM): Renamed to ...
(IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_SAL_RUNTIME_DRIVER): This.
2009-04-01 Richard Sandiford <r.sandiford@uk.ibm.com>
* xcoff.h (xcoff_link_hash_table): Move to bfd/xcofflink.c.
2009-03-14 Richard Sandiford <r.sandiford@uk.ibm.com>
* xcoff.h (XCOFF_EXPALL, XCOFF_EXPFULL): New flags.
(xcoff_loader_info): Add auto_export_flags.
2009-03-14 Richard Sandiford <r.sandiford@uk.ibm.com>
* internal.h (C_AIX_WEAKEXT): New macro.
(C_WEAKEXT): Use the GNU definition in the generic part of the file,
and conditionally reset it to C_AIX_WEAKEXT in the XCOFF part of
the file.
(CSECT_SYM_P): New macro.
* xcoff.h (L_WEAK): Define.
(EXTERN_SYM_P): New macro.
2009-03-14 Richard Sandiford <r.sandiford@uk.ibm.com>
* xcoff.h (XCOFF_ALLOCATED): New flag.
2009-03-14 Richard Sandiford <r.sandiford@uk.ibm.com>
* xcoff.h (XCOFF_CALLED, XCOFF_IMPORT): Update comments.
(XCOFF_WAS_UNDEFINED): New flag.
(xcoff_link_hash_table): Add an "rtld" field.
2009-03-14 Dave Korn <dave.korn.cygwin@gmail.com>
* internal.h (struct internal_extra_pe_aouthdr): Correct type
of DllCharacteristics flags field to unsigned.
* pe.h (IMAGE_DLL_CHARACTERISTICS_DYNAMIC_BASE,
IMAGE_DLL_CHARACTERISTICS_DYNAMIC_BASE,
IMAGE_DLL_CHARACTERISTICS_NX_COMPAT,
IMAGE_DLLCHARACTERISTICS_NO_ISOLATION,
IMAGE_DLLCHARACTERISTICS_NO_SEH,
IMAGE_DLLCHARACTERISTICS_NO_BIND,
IMAGE_DLLCHARACTERISTICS_WDM_DRIVER,
IMAGE_DLLCHARACTERISTICS_TERMINAL_SERVER_AWARE): New macros to
define flag bit values for DllCharacteristics field of PEAOUTHDR,
PEPAOUTHDR.
2008-12-23 Johan Olmutz Nielsen <jnielsen@ddci.com>
* ti.h (COFF_ADJUST_SCNHDR_OUT_PRE): Define.
2008-06-17 Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com>
* ti.h (GET_SCNHDR_NLNNO): Provide an alternative version of this
macro which does not trigger an array bounds warning in gcc.
(PUT_SCNHDR_NLNNO): Likewise.
(GET_SCNHDR_FLAGS): Likewise.
(PUT_SCNHDR_FLAGS): Likewise.
(GET_SCNHDR_PAGE): Likewise.
(PUT_SCNHDR_PAGE): Likewise.
2007-11-05 Danny Smith <dannysmith@users.sourceforge.net>
* pe.h (COFF_ENCODE_ALIGNMENT) Define.
2007-08-02 H.J. Lu <hongjiu.lu@intel.com>
* pe.h (IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_BIT_POS): New.
(IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_BIT_MASK): Likewise.
(IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_NUM): Likewise.
(IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_CONST): Likewise.
(IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_128BYTES): Likewise.
(IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_256BYTES): Likewise.
(IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_512BYTES): Likewise.
(IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_1024BYTES): Likewise.
(IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_2048BYTES): Likewise.
(IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_4096BYTES): Likewise.
(IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_8192BYTES): Likewise.
(IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_1BYTES): Redefined with
IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_CONST.
(IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_2BYTES): Likewise.
(IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_4BYTES): Likewise.
(IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_8BYTES): Likewise.
(IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_16BYTES): Likewise.
(IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_32BYTES): Likewise.
(IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_64BYTES): Likewise.
2007-07-12 Kai Tietz <kai.tietz@onevision.com>
* internal.h (struct internal_syment): Use bfd_hostptr_t for
_n_zeroes and _n_offset fields.
2007-04-27 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au>
* rs6000.h: Write Mimi's name in ASCII.
2007-03-19 H.J. Lu <hongjiu.lu@intel.com>
* internal.h (internal_extra_pe_aouthdr): Add Magic,
MajorLinkerVersion, MinorLinkerVersion, SizeOfCode,
SizeOfInitializedData, SizeOfUninitializedData,
AddressOfEntryPoint, BaseOfCode and BaseOfData.
2006-12-05 Michael Tautschnig <tautschn@model.in.tum.de>
Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com>
* external.h (struct external_aouthdr): Add ATTRIBUTE_PACKED.
(struct external_syment): Likewise.
(union external_auxent): Likewise.
2006-11-14 Phil Lello <phil.lello@homecall.co.uk>
* pe.h: Added defines for IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_ROM and
IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_XBOX.
* internal.h: Added defines for PE directory entry types.
NB: in internal.h because IMAGE_NUMBEROF_DIRECTORY_ENTRYIES is in
pe.h
2006-09-20 Kai Tietz <Kai.Tietz@onevision.com>
* external.h: Add proper external_aouthdr64 structure (without
data_start member).
(AOUTHDRSZ64): Set according structure size.
(AOUTHDR64): As typedef of external_aouthdr64 structure.
* internal.h: Add relocation identifiers for coff.
* pe.h: Add define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_AMD64 the coff signature.
(PEPAOUTHDR): Adjust structure to have proper size (using AOUTHDR64).
(PEPAOUTSZ): Calculated size of 240.
* x86_64.h: Coff information for x86_64 (AMD64).
2006-02-05 Arnold Metselaar <arnold.metselaar@planet.nl>
* internal.h: Add relocation number R_IMM24 for Z80.
2005-10-25 Arnold Metselaar <arnold.metselaar@planet.nl>
* internal.h: Add relocation number for Z80
* z80.h: New file.
2005-08-18 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au>
* a29k.h: Delete.
2005-07-14 Daniel Marques <marques@cs.cornell.edu>
* alpha.h (ALPHA_ECOFF_COMPRESSEDMAG): Define.
* ecoff.h (ALPHA_MAGIC_COMPRESSED): Define.
2005-05-10 Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com>
* Update the address and phone number of the FSF organization in
the GPL notices in the following files:
a29k.h, alpha.h, apollo.h, arm.h, aux-coff.h, ecoff.h, external.h,
go32exe.h, h8300.h, h8500.h, i386.h, i860.h, i960.h, ia64.h,
internal.h, m68k.h, m88k.h, maxq.h, mcore.h, mips.h, mipspe.h,
or32.h, pe.h, powerpc.h, rs6k64.h, sh.h, sparc.h, ti.h, tic30.h,
tic4x.h, tic54x.h, tic80.h, w65.h, we32k.h, xcoff.h, z8k.h
2005-02-21 Alan Modra <amodra@bigpond.net.au>
* xcoff.h (struct xcoff_loader_info): Warning fix.
2005-01-10 Inderpreet Singh <inderpreetb@noida.hcltech.com>
* maxq.h (F_MAXQ10, F_MAXQ20): Define.
2004-11-08 Inderpreet Singh <inderpreetb@nioda.hcltech.com>
Vineet Sharma <vineets@noida.hcltech.com>
* maxq.h: New file: Defintions for the maxq port.
2004-11-08 Aaron W. LaFramboise <aaron98wiridge9@aaronwl.com>
* pe.h (IMAGE_WEAK_EXTERN_SEARCH_NOLIBRARY): Define.
(IMAGE_WEAK_EXTERN_SEARCH_LIBRARY): Same.
(IMAGE_WEAK_EXTERN_SEARCH_ALIAS): Same.
2004-08-13 Mark Kettenis <kettenis@gnu.org>
* symconst.h (langMax): Fix typo in comment.
2004-04-23 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips.h (MIPS_R_RELHI, MIPS_R_RELLO, MIPS_R_SWITCH): Remove
(MIPS_R_PCREL16): Update comment.
* ecoff.h (struct ecoff_value_adjust): Remove structure.
(struct ecoff_debug_info): Remove 'adjust' member.
2004-04-20 DJ Delorie <dj@redhat.com>
* internal.h (R_SECREL32): Add.
For older changes see ChangeLog-9103
Copyright (C) 2004-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved.
Local Variables:
mode: change-log
left-margin: 8
fill-column: 74
version-control: never
End:

1186
include/coff/ChangeLog-9103
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

386
include/coff/alpha.h
View File

@ -1,386 +0,0 @@
/* ECOFF support on Alpha machines.
coff/ecoff.h must be included before this file.
Copyright 2001, 2005, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/********************** FILE HEADER **********************/
struct external_filehdr
{
unsigned char f_magic[2]; /* magic number */
unsigned char f_nscns[2]; /* number of sections */
unsigned char f_timdat[4]; /* time & date stamp */
unsigned char f_symptr[8]; /* file pointer to symtab */
unsigned char f_nsyms[4]; /* number of symtab entries */
unsigned char f_opthdr[2]; /* sizeof(optional hdr) */
unsigned char f_flags[2]; /* flags */
};
/* Magic numbers are defined in coff/ecoff.h. */
#define ALPHA_ECOFF_BADMAG(x) \
((x).f_magic != ALPHA_MAGIC && (x).f_magic != ALPHA_MAGIC_BSD)
#define ALPHA_ECOFF_COMPRESSEDMAG(x) \
((x).f_magic == ALPHA_MAGIC_COMPRESSED)
/* The object type is encoded in the f_flags. */
#define F_ALPHA_OBJECT_TYPE_MASK 0x3000
#define F_ALPHA_NO_SHARED 0x1000
#define F_ALPHA_SHARABLE 0x2000
#define F_ALPHA_CALL_SHARED 0x3000
#define FILHDR struct external_filehdr
#define FILHSZ 24
/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/
typedef struct external_aouthdr
{
unsigned char magic[2]; /* type of file */
unsigned char vstamp[2]; /* version stamp */
unsigned char bldrev[2]; /* ?? */
unsigned char padding[2]; /* pad to quadword boundary */
unsigned char tsize[8]; /* text size in bytes */
unsigned char dsize[8]; /* initialized data " " */
unsigned char bsize[8]; /* uninitialized data " " */
unsigned char entry[8]; /* entry pt. */
unsigned char text_start[8]; /* base of text used for this file */
unsigned char data_start[8]; /* base of data used for this file */
unsigned char bss_start[8]; /* base of bss used for this file */
unsigned char gprmask[4]; /* bitmask of general registers used */
unsigned char fprmask[4]; /* bitmask of floating point registers used */
unsigned char gp_value[8]; /* value for gp register */
} AOUTHDR;
/* compute size of a header */
#define AOUTSZ 80
#define AOUTHDRSZ 80
/********************** SECTION HEADER **********************/
struct external_scnhdr
{
unsigned char s_name[8]; /* section name */
unsigned char s_paddr[8]; /* physical address, aliased s_nlib */
unsigned char s_vaddr[8]; /* virtual address */
unsigned char s_size[8]; /* section size */
unsigned char s_scnptr[8]; /* file ptr to raw data for section */
unsigned char s_relptr[8]; /* file ptr to relocation */
unsigned char s_lnnoptr[8]; /* file ptr to line numbers */
unsigned char s_nreloc[2]; /* number of relocation entries */
unsigned char s_nlnno[2]; /* number of line number entries*/
unsigned char s_flags[4]; /* flags */
};
#define SCNHDR struct external_scnhdr
#define SCNHSZ 64
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
struct external_reloc
{
unsigned char r_vaddr[8];
unsigned char r_symndx[4];
unsigned char r_bits[4];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 16
/* Constants to unpack the r_bits field. The Alpha seems to always be
little endian, so I haven't bothered to define big endian variants
of these. */
#define RELOC_BITS0_TYPE_LITTLE 0xff
#define RELOC_BITS0_TYPE_SH_LITTLE 0
#define RELOC_BITS1_EXTERN_LITTLE 0x01
#define RELOC_BITS1_OFFSET_LITTLE 0x7e
#define RELOC_BITS1_OFFSET_SH_LITTLE 1
#define RELOC_BITS1_RESERVED_LITTLE 0x80
#define RELOC_BITS1_RESERVED_SH_LITTLE 7
#define RELOC_BITS2_RESERVED_LITTLE 0xff
#define RELOC_BITS2_RESERVED_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 1
#define RELOC_BITS3_RESERVED_LITTLE 0x03
#define RELOC_BITS3_RESERVED_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 9
#define RELOC_BITS3_SIZE_LITTLE 0xfc
#define RELOC_BITS3_SIZE_SH_LITTLE 2
/* The r_type field in a reloc is one of the following values. */
#define ALPHA_R_IGNORE 0
#define ALPHA_R_REFLONG 1
#define ALPHA_R_REFQUAD 2
#define ALPHA_R_GPREL32 3
#define ALPHA_R_LITERAL 4
#define ALPHA_R_LITUSE 5
#define ALPHA_R_GPDISP 6
#define ALPHA_R_BRADDR 7
#define ALPHA_R_HINT 8
#define ALPHA_R_SREL16 9
#define ALPHA_R_SREL32 10
#define ALPHA_R_SREL64 11
#define ALPHA_R_OP_PUSH 12
#define ALPHA_R_OP_STORE 13
#define ALPHA_R_OP_PSUB 14
#define ALPHA_R_OP_PRSHIFT 15
#define ALPHA_R_GPVALUE 16
#define ALPHA_R_GPRELHIGH 17
#define ALPHA_R_GPRELLOW 18
#define ALPHA_R_IMMED 19
/* Overloaded reloc value used by Net- and OpenBSD. */
#define ALPHA_R_LITERALSLEAZY 17
/* With ALPHA_R_LITUSE, the r_size field is one of the following values. */
#define ALPHA_R_LU_BASE 1
#define ALPHA_R_LU_BYTOFF 2
#define ALPHA_R_LU_JSR 3
/* With ALPHA_R_IMMED, the r_size field is one of the following values. */
#define ALPHA_R_IMMED_GP_16 1
#define ALPHA_R_IMMED_GP_HI32 2
#define ALPHA_R_IMMED_SCN_HI32 3
#define ALPHA_R_IMMED_BR_HI32 4
#define ALPHA_R_IMMED_LO32 5
/********************** SYMBOLIC INFORMATION **********************/
/* Written by John Gilmore. */
/* ECOFF uses COFF-like section structures, but its own symbol format.
This file defines the symbol format in fields whose size and alignment
will not vary on different host systems. */
/* File header as a set of bytes */
struct hdr_ext
{
unsigned char h_magic[2];
unsigned char h_vstamp[2];
unsigned char h_ilineMax[4];
unsigned char h_idnMax[4];
unsigned char h_ipdMax[4];
unsigned char h_isymMax[4];
unsigned char h_ioptMax[4];
unsigned char h_iauxMax[4];
unsigned char h_issMax[4];
unsigned char h_issExtMax[4];
unsigned char h_ifdMax[4];
unsigned char h_crfd[4];
unsigned char h_iextMax[4];
unsigned char h_cbLine[8];
unsigned char h_cbLineOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbDnOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbPdOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbSymOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbOptOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbAuxOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbSsOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbSsExtOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbFdOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbRfdOffset[8];
unsigned char h_cbExtOffset[8];
};
/* File descriptor external record */
struct fdr_ext
{
unsigned char f_adr[8];
unsigned char f_cbLineOffset[8];
unsigned char f_cbLine[8];
unsigned char f_cbSs[8];
unsigned char f_rss[4];
unsigned char f_issBase[4];
unsigned char f_isymBase[4];
unsigned char f_csym[4];
unsigned char f_ilineBase[4];
unsigned char f_cline[4];
unsigned char f_ioptBase[4];
unsigned char f_copt[4];
unsigned char f_ipdFirst[4];
unsigned char f_cpd[4];
unsigned char f_iauxBase[4];
unsigned char f_caux[4];
unsigned char f_rfdBase[4];
unsigned char f_crfd[4];
unsigned char f_bits1[1];
unsigned char f_bits2[3];
unsigned char f_padding[4];
};
#define FDR_BITS1_LANG_BIG 0xF8
#define FDR_BITS1_LANG_SH_BIG 3
#define FDR_BITS1_LANG_LITTLE 0x1F
#define FDR_BITS1_LANG_SH_LITTLE 0
#define FDR_BITS1_FMERGE_BIG 0x04
#define FDR_BITS1_FMERGE_LITTLE 0x20
#define FDR_BITS1_FREADIN_BIG 0x02
#define FDR_BITS1_FREADIN_LITTLE 0x40
#define FDR_BITS1_FBIGENDIAN_BIG 0x01
#define FDR_BITS1_FBIGENDIAN_LITTLE 0x80
#define FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_BIG 0xC0
#define FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_SH_BIG 6
#define FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_LITTLE 0x03
#define FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_SH_LITTLE 0
/* We ignore the `reserved' field in bits2. */
/* Procedure descriptor external record */
struct pdr_ext {
unsigned char p_adr[8];
unsigned char p_cbLineOffset[8];
unsigned char p_isym[4];
unsigned char p_iline[4];
unsigned char p_regmask[4];
unsigned char p_regoffset[4];
unsigned char p_iopt[4];
unsigned char p_fregmask[4];
unsigned char p_fregoffset[4];
unsigned char p_frameoffset[4];
unsigned char p_lnLow[4];
unsigned char p_lnHigh[4];
unsigned char p_gp_prologue[1];
unsigned char p_bits1[1];
unsigned char p_bits2[1];
unsigned char p_localoff[1];
unsigned char p_framereg[2];
unsigned char p_pcreg[2];
};
#define PDR_BITS1_GP_USED_BIG 0x80
#define PDR_BITS1_REG_FRAME_BIG 0x40
#define PDR_BITS1_PROF_BIG 0x20
#define PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_BIG 0x1f
#define PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_SH_LEFT_BIG 8
#define PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_BIG 0xff
#define PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_SH_BIG 0
#define PDR_BITS1_GP_USED_LITTLE 0x01
#define PDR_BITS1_REG_FRAME_LITTLE 0x02
#define PDR_BITS1_PROF_LITTLE 0x04
#define PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_LITTLE 0xf8
#define PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_SH_LITTLE 3
#define PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_LITTLE 0xff
#define PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 5
/* Line numbers */
struct line_ext {
unsigned char l_line[4];
};
/* Symbol external record */
struct sym_ext {
unsigned char s_value[8];
unsigned char s_iss[4];
unsigned char s_bits1[1];
unsigned char s_bits2[1];
unsigned char s_bits3[1];
unsigned char s_bits4[1];
};
#define SYM_BITS1_ST_BIG 0xFC
#define SYM_BITS1_ST_SH_BIG 2
#define SYM_BITS1_ST_LITTLE 0x3F
#define SYM_BITS1_ST_SH_LITTLE 0
#define SYM_BITS1_SC_BIG 0x03
#define SYM_BITS1_SC_SH_LEFT_BIG 3
#define SYM_BITS1_SC_LITTLE 0xC0
#define SYM_BITS1_SC_SH_LITTLE 6
#define SYM_BITS2_SC_BIG 0xE0
#define SYM_BITS2_SC_SH_BIG 5
#define SYM_BITS2_SC_LITTLE 0x07
#define SYM_BITS2_SC_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 2
#define SYM_BITS2_RESERVED_BIG 0x10
#define SYM_BITS2_RESERVED_LITTLE 0x08
#define SYM_BITS2_INDEX_BIG 0x0F
#define SYM_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG 16
#define SYM_BITS2_INDEX_LITTLE 0xF0
#define SYM_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LITTLE 4
#define SYM_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG 8
#define SYM_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 4
#define SYM_BITS4_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG 0
#define SYM_BITS4_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 12
/* External symbol external record */
struct ext_ext {
struct sym_ext es_asym;
unsigned char es_bits1[1];
unsigned char es_bits2[3];
unsigned char es_ifd[4];
};
#define EXT_BITS1_JMPTBL_BIG 0x80
#define EXT_BITS1_JMPTBL_LITTLE 0x01
#define EXT_BITS1_COBOL_MAIN_BIG 0x40
#define EXT_BITS1_COBOL_MAIN_LITTLE 0x02
#define EXT_BITS1_WEAKEXT_BIG 0x20
#define EXT_BITS1_WEAKEXT_LITTLE 0x04
/* Dense numbers external record */
struct dnr_ext {
unsigned char d_rfd[4];
unsigned char d_index[4];
};
/* Relative file descriptor */
struct rfd_ext {
unsigned char rfd[4];
};
/* Optimizer symbol external record */
struct opt_ext {
unsigned char o_bits1[1];
unsigned char o_bits2[1];
unsigned char o_bits3[1];
unsigned char o_bits4[1];
struct rndx_ext o_rndx;
unsigned char o_offset[4];
};
#define OPT_BITS2_VALUE_SH_LEFT_BIG 16
#define OPT_BITS2_VALUE_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 0
#define OPT_BITS3_VALUE_SH_LEFT_BIG 8
#define OPT_BITS3_VALUE_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 8
#define OPT_BITS4_VALUE_SH_LEFT_BIG 0
#define OPT_BITS4_VALUE_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 16

125
include/coff/apollo.h
View File

@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for Apollo M68K
Copyright 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#define DO_NOT_DEFINE_AOUTHDR
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 2
#include "coff/external.h"
/* Motorola 68000/68008/68010/68020 */
#define MC68MAGIC 0520
#define MC68KWRMAGIC 0520 /* writeable text segments */
#define MC68TVMAGIC 0521
#define MC68KROMAGIC 0521 /* readonly shareable text segments */
#define MC68KPGMAGIC 0522 /* demand paged text segments */
#define M68MAGIC 0210
#define M68TVMAGIC 0211
/* Apollo 68000-based machines have a different magic number. This comes
* from /usr/include/apollo/filehdr.h
*/
#define APOLLOM68KMAGIC 0627
#define OMAGIC M68MAGIC
#define M68KBADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic!=MC68MAGIC) && ((x).f_magic!=MC68KWRMAGIC) && ((x).f_magic!=MC68TVMAGIC) && \
((x).f_magic!=MC68KROMAGIC) && ((x).f_magic!=MC68KPGMAGIC) && ((x).f_magic!=M68MAGIC) && ((x).f_magic!=M68TVMAGIC) && \
((x).f_magic!=APOLLOM68KMAGIC) )
/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/
typedef struct
{
char magic[2]; /* type of file */
char vstamp[2]; /* version stamp */
char tsize[4]; /* text size in bytes, padded to FW bdry*/
char dsize[4]; /* initialized data " " */
char bsize[4]; /* uninitialized data " " */
char entry[4]; /* entry pt. */
char text_start[4]; /* base of text used for this file */
char data_start[4]; /* base of data used for this file */
char o_sri[4]; /* Apollo specific - .sri data pointer */
char o_inlib[4]; /* Apollo specific - .inlib data pointer */
char vid[8]; /* Apollo specific - 64 bit version ID */
}
AOUTHDR;
#define APOLLO_COFF_VERSION_NUMBER 1 /* the value of the aouthdr magic */
#define AOUTHDRSZ 44
#define AOUTSZ 44
/* Apollo allowa for larger section names by allowing
them to be in the string table. */
/* If s_zeores is all zeroes, s_offset gives the real
location of the name in the string table. */
#define s_zeroes section_name.s_name
#define s_offset (section_name.s_name+4)
/* More names of "special" sections. */
#define _TV ".tv"
#define _INIT ".init"
#define _FINI ".fini"
#define _LINES ".lines"
#define _BLOCKS ".blocks"
#define _SRI ".sri" /* Static Resource Information (systype,
et al.) */
#define _MIR ".mir" /* Module Information Records */
#define _APTV ".aptv" /* Apollo-style transfer vectors. */
#define _INLIB ".inlib" /* Shared Library information */
#define _RWDI ".rwdi" /* Read/write data initialization directives for
compressed sections */
#define _UNWIND ".unwind" /* Stack unwind information */
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_type[2];
#ifdef M68K_COFF_OFFSET
char r_offset[4];
#endif
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#ifdef M68K_COFF_OFFSET
#define RELSZ 14
#else
#define RELSZ 10
#endif
/* Apollo specific STYP flags */
#define STYP_RELOCATED_NOT_LOADED 0x00010000 /* Section is relocated normally during linking, but need
not be loaded during program execution */
#define STYP_DEBUG 0x00020000 /* debug section */
#define STYP_OVERLAY 0x00040000 /* Section is overlayed */
#define STYP_INSTRUCTION 0x00200000 /* Section contains executable code */
#define STYP_ZERO 0x00800000 /* Section is initialized to zero */
#define STYP_INSTALLED 0x02000000 /* Section should be installable in KGT */
#define STYP_LOOK_INSTALLED 0x04000000 /* Look for section in KGT */
#define STYP_SECALIGN1 0x08000000 /* Specially aligned section */
#define STYP_SECALIGN2 0x10000000 /* " " " */
#define STYP_COMPRESSED 0x20000000 /* No section data per se (s_scnptr = 0), but there are
initialization directives for it in .rwdi section
(used in conjunction with STYP_BSS) */

130
include/coff/arm.h
View File

@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
/* ARM COFF support for BFD.
Copyright 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2010, 2013
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#define COFFARM 1
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 2
#define INCLUDE_COMDAT_FIELDS_IN_AUXENT
#include "coff/external.h"
/* Bits for f_flags:
F_RELFLG relocation info stripped from file
F_EXEC file is executable (no unresolved external references)
F_LNNO line numbers stripped from file
F_LSYMS local symbols stripped from file
F_INTERWORK file supports switching between ARM and Thumb instruction sets
F_INTERWORK_SET the F_INTERWORK bit is valid
F_APCS_FLOAT code passes float arguments in float registers
F_PIC code is reentrant/position-independent
F_AR32WR file has byte ordering of an AR32WR machine (e.g. vax)
F_APCS_26 file uses 26 bit ARM Procedure Calling Standard
F_APCS_SET the F_APCS_26, F_APCS_FLOAT and F_PIC bits have been initialised
F_SOFT_FLOAT code does not use floating point instructions. */
#define F_RELFLG (0x0001)
#define F_EXEC (0x0002)
#define F_LNNO (0x0004)
#define F_LSYMS (0x0008)
#define F_INTERWORK (0x0010)
#define F_INTERWORK_SET (0x0020)
#define F_APCS_FLOAT (0x0040)
#undef F_AR16WR
#define F_PIC (0x0080)
#define F_AR32WR (0x0100)
#define F_APCS_26 (0x0400)
#define F_APCS_SET (0x0800)
#define F_SOFT_FLOAT (0x2000)
#define F_VFP_FLOAT (0x4000)
/* Bits stored in flags field of the internal_f structure */
#define F_INTERWORK (0x0010)
#define F_APCS_FLOAT (0x0040)
#define F_PIC (0x0080)
#define F_APCS26 (0x1000)
#define F_ARM_ARCHITECTURE_MASK (0x4000+0x0800+0x0400)
#define F_ARM_2 (0x0400)
#define F_ARM_2a (0x0800)
#define F_ARM_3 (0x0c00)
#define F_ARM_3M (0x4000)
#define F_ARM_4 (0x4400)
#define F_ARM_4T (0x4800)
#define F_ARM_5 (0x4c00)
/*
ARMMAGIC ought to encoded the procesor type,
but it is too late to change it now, instead
the flags field of the internal_f structure
is used as shown above.
XXX - NC 5/6/97. */
#define ARMMAGIC 0xa00 /* I just made this up */
#define ARMBADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != ARMMAGIC))
#define ARMPEMAGIC 0x1c0
#define THUMBPEMAGIC 0x1c2
#define ARMV7PEMAGIC 0x1c4
#undef ARMBADMAG
#define ARMBADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != ARMMAGIC) && ((x).f_magic != ARMPEMAGIC) && ((x).f_magic != THUMBPEMAGIC) && ((x).f_magic != ARMV7PEMAGIC))
#define OMAGIC 0404 /* object files, eg as output */
#define ZMAGIC 0413 /* demand load format, eg normal ld output */
#define STMAGIC 0401 /* target shlib */
#define SHMAGIC 0443 /* host shlib */
/* define some NT default values */
/* #define NT_IMAGE_BASE 0x400000 moved to internal.h */
#define NT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 0x1000
#define NT_FILE_ALIGNMENT 0x200
#define NT_DEF_RESERVE 0x100000
#define NT_DEF_COMMIT 0x1000
/* We use the .rdata section to hold read only data. */
#define _LIT ".rdata"
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
#ifdef ARM_WINCE
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_type[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 10
#else
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_type[2];
char r_offset[4];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 14
#endif
#define ARM_NOTE_SECTION ".note"

49
include/coff/aux-coff.h
View File

@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
/* Modifications of internal.h and m68k.h needed by A/UX
Copyright 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA.
Suggested by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> */
#ifndef GNU_COFF_AUX_H
#define GNU_COFF_AUX_H 1
#include "coff/internal.h"
#include "coff/m68k.h"
/* Section contains 64-byte padded pathnames of shared libraries */
#undef STYP_LIB
#define STYP_LIB 0x200
/* Section contains shared library initialization code */
#undef STYP_INIT
#define STYP_INIT 0x400
/* Section contains .ident information */
#undef STYP_IDENT
#define STYP_IDENT 0x800
/* Section types used by bfd and gas not defined (directly) by A/UX */
#undef STYP_OVER
#define STYP_OVER 0
#undef STYP_INFO
#define STYP_INFO STYP_IDENT
/* Traditional name of the section tagged with STYP_LIB */
#define _LIB ".lib"
#endif /* GNU_COFF_AUX_H */

411
include/coff/ecoff.h
View File

@ -1,411 +0,0 @@
/* Generic ECOFF support.
This does not include symbol information, found in sym.h and
symconst.h.
Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef ECOFF_H
#define ECOFF_H
/* Mips magic numbers used in filehdr. MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE is used on
little endian machines. MIPS_MAGIC_BIG is used on big endian
machines. Where is MIPS_MAGIC_1 from? */
#define MIPS_MAGIC_1 0x0180
#define MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE 0x0162
#define MIPS_MAGIC_BIG 0x0160
/* These are the magic numbers used for MIPS code compiled at ISA
level 2. */
#define MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE2 0x0166
#define MIPS_MAGIC_BIG2 0x0163
/* These are the magic numbers used for MIPS code compiled at ISA
level 3. */
#define MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE3 0x142
#define MIPS_MAGIC_BIG3 0x140
/* Alpha magic numbers used in filehdr. */
#define ALPHA_MAGIC 0x183
#define ALPHA_MAGIC_BSD 0x185
/* A compressed version of an ALPHA_MAGIC file created by DEC's tools. */
#define ALPHA_MAGIC_COMPRESSED 0x188
/* Magic numbers used in a.out header. */
#define ECOFF_AOUT_OMAGIC 0407 /* not demand paged (ld -N). */
#define ECOFF_AOUT_ZMAGIC 0413 /* demand load format, eg normal ld output */
/* Names of special sections. */
#define _TEXT ".text"
#define _DATA ".data"
#define _BSS ".bss"
#define _RDATA ".rdata"
#define _SDATA ".sdata"
#define _SBSS ".sbss"
#define _LITA ".lita"
#define _LIT4 ".lit4"
#define _LIT8 ".lit8"
#define _LIB ".lib"
#define _INIT ".init"
#define _FINI ".fini"
#define _PDATA ".pdata"
#define _XDATA ".xdata"
#define _GOT ".got"
#define _HASH ".hash"
#define _DYNSYM ".dynsym"
#define _DYNSTR ".dynstr"
#define _RELDYN ".rel.dyn"
#define _CONFLIC ".conflic"
#define _COMMENT ".comment"
#define _LIBLIST ".liblist"
#define _DYNAMIC ".dynamic"
#define _RCONST ".rconst"
/* ECOFF uses some additional section flags. */
#define STYP_RDATA 0x100
#define STYP_SDATA 0x200
#define STYP_SBSS 0x400
#define STYP_GOT 0x1000
#define STYP_DYNAMIC 0x2000
#define STYP_DYNSYM 0x4000
#define STYP_RELDYN 0x8000
#define STYP_DYNSTR 0x10000
#define STYP_HASH 0x20000
#define STYP_LIBLIST 0x40000
#define STYP_CONFLIC 0x100000
#define STYP_ECOFF_FINI 0x1000000
#define STYP_EXTENDESC 0x2000000 /* 0x02FFF000 bits => scn type, rest clr */
#define STYP_LITA 0x4000000
#define STYP_LIT8 0x8000000
#define STYP_LIT4 0x10000000
#define STYP_ECOFF_LIB 0x40000000
#define STYP_ECOFF_INIT 0x80000000
#define STYP_OTHER_LOAD (STYP_ECOFF_INIT | STYP_ECOFF_FINI)
/* extended section types */
#define STYP_COMMENT 0x2100000
#define STYP_RCONST 0x2200000
#define STYP_XDATA 0x2400000
#define STYP_PDATA 0x2800000
/* The linker needs a section to hold small common variables while
linking. There is no convenient way to create it when the linker
needs it, so we always create one for each BFD. We then avoid
writing it out. */
#define SCOMMON ".scommon"
/* If the extern bit in a reloc is 1, then r_symndx is an index into
the external symbol table. If the extern bit is 0, then r_symndx
indicates a section, and is one of the following values. */
#define RELOC_SECTION_NONE 0
#define RELOC_SECTION_TEXT 1
#define RELOC_SECTION_RDATA 2
#define RELOC_SECTION_DATA 3
#define RELOC_SECTION_SDATA 4
#define RELOC_SECTION_SBSS 5
#define RELOC_SECTION_BSS 6
#define RELOC_SECTION_INIT 7
#define RELOC_SECTION_LIT8 8
#define RELOC_SECTION_LIT4 9
#define RELOC_SECTION_XDATA 10
#define RELOC_SECTION_PDATA 11
#define RELOC_SECTION_FINI 12
#define RELOC_SECTION_LITA 13
#define RELOC_SECTION_ABS 14
#define RELOC_SECTION_RCONST 15
#define NUM_RELOC_SECTIONS 16
/********************** STABS **********************/
/* gcc uses mips-tfile to output type information in special stabs
entries. These must match the corresponding definition in
gcc/config/mips.h. At some point, these should probably go into a
shared include file, but currently gcc and gdb do not share any
directories. */
#define CODE_MASK 0x8F300
#define ECOFF_IS_STAB(sym) (((sym)->index & 0xFFF00) == CODE_MASK)
#define ECOFF_MARK_STAB(code) ((code)+CODE_MASK)
#define ECOFF_UNMARK_STAB(code) ((code)-CODE_MASK)
#define STABS_SYMBOL "@stabs"
/********************** COFF **********************/
/* gcc also uses mips-tfile to output COFF debugging information.
These are the values it uses when outputting the .type directive.
These should also be in a shared include file. */
#define N_BTMASK (017)
#define N_TMASK (060)
#define N_BTSHFT (4)
#define N_TSHIFT (2)
/********************** AUX **********************/
/* The auxiliary type information is the same on all known ECOFF
targets. I can't see any reason that it would ever change, so I am
going to gamble and define the external structures here, in the
target independent ECOFF header file. The internal forms are
defined in coff/sym.h, which was originally donated by MIPS
Computer Systems. */
/* Type information external record */
struct tir_ext {
unsigned char t_bits1[1];
unsigned char t_tq45[1];
unsigned char t_tq01[1];
unsigned char t_tq23[1];
};
#define TIR_BITS1_FBITFIELD_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x80)
#define TIR_BITS1_FBITFIELD_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x01)
#define TIR_BITS1_CONTINUED_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x40)
#define TIR_BITS1_CONTINUED_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x02)
#define TIR_BITS1_BT_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x3F)
#define TIR_BITS1_BT_SH_BIG 0
#define TIR_BITS1_BT_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0xFC)
#define TIR_BITS1_BT_SH_LITTLE 2
#define TIR_BITS_TQ4_BIG ((unsigned int) 0xF0)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ4_SH_BIG 4
#define TIR_BITS_TQ5_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x0F)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ5_SH_BIG 0
#define TIR_BITS_TQ4_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x0F)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ4_SH_LITTLE 0
#define TIR_BITS_TQ5_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0xF0)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ5_SH_LITTLE 4
#define TIR_BITS_TQ0_BIG ((unsigned int) 0xF0)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ0_SH_BIG 4
#define TIR_BITS_TQ1_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x0F)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ1_SH_BIG 0
#define TIR_BITS_TQ0_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x0F)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ0_SH_LITTLE 0
#define TIR_BITS_TQ1_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0xF0)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ1_SH_LITTLE 4
#define TIR_BITS_TQ2_BIG ((unsigned int) 0xF0)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ2_SH_BIG 4
#define TIR_BITS_TQ3_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x0F)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ3_SH_BIG 0
#define TIR_BITS_TQ2_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x0F)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ2_SH_LITTLE 0
#define TIR_BITS_TQ3_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0xF0)
#define TIR_BITS_TQ3_SH_LITTLE 4
/* Relative symbol external record */
struct rndx_ext {
unsigned char r_bits[4];
};
#define RNDX_BITS0_RFD_SH_LEFT_BIG 4
#define RNDX_BITS1_RFD_BIG ((unsigned int) 0xF0)
#define RNDX_BITS1_RFD_SH_BIG 4
#define RNDX_BITS0_RFD_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 0
#define RNDX_BITS1_RFD_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0x0F)
#define RNDX_BITS1_RFD_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 8
#define RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_BIG ((unsigned int) 0x0F)
#define RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG 16
#define RNDX_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG 8
#define RNDX_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG 0
#define RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_LITTLE ((unsigned int) 0xF0)
#define RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_SH_LITTLE 4
#define RNDX_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 4
#define RNDX_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 12
/* Auxiliary symbol information external record */
union aux_ext {
struct tir_ext a_ti;
struct rndx_ext a_rndx;
unsigned char a_dnLow[4];
unsigned char a_dnHigh[4];
unsigned char a_isym[4];
unsigned char a_iss[4];
unsigned char a_width[4];
unsigned char a_count[4];
};
#define AUX_GET_ANY(bigend, ax, field) \
((bigend) ? bfd_getb32 ((ax)->field) : bfd_getl32 ((ax)->field))
#define AUX_GET_DNLOW(bigend, ax) AUX_GET_ANY ((bigend), (ax), a_dnLow)
#define AUX_GET_DNHIGH(bigend, ax) AUX_GET_ANY ((bigend), (ax), a_dnHigh)
#define AUX_GET_ISYM(bigend, ax) AUX_GET_ANY ((bigend), (ax), a_isym)
#define AUX_GET_ISS(bigend, ax) AUX_GET_ANY ((bigend), (ax), a_iss)
#define AUX_GET_WIDTH(bigend, ax) AUX_GET_ANY ((bigend), (ax), a_width)
#define AUX_GET_COUNT(bigend, ax) AUX_GET_ANY ((bigend), (ax), a_count)
#define AUX_PUT_ANY(bigend, val, ax, field) \
((bigend) \
? (bfd_putb32 ((bfd_vma) (val), (ax)->field), 0) \
: (bfd_putl32 ((bfd_vma) (val), (ax)->field), 0))
#define AUX_PUT_DNLOW(bigend, val, ax) \
AUX_PUT_ANY ((bigend), (val), (ax), a_dnLow)
#define AUX_PUT_DNHIGH(bigend, val, ax) \
AUX_PUT_ANY ((bigend), (val), (ax), a_dnHigh)
#define AUX_PUT_ISYM(bigend, val, ax) \
AUX_PUT_ANY ((bigend), (val), (ax), a_isym)
#define AUX_PUT_ISS(bigend, val, ax) \
AUX_PUT_ANY ((bigend), (val), (ax), a_iss)
#define AUX_PUT_WIDTH(bigend, val, ax) \
AUX_PUT_ANY ((bigend), (val), (ax), a_width)
#define AUX_PUT_COUNT(bigend, val, ax) \
AUX_PUT_ANY ((bigend), (val), (ax), a_count)
/********************** SYMBOLS **********************/
/* For efficiency, gdb deals directly with the unswapped symbolic
information (that way it only takes the time to swap information
that it really needs to read). gdb originally retrieved the
information directly from the BFD backend information, but that
strategy, besides being sort of ugly, does not work for MIPS ELF,
which also uses ECOFF debugging information. This structure holds
pointers to the (mostly) unswapped symbolic information. */
struct ecoff_debug_info
{
/* The swapped ECOFF symbolic header. */
HDRR symbolic_header;
/* Pointers to the unswapped symbolic information. Note that the
pointers to external structures point to different sorts of
information on different ECOFF targets. The ecoff_debug_swap
structure provides the sizes of the structures and the functions
needed to swap the information in and out. These pointers are
all pointers to arrays, not single structures. They will be NULL
if there are no instances of the relevant structure. These
fields are also used by the assembler to output ECOFF debugging
information. */
unsigned char *line;
void *external_dnr; /* struct dnr_ext */
void *external_pdr; /* struct pdr_ext */
void *external_sym; /* struct sym_ext */
void *external_opt; /* struct opt_ext */
union aux_ext *external_aux;
char *ss;
char *ssext;
void *external_fdr; /* struct fdr_ext */
void *external_rfd; /* struct rfd_ext */
void *external_ext; /* struct ext_ext */
/* These fields are used when linking. They may disappear at some
point. */
char *ssext_end;
void *external_ext_end;
/* When linking, this field holds a mapping from the input FDR
numbers to the output numbers, and is used when writing out the
external symbols. It is NULL if no mapping is required. */
RFDT *ifdmap;
/* The swapped FDR information. Currently this is never NULL, but
code using this structure should probably double-check in case
this changes in the future. This is a pointer to an array, not a
single structure. */
FDR *fdr;
};
/* These structures are used by the ECOFF find_nearest_line function. */
struct ecoff_fdrtab_entry
{
/* Base address in .text of this FDR. */
bfd_vma base_addr;
FDR *fdr;
};
struct ecoff_find_line
{
/* Allocated memory to hold function and file names. */
char *find_buffer;
/* FDR table, sorted by address: */
long fdrtab_len;
struct ecoff_fdrtab_entry *fdrtab;
/* Cache entry for most recently found line information. The sect
field is NULL if this cache does not contain valid information. */
struct
{
asection *sect;
bfd_vma start;
bfd_vma stop;
const char *filename;
const char *functionname;
unsigned int line_num;
} cache;
};
/********************** SWAPPING **********************/
/* The generic ECOFF code needs to be able to swap debugging
information in and out in the specific format used by a particular
ECOFF implementation. This structure provides the information
needed to do this. */
struct ecoff_debug_swap
{
/* Symbol table magic number. */
int sym_magic;
/* Alignment of debugging information. E.g., 4. */
bfd_size_type debug_align;
/* Sizes of external symbolic information. */
bfd_size_type external_hdr_size;
bfd_size_type external_dnr_size;
bfd_size_type external_pdr_size;
bfd_size_type external_sym_size;
bfd_size_type external_opt_size;
bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
bfd_size_type external_rfd_size;
bfd_size_type external_ext_size;
/* Functions to swap in external symbolic data. */
void (*swap_hdr_in) (bfd *, void *, HDRR *);
void (*swap_dnr_in) (bfd *, void *, DNR *);
void (*swap_pdr_in) (bfd *, void *, PDR *);
void (*swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *);
void (*swap_opt_in) (bfd *, void *, OPTR *);
void (*swap_fdr_in) (bfd *, void *, FDR *);
void (*swap_rfd_in) (bfd *, void *, RFDT *);
void (*swap_ext_in) (bfd *, void *, EXTR *);
void (*swap_tir_in) (int, const struct tir_ext *, TIR *);
void (*swap_rndx_in) (int, const struct rndx_ext *, RNDXR *);
/* Functions to swap out external symbolic data. */
void (*swap_hdr_out) (bfd *, const HDRR *, void *);
void (*swap_dnr_out) (bfd *, const DNR *, void *);
void (*swap_pdr_out) (bfd *, const PDR *, void *);
void (*swap_sym_out) (bfd *, const SYMR *, void *);
void (*swap_opt_out) (bfd *, const OPTR *, void *);
void (*swap_fdr_out) (bfd *, const FDR *, void *);
void (*swap_rfd_out) (bfd *, const RFDT *, void *);
void (*swap_ext_out) (bfd *, const EXTR *, void *);
void (*swap_tir_out) (int, const TIR *, struct tir_ext *);
void (*swap_rndx_out) (int, const RNDXR *, struct rndx_ext *);
/* Function to read symbol data and set up pointers in
ecoff_debug_info structure. The section argument is used for
ELF, not straight ECOFF. */
bfd_boolean (*read_debug_info) (bfd *, asection *, struct ecoff_debug_info *);
};
#endif /* ! defined (ECOFF_H) */

269
include/coff/external.h
View File

@ -1,269 +0,0 @@
/* external.h -- External COFF structures
Copyright 2001, 2006, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef COFF_EXTERNAL_H
#define COFF_EXTERNAL_H
#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_FILHDR
/********************** FILE HEADER **********************/
struct external_filehdr
{
char f_magic[2]; /* magic number */
char f_nscns[2]; /* number of sections */
char f_timdat[4]; /* time & date stamp */
char f_symptr[4]; /* file pointer to symtab */
char f_nsyms[4]; /* number of symtab entries */
char f_opthdr[2]; /* sizeof(optional hdr) */
char f_flags[2]; /* flags */
};
#define FILHDR struct external_filehdr
#define FILHSZ 20
#endif
#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_AOUTHDR
/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/
typedef struct external_aouthdr
{
char magic[2]; /* type of file */
char vstamp[2]; /* version stamp */
char tsize[4]; /* text size in bytes, padded to FW bdry*/
char dsize[4]; /* initialized data " " */
char bsize[4]; /* uninitialized data " " */
char entry[4]; /* entry pt. */
char text_start[4]; /* base of text used for this file */
char data_start[4]; /* base of data used for this file */
} ATTRIBUTE_PACKED
AOUTHDR;
#define AOUTHDRSZ 28
#define AOUTSZ 28
typedef struct external_aouthdr64
{
char magic[2]; /* Type of file. */
char vstamp[2]; /* Version stamp. */
char tsize[4]; /* Text size in bytes, padded to FW bdry*/
char dsize[4]; /* Initialized data " ". */
char bsize[4]; /* Uninitialized data " ". */
char entry[4]; /* Entry pt. */
char text_start[4]; /* Base of text used for this file. */
}
AOUTHDR64;
#define AOUTHDRSZ64 24
#endif /* not DO_NOT_DEFINE_AOUTHDR */
#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_SCNHDR
/********************** SECTION HEADER **********************/
struct external_scnhdr
{
char s_name[8]; /* section name */
char s_paddr[4]; /* physical address, aliased s_nlib */
char s_vaddr[4]; /* virtual address */
char s_size[4]; /* section size */
char s_scnptr[4]; /* file ptr to raw data for section */
char s_relptr[4]; /* file ptr to relocation */
char s_lnnoptr[4]; /* file ptr to line numbers */
char s_nreloc[2]; /* number of relocation entries */
char s_nlnno[2]; /* number of line number entries */
char s_flags[4]; /* flags */
};
#define SCNHDR struct external_scnhdr
#define SCNHSZ 40
/* Names of "special" sections. */
#define _TEXT ".text"
#define _DATA ".data"
#define _BSS ".bss"
#define _COMMENT ".comment"
#define _LIB ".lib"
#endif /* not DO_NOT_DEFINE_SCNHDR */
#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_LINENO
/********************** LINE NUMBERS **********************/
#ifndef L_LNNO_SIZE
#error L_LNNO_SIZE needs to be defined
#endif
/* 1 line number entry for every "breakpointable" source line in a section.
Line numbers are grouped on a per function basis; first entry in a function
grouping will have l_lnno = 0 and in place of physical address will be the
symbol table index of the function name. */
struct external_lineno
{
union
{
char l_symndx[4]; /* function name symbol index, iff l_lnno == 0*/
char l_paddr[4]; /* (physical) address of line number */
} l_addr;
char l_lnno[L_LNNO_SIZE]; /* line number */
};
#define LINENO struct external_lineno
#define LINESZ (4 + L_LNNO_SIZE)
#if L_LNNO_SIZE == 4
#define GET_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, ext) H_GET_32 (abfd, (ext->l_lnno))
#define PUT_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, val, ext) H_PUT_32 (abfd, val, (ext->l_lnno))
#endif
#if L_LNNO_SIZE == 2
#define GET_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, ext) H_GET_16 (abfd, (ext->l_lnno))
#define PUT_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, val, ext) H_PUT_16 (abfd, val, (ext->l_lnno))
#endif
#endif /* not DO_NOT_DEFINE_LINENO */
#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_SYMENT
/********************** SYMBOLS **********************/
#define E_SYMNMLEN 8 /* # characters in a symbol name */
#ifndef E_FILNMLEN
#define E_FILNMLEN 14
#endif
#define E_DIMNUM 4 /* # array dimensions in auxiliary entry */
struct external_syment
{
union
{
char e_name[E_SYMNMLEN];
struct
{
char e_zeroes[4];
char e_offset[4];
} e;
} e;
char e_value[4];
char e_scnum[2];
char e_type[2];
char e_sclass[1];
char e_numaux[1];
} ATTRIBUTE_PACKED ;
#define SYMENT struct external_syment
#define SYMESZ 18
#ifndef N_BTMASK
#define N_BTMASK 0xf
#endif
#ifndef N_TMASK
#define N_TMASK 0x30
#endif
#ifndef N_BTSHFT
#define N_BTSHFT 4
#endif
#ifndef N_TSHIFT
#define N_TSHIFT 2
#endif
#endif /* not DO_NOT_DEFINE_SYMENT */
#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_AUXENT
union external_auxent
{
struct
{
char x_tagndx[4]; /* str, un, or enum tag indx */
union
{
struct
{
char x_lnno[2]; /* declaration line number */
char x_size[2]; /* str/union/array size */
} x_lnsz;
char x_fsize[4]; /* size of function */
} x_misc;
union
{
struct /* if ISFCN, tag, or .bb */
{
char x_lnnoptr[4]; /* ptr to fcn line # */
char x_endndx[4]; /* entry ndx past block end */
} x_fcn;
struct /* if ISARY, up to 4 dimen. */
{
char x_dimen[E_DIMNUM][2];
} x_ary;
} x_fcnary;
char x_tvndx[2]; /* tv index */
} x_sym;
union
{
char x_fname[E_FILNMLEN];
struct
{
char x_zeroes[4];
char x_offset[4];
} x_n;
} x_file;
struct
{
char x_scnlen[4]; /* section length */
char x_nreloc[2]; /* # relocation entries */
char x_nlinno[2]; /* # line numbers */
#ifdef INCLUDE_COMDAT_FIELDS_IN_AUXENT
char x_checksum[4]; /* section COMDAT checksum */
char x_associated[2]; /* COMDAT associated section index */
char x_comdat[1]; /* COMDAT selection number */
#endif
} x_scn;
struct
{
char x_tvfill[4]; /* tv fill value */
char x_tvlen[2]; /* length of .tv */
char x_tvran[2][2]; /* tv range */
} x_tv; /* info about .tv section (in auxent of symbol .tv)) */
} ATTRIBUTE_PACKED ;
#define AUXENT union external_auxent
#define AUXESZ 18
#define _ETEXT "etext"
#endif /* not DO_NOT_DEFINE_AUXENT */
#endif /* COFF_EXTERNAL_H */

36
include/coff/go32exe.h
View File

@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
/* COFF information for PC running go32.
Copyright 2001, 2005, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
struct external_filehdr_go32_exe
{
char stub[GO32_STUBSIZE]; /* the stub to load the image */
/* the standard COFF header */
char f_magic[2]; /* magic number */
char f_nscns[2]; /* number of sections */
char f_timdat[4]; /* time & date stamp */
char f_symptr[4]; /* file pointer to symtab */
char f_nsyms[4]; /* number of symtab entries */
char f_opthdr[2]; /* sizeof(optional hdr) */
char f_flags[2]; /* flags */
};
#undef FILHDR
#define FILHDR struct external_filehdr_go32_exe
#undef FILHSZ
#define FILHSZ GO32_STUBSIZE+20

55
include/coff/h8300.h
View File

@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for Renesas H8/300 and H8/300-H
Copyright 2001, 2003, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 4
#include "coff/external.h"
#define H8300MAGIC 0x8300
#define H8300HMAGIC 0x8301
#define H8300SMAGIC 0x8302
#define H8300HNMAGIC 0x8303
#define H8300SNMAGIC 0x8304
#define H8300BADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != H8300MAGIC))
#define H8300HBADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != H8300HMAGIC))
#define H8300SBADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != H8300SMAGIC))
#define H8300HNBADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != H8300HNMAGIC))
#define H8300SNBADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != H8300SNMAGIC))
/* Relocation directives. */
/* The external reloc has an offset field, because some of the reloc
types on the h8 don't have room in the instruction for the entire
offset - eg the strange jump and high page addressing modes. */
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_offset[4];
char r_type[2];
char r_stuff[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 16

47
include/coff/h8500.h
View File

@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for Renesas H8/500
Copyright 2001, 2003, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 4
#include "coff/external.h"
#define H8500MAGIC 0x8500
#define H8500BADMAG(x) ((0xffff && ((x).f_magic) != H8500MAGIC))
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
/* The external reloc has an offset field, because some of the reloc
types on the h8 don't have room in the instruction for the entire
offset - eg the strange jump and high page addressing modes. */
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_offset[4];
char r_type[2];
char r_stuff[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 16

74
include/coff/i386.h
View File

@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for Intel 386/486.
Copyright 2001, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 2
#define INCLUDE_COMDAT_FIELDS_IN_AUXENT
#include "coff/external.h"
#define COFF_PAGE_SIZE 0x1000
/* Bits for f_flags:
F_RELFLG Relocation info stripped from file
F_EXEC File is executable (no unresolved external references)
F_LNNO Line numbers stripped from file
F_LSYMS Local symbols stripped from file
F_AR32WR File has byte ordering of an AR32WR machine (e.g. vax). */
#define F_RELFLG (0x0001)
#define F_EXEC (0x0002)
#define F_LNNO (0x0004)
#define F_LSYMS (0x0008)
#define I386MAGIC 0x14c
#define I386PTXMAGIC 0x154
#define I386AIXMAGIC 0x175
/* This is Lynx's all-platform magic number for executables. */
#define LYNXCOFFMAGIC 0415
#define I386BADMAG(x) ( ((x).f_magic != I386MAGIC) \
&& (x).f_magic != I386AIXMAGIC \
&& (x).f_magic != I386PTXMAGIC \
&& (x).f_magic != LYNXCOFFMAGIC)
#define OMAGIC 0404 /* Object files, eg as output. */
#define ZMAGIC 0413 /* Demand load format, eg normal ld output. */
#define STMAGIC 0401 /* Target shlib. */
#define SHMAGIC 0443 /* Host shlib. */
/* Define some NT default values. */
/* #define NT_IMAGE_BASE 0x400000 moved to internal.h */
#define NT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 0x1000
#define NT_FILE_ALIGNMENT 0x200
#define NT_DEF_RESERVE 0x100000
#define NT_DEF_COMMIT 0x1000
/* Relocation directives. */
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_type[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 10

87
include/coff/i860.h
View File

@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
/* COFF information for the Intel i860.
Copyright 2001, 2003, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* This file was hacked from i386.h [dolan@ssd.intel.com] */
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 2
#include "coff/external.h"
/* Bits for f_flags:
F_RELFLG relocation info stripped from file
F_EXEC file is executable (no unresolved external references)
F_LNNO line numbers stripped from file
F_LSYMS local symbols stripped from file
F_AR32WR file has byte ordering of an AR32WR machine (e.g. vax). */
#define F_RELFLG (0x0001)
#define F_EXEC (0x0002)
#define F_LNNO (0x0004)
#define F_LSYMS (0x0008)
#define I860MAGIC 0x14d
#define I860BADMAG(x) ((x).f_magic != I860MAGIC)
#undef AOUTSZ
#define AOUTSZ 36
/* FIXME: What are the a.out magic numbers? */
#define _ETEXT "etext"
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_type[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 10
/* The relocation directory entry types.
PAIR : The low half that follows relates to the preceding HIGH[ADJ].
HIGH : The high half of a 32-bit constant.
LOWn : The low half, insn bits 15..(n-1), 2^n-byte aligned.
SPLITn : The low half, insn bits 20..16 and 10..(n-1), 2^n-byte aligned.
HIGHADJ: Similar to HIGH, but with adjustment.
BRADDR : 26-bit branch displacement.
Note: The Intel assembler manual lists LOW4 as one of the
relocation types, but it appears to be useless for the i860.
We will recognize it anyway, just in case it actually appears in
any object files. */
enum {
COFF860_R_PAIR = 0x1c,
COFF860_R_HIGH = 0x1e,
COFF860_R_LOW0 = 0x1f,
COFF860_R_LOW1 = 0x20,
COFF860_R_LOW2 = 0x21,
COFF860_R_LOW3 = 0x22,
COFF860_R_LOW4 = 0x23,
COFF860_R_SPLIT0 = 0x24,
COFF860_R_SPLIT1 = 0x25,
COFF860_R_SPLIT2 = 0x26,
COFF860_R_HIGHADJ = 0x27,
COFF860_R_BRADDR = 0x28
};

320
include/coff/i960.h
View File

@ -1,320 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for 80960. Origins: Intel corp, natch.
Copyright 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* NOTE: Tagentries (cf TAGBITS) are no longer used by the 960 */
/********************** FILE HEADER **********************/
struct external_filehdr
{
char f_magic[2]; /* magic number */
char f_nscns[2]; /* number of sections */
char f_timdat[4]; /* time & date stamp */
char f_symptr[4]; /* file pointer to symtab */
char f_nsyms[4]; /* number of symtab entries */
char f_opthdr[2]; /* sizeof(optional hdr) */
char f_flags[2]; /* flags */
};
#define OMAGIC (0407) /* old impure format. data immediately
follows text. both sections are rw. */
#define NMAGIC (0410) /* split i&d, read-only text */
/*
* Intel 80960 (I960) processor flags.
* F_I960TYPE == mask for processor type field.
*/
#define F_I960TYPE (0xf000)
#define F_I960CORE (0x1000)
#define F_I960KB (0x2000)
#define F_I960SB (0x2000)
#define F_I960MC (0x3000)
#define F_I960XA (0x4000)
#define F_I960CA (0x5000)
#define F_I960KA (0x6000)
#define F_I960SA (0x6000)
#define F_I960JX (0x7000)
#define F_I960HX (0x8000)
/** i80960 Magic Numbers
*/
#define I960ROMAGIC (0x160) /* read-only text segments */
#define I960RWMAGIC (0x161) /* read-write text segments */
#define I960BADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic!=I960ROMAGIC) && ((x).f_magic!=I960RWMAGIC))
#define FILHDR struct external_filehdr
#define FILHSZ 20
/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/
typedef struct
{
unsigned long phys_addr;
unsigned long bitarray;
} TAGBITS;
typedef struct
{
char magic[2]; /* type of file */
char vstamp[2]; /* version stamp */
char tsize[4]; /* text size in bytes, padded to FW bdry*/
char dsize[4]; /* initialized data " " */
char bsize[4]; /* uninitialized data " " */
char entry[4]; /* entry pt. */
char text_start[4]; /* base of text used for this file */
char data_start[4]; /* base of data used for this file */
char tagentries[4]; /* number of tag entries to follow */
}
AOUTHDR;
/* return a pointer to the tag bits array */
#define TAGPTR(aout) ((TAGBITS *) (&(aout.tagentries)+1))
/* compute size of a header */
/*#define AOUTSZ(aout) (sizeof(AOUTHDR)+(aout.tagentries*sizeof(TAGBITS)))*/
#define AOUTSZ 32
#define AOUTHDRSZ 32
/********************** SECTION HEADER **********************/
struct external_scnhdr
{
char s_name[8]; /* section name */
char s_paddr[4]; /* physical address, aliased s_nlib */
char s_vaddr[4]; /* virtual address */
char s_size[4]; /* section size */
char s_scnptr[4]; /* file ptr to raw data for section */
char s_relptr[4]; /* file ptr to relocation */
char s_lnnoptr[4]; /* file ptr to line numbers */
char s_nreloc[2]; /* number of relocation entries */
char s_nlnno[2]; /* number of line number entries*/
char s_flags[4]; /* flags */
char s_align[4]; /* section alignment */
};
#define SCNHDR struct external_scnhdr
#define SCNHSZ 44
/*
* names of "special" sections
*/
#define _TEXT ".text"
#define _DATA ".data"
#define _BSS ".bss"
/********************** LINE NUMBERS **********************/
/* 1 line number entry for every "breakpointable" source line in a section.
* Line numbers are grouped on a per function basis; first entry in a function
* grouping will have l_lnno = 0 and in place of physical address will be the
* symbol table index of the function name.
*/
struct external_lineno
{
union
{
char l_symndx[4]; /* function name symbol index, iff l_lnno == 0*/
char l_paddr[4]; /* (physical) address of line number */
} l_addr;
char l_lnno[2]; /* line number */
char padding[2]; /* force alignment */
};
#define LINENO struct external_lineno
#define LINESZ 8
/********************** SYMBOLS **********************/
#define E_SYMNMLEN 8 /* # characters in a symbol name */
#define E_FILNMLEN 14 /* # characters in a file name */
#define E_DIMNUM 4 /* # array dimensions in auxiliary entry */
struct external_syment
{
union
{
char e_name[E_SYMNMLEN];
struct
{
char e_zeroes[4];
char e_offset[4];
} e;
} e;
char e_value[4];
char e_scnum[2];
char e_flags[2];
char e_type[4];
char e_sclass[1];
char e_numaux[1];
char pad2[2];
};
#define N_BTMASK (0x1f)
#define N_TMASK (0x60)
#define N_BTSHFT (5)
#define N_TSHIFT (2)
union external_auxent
{
struct
{
char x_tagndx[4]; /* str, un, or enum tag indx */
union
{
struct
{
char x_lnno[2]; /* declaration line number */
char x_size[2]; /* str/union/array size */
} x_lnsz;
char x_fsize[4]; /* size of function */
} x_misc;
union
{
struct /* if ISFCN, tag, or .bb */
{
char x_lnnoptr[4]; /* ptr to fcn line # */
char x_endndx[4]; /* entry ndx past block end */
} x_fcn;
struct /* if ISARY, up to 4 dimen. */
{
char x_dimen[E_DIMNUM][2];
} x_ary;
} x_fcnary;
char x_tvndx[2]; /* tv index */
} x_sym;
union
{
char x_fname[E_FILNMLEN];
struct
{
char x_zeroes[4];
char x_offset[4];
} x_n;
} x_file;
struct
{
char x_scnlen[4]; /* section length */
char x_nreloc[2]; /* # relocation entries */
char x_nlinno[2]; /* # line numbers */
} x_scn;
struct
{
char x_tvfill[4]; /* tv fill value */
char x_tvlen[2]; /* length of .tv */
char x_tvran[2][2]; /* tv range */
} x_tv; /* info about .tv section (in auxent of symbol .tv)) */
/******************************************
* I960-specific *2nd* aux. entry formats
******************************************/
struct
{
/* This is a very old typo that keeps getting propagated. */
#define x_stdindx x_stindx
char x_stindx[4]; /* sys. table entry */
} x_sc; /* system call entry */
struct
{
char x_balntry[4]; /* BAL entry point */
} x_bal; /* BAL-callable function */
struct
{
char x_timestamp[4]; /* time stamp */
char x_idstring[20]; /* producer identity string */
} x_ident; /* Producer ident info */
};
#define SYMENT struct external_syment
#define SYMESZ 24
#define AUXENT union external_auxent
#define AUXESZ 24
# define _ETEXT "_etext"
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_type[2];
char pad[2];
};
/* r_type values for the i960. */
/* The i960 uses R_RELLONG, which is defined in internal.h as 0x11.
It is an absolute 32 bit relocation. */
#define R_IPRMED (0x19) /* 24-bit ip-relative relocation */
#define R_OPTCALL (0x1b) /* 32-bit optimizable call (leafproc/sysproc) */
#define R_OPTCALLX (0x1c) /* 64-bit optimizable call (leafproc/sysproc) */
/* The following relocation types are defined use by relaxing linkers,
which convert 32 bit calls (which require a 64 bit instruction)
into 24 bit calls (which require a 32 bit instruction) when
possible. It will be possible whenever the target of the call is
within a 24 bit range of the call instruction.
It is always safe to ignore these relocations. They only serve to
mark points which the relaxing linker will have to consider. The
assembler must ensure that the correct code is generated even if
the relocations are ignored. In particular, this means that the
R_IPR13 relocation may not appear with an external symbol. */
#define R_IPR13 (0x1d) /* 13 bit ip-relative branch */
#define R_ALIGN (0x1e) /* alignment marker. This has no
associated symbol. Instead, the
r_symndx field indicates the
require alignment at this point in
the file. It must be a power of 2. */
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 12

89
include/coff/ia64.h
View File

@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for HP/Intel IA-64.
Copyright 2000, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#define DO_NOT_DEFINE_AOUTHDR
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 2
#define INCLUDE_COMDAT_FIELDS_IN_AUXENT
#include "coff/external.h"
#define IA64MAGIC 0x200
#define IA64BADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != IA64MAGIC))
/* Bits for f_flags:
* F_RELFLG relocation info stripped from file
* F_EXEC file is executable (no unresolved external references)
* F_LNNO line numbers stripped from file
* F_LSYMS local symbols stripped from file
* F_AR32WR file has byte ordering of an AR32WR machine (e.g. vax)
*/
#define F_RELFLG (0x0001)
#define F_EXEC (0x0002)
#define F_LNNO (0x0004)
#define F_LSYMS (0x0008)
/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/
typedef struct
{
char magic[2]; /* type of file */
char vstamp[2]; /* version stamp */
char tsize[4]; /* text size in bytes, padded to FW bdry*/
char dsize[4]; /* initialized data " " */
char bsize[4]; /* uninitialized data " " */
char entry[4]; /* entry pt. */
char text_start[4]; /* base of text used for this file */
#ifndef BFD64
char data_start[4]; /* base of data used for this file */
#endif
}
AOUTHDR;
#define PE32MAGIC 0x10b /* 32-bit image */
#define PE32PMAGIC 0x20b /* 32-bit image inside 64-bit address space */
#define PE32PBADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != PE32PMAGIC))
#define AOUTSZ 108
#define AOUTHDRSZ 108
#define OMAGIC 0404 /* object files, eg as output */
#define ZMAGIC 0413 /* demand load format, eg normal ld output */
#define STMAGIC 0401 /* target shlib */
#define SHMAGIC 0443 /* host shlib */
/* define some NT default values */
/* #define NT_IMAGE_BASE 0x400000 moved to internal.h */
#define NT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 0x1000
#define NT_FILE_ALIGNMENT 0x200
#define NT_DEF_RESERVE 0x100000
#define NT_DEF_COMMIT 0x1000
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_type[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 10

830
include/coff/internal.h
View File

@ -1,830 +0,0 @@
/* Internal format of COFF object file data structures, for GNU BFD.
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004. 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009,
2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef GNU_COFF_INTERNAL_H
#define GNU_COFF_INTERNAL_H 1
/* First, make "signed char" work, even on old compilers. */
#ifndef signed
#ifndef __STDC__
#define signed /**/
#endif
#endif
/********************** FILE HEADER **********************/
/* extra stuff in a PE header. */
struct internal_extra_pe_filehdr
{
/* DOS header data follows for PE stuff */
unsigned short e_magic; /* Magic number, 0x5a4d */
unsigned short e_cblp; /* Bytes on last page of file, 0x90 */
unsigned short e_cp; /* Pages in file, 0x3 */
unsigned short e_crlc; /* Relocations, 0x0 */
unsigned short e_cparhdr; /* Size of header in paragraphs, 0x4 */
unsigned short e_minalloc; /* Minimum extra paragraphs needed, 0x0 */
unsigned short e_maxalloc; /* Maximum extra paragraphs needed, 0xFFFF */
unsigned short e_ss; /* Initial (relative) SS value, 0x0 */
unsigned short e_sp; /* Initial SP value, 0xb8 */
unsigned short e_csum; /* Checksum, 0x0 */
unsigned short e_ip; /* Initial IP value, 0x0 */
unsigned short e_cs; /* Initial (relative) CS value, 0x0 */
unsigned short e_lfarlc; /* File address of relocation table, 0x40 */
unsigned short e_ovno; /* Overlay number, 0x0 */
unsigned short e_res[4]; /* Reserved words, all 0x0 */
unsigned short e_oemid; /* OEM identifier (for e_oeminfo), 0x0 */
unsigned short e_oeminfo; /* OEM information; e_oemid specific, 0x0 */
unsigned short e_res2[10]; /* Reserved words, all 0x0 */
bfd_vma e_lfanew; /* File address of new exe header, 0x80 */
unsigned long dos_message[16]; /* text which always follows dos header */
bfd_vma nt_signature; /* required NT signature, 0x4550 */
};
#define GO32_STUBSIZE 2048
struct internal_filehdr
{
struct internal_extra_pe_filehdr pe;
/* coff-stgo32 EXE stub header before BFD tdata has been allocated.
Its data is kept in INTERNAL_FILEHDR.GO32STUB afterwards.
F_GO32STUB is set iff go32stub contains a valid data. Artifical headers
created in BFD have no pre-set go32stub. */
char go32stub[GO32_STUBSIZE];
/* Standard coff internal info. */
unsigned short f_magic; /* magic number */
unsigned short f_nscns; /* number of sections */
long f_timdat; /* time & date stamp */
bfd_vma f_symptr; /* file pointer to symtab */
long f_nsyms; /* number of symtab entries */
unsigned short f_opthdr; /* sizeof(optional hdr) */
unsigned short f_flags; /* flags */
unsigned short f_target_id; /* (TI COFF specific) */
};
/* Bits for f_flags:
F_RELFLG relocation info stripped from file
F_EXEC file is executable (no unresolved external references)
F_LNNO line numbers stripped from file
F_LSYMS local symbols stripped from file
F_AR16WR file is 16-bit little-endian
F_AR32WR file is 32-bit little-endian
F_AR32W file is 32-bit big-endian
F_DYNLOAD rs/6000 aix: dynamically loadable w/imports & exports
F_SHROBJ rs/6000 aix: file is a shared object
F_DLL PE format DLL
F_GO32STUB Field go32stub contains valid data. */
#define F_RELFLG (0x0001)
#define F_EXEC (0x0002)
#define F_LNNO (0x0004)
#define F_LSYMS (0x0008)
#define F_AR16WR (0x0080)
#define F_AR32WR (0x0100)
#define F_AR32W (0x0200)
#define F_DYNLOAD (0x1000)
#define F_SHROBJ (0x2000)
#define F_DLL (0x2000)
#define F_GO32STUB (0x4000)
/* Extra structure which is used in the optional header. */
typedef struct _IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY
{
bfd_vma VirtualAddress;
long Size;
} IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY;
#define PE_EXPORT_TABLE 0
#define PE_IMPORT_TABLE 1
#define PE_RESOURCE_TABLE 2
#define PE_EXCEPTION_TABLE 3
#define PE_CERTIFICATE_TABLE 4
#define PE_BASE_RELOCATION_TABLE 5
#define PE_DEBUG_DATA 6
#define PE_ARCHITECTURE 7
#define PE_GLOBAL_PTR 8
#define PE_TLS_TABLE 9
#define PE_LOAD_CONFIG_TABLE 10
#define PE_BOUND_IMPORT_TABLE 11
#define PE_IMPORT_ADDRESS_TABLE 12
#define PE_DELAY_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR 13
#define PE_CLR_RUNTIME_HEADER 14
/* DataDirectory[15] is currently reserved, so no define. */
#define IMAGE_NUMBEROF_DIRECTORY_ENTRIES 16
/* Default image base for NT. */
#define NT_EXE_IMAGE_BASE 0x400000
#define NT_DLL_IMAGE_BASE 0x10000000
/* Default image base for BeOS. */
#define BEOS_EXE_IMAGE_BASE 0x80000000
#define BEOS_DLL_IMAGE_BASE 0x10000000
/* Extra stuff in a PE aouthdr */
#define PE_DEF_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 0x1000
#ifndef PE_DEF_FILE_ALIGNMENT
# define PE_DEF_FILE_ALIGNMENT 0x200
#endif
struct internal_extra_pe_aouthdr
{
/* FIXME: The following entries are in AOUTHDR. But they aren't
available internally in bfd. We add them here so that objdump
can dump them. */
/* The state of the image file */
short Magic;
/* Linker major version number */
char MajorLinkerVersion;
/* Linker minor version number */
char MinorLinkerVersion;
/* Total size of all code sections */
long SizeOfCode;
/* Total size of all initialized data sections */
long SizeOfInitializedData;
/* Total size of all uninitialized data sections */
long SizeOfUninitializedData;
/* Address of entry point relative to image base. */
bfd_vma AddressOfEntryPoint;
/* Address of the first code section relative to image base. */
bfd_vma BaseOfCode;
/* Address of the first data section relative to image base. */
bfd_vma BaseOfData;
/* PE stuff */
bfd_vma ImageBase; /* address of specific location in memory that
file is located, NT default 0x10000 */
bfd_vma SectionAlignment; /* section alignment default 0x1000 */
bfd_vma FileAlignment; /* file alignment default 0x200 */
short MajorOperatingSystemVersion; /* minimum version of the operating */
short MinorOperatingSystemVersion; /* system req'd for exe, default to 1*/
short MajorImageVersion; /* user defineable field to store version of */
short MinorImageVersion; /* exe or dll being created, default to 0 */
short MajorSubsystemVersion; /* minimum subsystem version required to */
short MinorSubsystemVersion; /* run exe; default to 3.1 */
long Reserved1; /* seems to be 0 */
long SizeOfImage; /* size of memory to allocate for prog */
long SizeOfHeaders; /* size of PE header and section table */
long CheckSum; /* set to 0 */
short Subsystem;
/* type of subsystem exe uses for user interface,
possible values:
1 - NATIVE Doesn't require a subsystem
2 - WINDOWS_GUI runs in Windows GUI subsystem
3 - WINDOWS_CUI runs in Windows char sub. (console app)
5 - OS2_CUI runs in OS/2 character subsystem
7 - POSIX_CUI runs in Posix character subsystem */
unsigned short DllCharacteristics; /* flags for DLL init */
bfd_vma SizeOfStackReserve; /* amount of memory to reserve */
bfd_vma SizeOfStackCommit; /* amount of memory initially committed for
initial thread's stack, default is 0x1000 */
bfd_vma SizeOfHeapReserve; /* amount of virtual memory to reserve and */
bfd_vma SizeOfHeapCommit; /* commit, don't know what to defaut it to */
long LoaderFlags; /* can probably set to 0 */
long NumberOfRvaAndSizes; /* number of entries in next entry, 16 */
IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY DataDirectory[IMAGE_NUMBEROF_DIRECTORY_ENTRIES];
};
/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/
struct internal_aouthdr
{
short magic; /* type of file */
short vstamp; /* version stamp */
bfd_vma tsize; /* text size in bytes, padded to FW bdry*/
bfd_vma dsize; /* initialized data " " */
bfd_vma bsize; /* uninitialized data " " */
bfd_vma entry; /* entry pt. */
bfd_vma text_start; /* base of text used for this file */
bfd_vma data_start; /* base of data used for this file */
/* i960 stuff */
unsigned long tagentries; /* number of tag entries to follow */
/* RS/6000 stuff */
bfd_vma o_toc; /* address of TOC */
short o_snentry; /* section number for entry point */
short o_sntext; /* section number for text */
short o_sndata; /* section number for data */
short o_sntoc; /* section number for toc */
short o_snloader; /* section number for loader section */
short o_snbss; /* section number for bss */
short o_algntext; /* max alignment for text */
short o_algndata; /* max alignment for data */
short o_modtype; /* Module type field, 1R,RE,RO */
short o_cputype; /* Encoded CPU type */
bfd_vma o_maxstack; /* max stack size allowed. */
bfd_vma o_maxdata; /* max data size allowed. */
/* ECOFF stuff */
bfd_vma bss_start; /* Base of bss section. */
bfd_vma gp_value; /* GP register value. */
unsigned long gprmask; /* General registers used. */
unsigned long cprmask[4]; /* Coprocessor registers used. */
unsigned long fprmask; /* Floating pointer registers used. */
/* Apollo stuff */
long o_inlib; /* inlib data */
long o_sri; /* Static Resource Information */
long vid[2]; /* Version id */
struct internal_extra_pe_aouthdr pe;
};
/********************** STORAGE CLASSES **********************/
/* This used to be defined as -1, but now n_sclass is unsigned. */
#define C_EFCN 0xff /* physical end of function */
#define C_NULL 0
#define C_AUTO 1 /* automatic variable */
#define C_EXT 2 /* external symbol */
#define C_STAT 3 /* static */
#define C_REG 4 /* register variable */
#define C_EXTDEF 5 /* external definition */
#define C_LABEL 6 /* label */
#define C_ULABEL 7 /* undefined label */
#define C_MOS 8 /* member of structure */
#define C_ARG 9 /* function argument */
#define C_STRTAG 10 /* structure tag */
#define C_MOU 11 /* member of union */
#define C_UNTAG 12 /* union tag */
#define C_TPDEF 13 /* type definition */
#define C_USTATIC 14 /* undefined static */
#define C_ENTAG 15 /* enumeration tag */
#define C_MOE 16 /* member of enumeration */
#define C_REGPARM 17 /* register parameter */
#define C_FIELD 18 /* bit field */
#define C_AUTOARG 19 /* auto argument */
#define C_LASTENT 20 /* dummy entry (end of block) */
#define C_BLOCK 100 /* ".bb" or ".eb" */
#define C_FCN 101 /* ".bf" or ".ef" */
#define C_EOS 102 /* end of structure */
#define C_FILE 103 /* file name */
#define C_LINE 104 /* line # reformatted as symbol table entry */
#define C_ALIAS 105 /* duplicate tag */
#define C_HIDDEN 106 /* ext symbol in dmert public lib */
#define C_WEAKEXT 127 /* weak symbol -- GNU extension. */
/* New storage classes for TI COFF */
#define C_UEXT 19 /* Tentative external definition */
#define C_STATLAB 20 /* Static load time label */
#define C_EXTLAB 21 /* External load time label */
#define C_SYSTEM 23 /* System Wide variable */
/* New storage classes for WINDOWS_NT */
#define C_SECTION 104 /* section name */
#define C_NT_WEAK 105 /* weak external */
/* New storage classes for 80960 */
/* C_LEAFPROC is obsolete. Use C_LEAFEXT or C_LEAFSTAT */
#define C_LEAFPROC 108 /* Leaf procedure, "call" via BAL */
#define C_SCALL 107 /* Procedure reachable via system call */
#define C_LEAFEXT 108 /* External leaf */
#define C_LEAFSTAT 113 /* Static leaf */
#define C_OPTVAR 109 /* Optimized variable */
#define C_DEFINE 110 /* Preprocessor #define */
#define C_PRAGMA 111 /* Advice to compiler or linker */
#define C_SEGMENT 112 /* 80960 segment name */
/* Storage classes for m88k */
#define C_SHADOW 107 /* shadow symbol */
#define C_VERSION 108 /* coff version symbol */
/* New storage classes for RS/6000 */
#define C_HIDEXT 107 /* Un-named external symbol */
#define C_BINCL 108 /* Marks beginning of include file */
#define C_EINCL 109 /* Marks ending of include file */
#define C_AIX_WEAKEXT 111 /* AIX definition of C_WEAKEXT. */
#define C_NULL_VALUE 0x00de1e00 /* Value for a C_NULL deleted entry. */
#if defined _AIX52 || defined AIX_WEAK_SUPPORT
#undef C_WEAKEXT
#define C_WEAKEXT C_AIX_WEAKEXT
#endif
/* storage classes for stab symbols for RS/6000 */
#define C_GSYM (0x80)
#define C_LSYM (0x81)
#define C_PSYM (0x82)
#define C_RSYM (0x83)
#define C_RPSYM (0x84)
#define C_STSYM (0x85)
#define C_TCSYM (0x86)
#define C_BCOMM (0x87)
#define C_ECOML (0x88)
#define C_ECOMM (0x89)
#define C_DECL (0x8c)
#define C_ENTRY (0x8d)
#define C_FUN (0x8e)
#define C_BSTAT (0x8f)
#define C_ESTAT (0x90)
#define C_GTLS (0x97)
#define C_STTLS (0x98)
/* Storage classes for Thumb symbols */
#define C_THUMBEXT (128 + C_EXT) /* 130 */
#define C_THUMBSTAT (128 + C_STAT) /* 131 */
#define C_THUMBLABEL (128 + C_LABEL) /* 134 */
#define C_THUMBEXTFUNC (C_THUMBEXT + 20) /* 150 */
#define C_THUMBSTATFUNC (C_THUMBSTAT + 20) /* 151 */
/* True if XCOFF symbols of class CLASS have auxillary csect information. */
#define CSECT_SYM_P(CLASS) \
((CLASS) == C_EXT || (CLASS) == C_AIX_WEAKEXT || (CLASS) == C_HIDEXT)
/********************** SECTION HEADER **********************/
#define SCNNMLEN (8)
struct internal_scnhdr
{
char s_name[SCNNMLEN]; /* section name */
/* Physical address, aliased s_nlib.
In the pei format, this field is the virtual section size
(the size of the section after being loaded int memory),
NOT the physical address. */
bfd_vma s_paddr;
bfd_vma s_vaddr; /* virtual address */
bfd_vma s_size; /* section size */
bfd_vma s_scnptr; /* file ptr to raw data for section */
bfd_vma s_relptr; /* file ptr to relocation */
bfd_vma s_lnnoptr; /* file ptr to line numbers */
unsigned long s_nreloc; /* number of relocation entries */
unsigned long s_nlnno; /* number of line number entries*/
long s_flags; /* flags */
long s_align; /* used on I960 */
unsigned char s_page; /* TI COFF load page */
};
/* s_flags "type". */
#define STYP_REG (0x0000) /* "regular": allocated, relocated, loaded */
#define STYP_DSECT (0x0001) /* "dummy": relocated only*/
#define STYP_NOLOAD (0x0002) /* "noload": allocated, relocated, not loaded */
#define STYP_GROUP (0x0004) /* "grouped": formed of input sections */
#define STYP_PAD (0x0008) /* "padding": not allocated, not relocated, loaded */
#define STYP_COPY (0x0010) /* "copy": for decision function used by field update; not allocated, not relocated,
loaded; reloc & lineno entries processed normally */
#define STYP_TEXT (0x0020) /* section contains text only */
#define S_SHRSEG (0x0020) /* In 3b Update files (output of ogen), sections which appear in SHARED segments of the Pfile
will have the S_SHRSEG flag set by ogen, to inform dufr that updating 1 copy of the proc. will
update all process invocations. */
#define STYP_DATA (0x0040) /* section contains data only */
#define STYP_BSS (0x0080) /* section contains bss only */
#define S_NEWFCN (0x0100) /* In a minimal file or an update file, a new function (as compared with a replaced function) */
#define STYP_INFO (0x0200) /* comment: not allocated not relocated, not loaded */
#define STYP_OVER (0x0400) /* overlay: relocated not allocated or loaded */
#define STYP_LIB (0x0800) /* for .lib: same as INFO */
#define STYP_MERGE (0x2000) /* merge section -- combines with text, data or bss sections only */
#define STYP_REVERSE_PAD (0x4000) /* section will be padded with no-op instructions
wherever padding is necessary and there is a
word of contiguous bytes beginning on a word
boundary. */
#define STYP_LIT 0x8020 /* Literal data (like STYP_TEXT) */
/********************** LINE NUMBERS **********************/
/* 1 line number entry for every "breakpointable" source line in a section.
Line numbers are grouped on a per function basis; first entry in a function
grouping will have l_lnno = 0 and in place of physical address will be the
symbol table index of the function name. */
struct internal_lineno
{
union
{
bfd_signed_vma l_symndx; /* function name symbol index, iff l_lnno == 0*/
bfd_signed_vma l_paddr; /* (physical) address of line number */
} l_addr;
unsigned long l_lnno; /* line number */
};
/********************** SYMBOLS **********************/
#define SYMNMLEN 8 /* # characters in a symbol name */
#define FILNMLEN 14 /* # characters in a file name */
#define DIMNUM 4 /* # array dimensions in auxiliary entry */
struct internal_syment
{
union
{
char _n_name[SYMNMLEN]; /* old COFF version */
struct
{
bfd_hostptr_t _n_zeroes; /* new == 0 */
bfd_hostptr_t _n_offset; /* offset into string table */
} _n_n;
char *_n_nptr[2]; /* allows for overlaying */
} _n;
bfd_vma n_value; /* value of symbol */
short n_scnum; /* section number */
unsigned short n_flags; /* copy of flags from filhdr */
unsigned short n_type; /* type and derived type */
unsigned char n_sclass; /* storage class */
unsigned char n_numaux; /* number of aux. entries */
};
#define n_name _n._n_name
#define n_zeroes _n._n_n._n_zeroes
#define n_offset _n._n_n._n_offset
/* Relocatable symbols have number of the section in which they are defined,
or one of the following: */
#define N_UNDEF ((short)0) /* undefined symbol */
#define N_ABS ((short)-1) /* value of symbol is absolute */
#define N_DEBUG ((short)-2) /* debugging symbol -- value is meaningless */
#define N_TV ((short)-3) /* indicates symbol needs preload transfer vector */
#define P_TV ((short)-4) /* indicates symbol needs postload transfer vector*/
/* Type of a symbol, in low N bits of the word. */
#define T_NULL 0
#define T_VOID 1 /* function argument (only used by compiler) */
#define T_CHAR 2 /* character */
#define T_SHORT 3 /* short integer */
#define T_INT 4 /* integer */
#define T_LONG 5 /* long integer */
#define T_FLOAT 6 /* floating point */
#define T_DOUBLE 7 /* double word */
#define T_STRUCT 8 /* structure */
#define T_UNION 9 /* union */
#define T_ENUM 10 /* enumeration */
#define T_MOE 11 /* member of enumeration*/
#define T_UCHAR 12 /* unsigned character */
#define T_USHORT 13 /* unsigned short */
#define T_UINT 14 /* unsigned integer */
#define T_ULONG 15 /* unsigned long */
#define T_LNGDBL 16 /* long double */
/* Derived types, in n_type. */
#define DT_NON (0) /* no derived type */
#define DT_PTR (1) /* pointer */
#define DT_FCN (2) /* function */
#define DT_ARY (3) /* array */
#define BTYPE(x) ((x) & N_BTMASK)
#define DTYPE(x) (((x) & N_TMASK) >> N_BTSHFT)
#define ISPTR(x) \
(((unsigned long) (x) & N_TMASK) == ((unsigned long) DT_PTR << N_BTSHFT))
#define ISFCN(x) \
(((unsigned long) (x) & N_TMASK) == ((unsigned long) DT_FCN << N_BTSHFT))
#define ISARY(x) \
(((unsigned long) (x) & N_TMASK) == ((unsigned long) DT_ARY << N_BTSHFT))
#define ISTAG(x) \
((x) == C_STRTAG || (x) == C_UNTAG || (x) == C_ENTAG)
#define DECREF(x) \
((((x) >> N_TSHIFT) & ~ N_BTMASK) | ((x) & N_BTMASK))
union internal_auxent
{
struct
{
union
{
long l; /* str, un, or enum tag indx */
struct coff_ptr_struct *p;
} x_tagndx;
union
{
struct
{
unsigned short x_lnno; /* declaration line number */
unsigned short x_size; /* str/union/array size */
} x_lnsz;
long x_fsize; /* size of function */
} x_misc;
union
{
struct
{ /* if ISFCN, tag, or .bb */
bfd_signed_vma x_lnnoptr; /* ptr to fcn line # */
union
{ /* entry ndx past block end */
long l;
struct coff_ptr_struct *p;
} x_endndx;
} x_fcn;
struct
{ /* if ISARY, up to 4 dimen. */
unsigned short x_dimen[DIMNUM];
} x_ary;
} x_fcnary;
unsigned short x_tvndx; /* tv index */
} x_sym;
union
{
char x_fname[FILNMLEN];
struct
{
long x_zeroes;
long x_offset;
} x_n;
} x_file;
struct
{
long x_scnlen; /* section length */
unsigned short x_nreloc; /* # relocation entries */
unsigned short x_nlinno; /* # line numbers */
unsigned long x_checksum; /* section COMDAT checksum for PE */
unsigned short x_associated; /* COMDAT associated section index for PE */
unsigned char x_comdat; /* COMDAT selection number for PE */
} x_scn;
struct
{
long x_tvfill; /* tv fill value */
unsigned short x_tvlen; /* length of .tv */
unsigned short x_tvran[2]; /* tv range */
} x_tv; /* info about .tv section (in auxent of symbol .tv)) */
/******************************************
* RS/6000-specific auxent - last auxent for every external symbol
******************************************/
struct
{
union
{ /* csect length or enclosing csect */
bfd_signed_vma l;
struct coff_ptr_struct *p;
} x_scnlen;
long x_parmhash; /* parm type hash index */
unsigned short x_snhash; /* sect num with parm hash */
unsigned char x_smtyp; /* symbol align and type */
/* 0-4 - Log 2 of alignment */
/* 5-7 - symbol type */
unsigned char x_smclas; /* storage mapping class */
long x_stab; /* dbx stab info index */
unsigned short x_snstab; /* sect num with dbx stab */
} x_csect; /* csect definition information */
/* x_smtyp values: */
#define SMTYP_ALIGN(x) ((x) >> 3) /* log2 of alignment */
#define SMTYP_SMTYP(x) ((x) & 0x7) /* symbol type */
/* Symbol type values: */
#define XTY_ER 0 /* External reference */
#define XTY_SD 1 /* Csect definition */
#define XTY_LD 2 /* Label definition */
#define XTY_CM 3 /* .BSS */
#define XTY_EM 4 /* Error message */
#define XTY_US 5 /* "Reserved for internal use" */
/* x_smclas values: */
#define XMC_PR 0 /* Read-only program code */
#define XMC_RO 1 /* Read-only constant */
#define XMC_DB 2 /* Read-only debug dictionary table */
#define XMC_TC 3 /* Read-write general TOC entry */
#define XMC_UA 4 /* Read-write unclassified */
#define XMC_RW 5 /* Read-write data */
#define XMC_GL 6 /* Read-only global linkage */
#define XMC_XO 7 /* Read-only extended operation */
#define XMC_SV 8 /* Read-only supervisor call */
#define XMC_BS 9 /* Read-write BSS */
#define XMC_DS 10 /* Read-write descriptor csect */
#define XMC_UC 11 /* Read-write unnamed Fortran common */
#define XMC_TI 12 /* Read-only traceback index csect */
#define XMC_TB 13 /* Read-only traceback table csect */
/* 14 ??? */
#define XMC_TC0 15 /* Read-write TOC anchor */
#define XMC_TD 16 /* Read-write data in TOC */
/******************************************
* I960-specific *2nd* aux. entry formats
******************************************/
struct
{
/* This is a very old typo that keeps getting propagated. */
#define x_stdindx x_stindx
long x_stindx; /* sys. table entry */
} x_sc; /* system call entry */
struct
{
unsigned long x_balntry; /* BAL entry point */
} x_bal; /* BAL-callable function */
struct
{
unsigned long x_timestamp; /* time stamp */
char x_idstring[20]; /* producer identity string */
} x_ident; /* Producer ident info */
};
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
struct internal_reloc
{
bfd_vma r_vaddr; /* Virtual address of reference */
long r_symndx; /* Index into symbol table */
unsigned short r_type; /* Relocation type */
unsigned char r_size; /* Used by RS/6000 and ECOFF */
unsigned char r_extern; /* Used by ECOFF */
unsigned long r_offset; /* Used by Alpha ECOFF, SPARC, others */
};
/* X86-64 relocations. */
#define R_AMD64_ABS 0 /* Reference is absolute, no relocation is necessary. */
#define R_AMD64_DIR64 1 /* 64-bit address (VA). */
#define R_AMD64_DIR32 2 /* 32-bit address (VA) R_DIR32. */
#define R_AMD64_IMAGEBASE 3 /* 32-bit absolute ref w/o base R_IMAGEBASE. */
#define R_AMD64_PCRLONG 4 /* 32-bit relative address from byte following reloc R_PCRLONG. */
#define R_AMD64_PCRLONG_1 5 /* 32-bit relative address from byte distance 1 from reloc. */
#define R_AMD64_PCRLONG_2 6 /* 32-bit relative address from byte distance 2 from reloc. */
#define R_AMD64_PCRLONG_3 7 /* 32-bit relative address from byte distance 3 from reloc. */
#define R_AMD64_PCRLONG_4 8 /* 32-bit relative address from byte distance 4 from reloc. */
#define R_AMD64_PCRLONG_5 9 /* 32-bit relative address from byte distance 5 from reloc. */
#define R_AMD64_SECTION 10 /* Section index. */
#define R_AMD64_SECREL 11 /* 32 bit offset from base of section containing target R_SECREL. */
#define R_AMD64_SECREL7 12 /* 7 bit unsigned offset from base of section containing target. */
#define R_AMD64_TOKEN 13 /* 32 bit metadata token. */
#define R_AMD64_PCRQUAD 14 /* Pseude PC64 relocation - Note: not specified by MS/AMD but need for gas pc-relative 64bit wide relocation generated by ELF. */
/* i386 Relocations. */
#define R_DIR16 1
#define R_REL24 5
#define R_DIR32 6
#define R_IMAGEBASE 7
#define R_SECREL32 11
#define R_RELBYTE 15
#define R_RELWORD 16
#define R_RELLONG 17
#define R_PCRBYTE 18
#define R_PCRWORD 19
#define R_PCRLONG 20
#define R_PCR24 21
#define R_IPRSHORT 24
#define R_IPRLONG 26
#define R_GETSEG 29
#define R_GETPA 30
#define R_TAGWORD 31
#define R_JUMPTARG 32 /* strange 29k 00xx00xx reloc */
#define R_PARTLS16 32
#define R_PARTMS8 33
#define R_PCR16L 128
#define R_PCR26L 129
#define R_VRT16 130
#define R_HVRT16 131
#define R_LVRT16 132
#define R_VRT32 133
/* This reloc identifies mov.b instructions with a 16bit absolute
address. The linker tries to turn insns with this reloc into
an absolute 8-bit address. */
#define R_MOV16B1 0x41
/* This reloc identifies mov.b instructions which had a 16bit
absolute address which have been shortened into a 8-bit
absolute address. */
#define R_MOV16B2 0x42
/* This reloc identifies jmp insns with a 16bit target address;
the linker tries to turn these insns into bra insns with
an 8bit pc-relative target. */
#define R_JMP1 0x43
/* This reloc identifies a bra with an 8-bit pc-relative
target that was formerly a jmp insn with a 16bit target. */
#define R_JMP2 0x44
/* ??? */
#define R_RELLONG_NEG 0x45
/* This reloc identifies jmp insns with a 24bit target address;
the linker tries to turn these insns into bra insns with
an 8bit pc-relative target. */
#define R_JMPL1 0x46
/* This reloc identifies a bra with an 8-bit pc-relative
target that was formerly a jmp insn with a 24bit target. */
#define R_JMPL2 0x47
/* This reloc identifies mov.b instructions with a 24bit absolute
address. The linker tries to turn insns with this reloc into
an absolute 8-bit address. */
#define R_MOV24B1 0x48
/* This reloc identifies mov.b instructions which had a 24bit
absolute address which have been shortened into a 8-bit
absolute address. */
#define R_MOV24B2 0x49
/* An h8300 memory indirect jump/call. Forces the address of the jump/call
target into the function vector (in page zero), and the address of the
vector entry to be placed in the jump/call instruction. */
#define R_MEM_INDIRECT 0x4a
/* This reloc identifies a 16bit pc-relative branch target which was
shortened into an 8bit pc-relative branch target. */
#define R_PCRWORD_B 0x4b
/* This reloc identifies mov.[wl] instructions with a 32/24 bit
absolute address; the linker may turn this into a mov.[wl]
insn with a 16bit absolute address. */
#define R_MOVL1 0x4c
/* This reloc identifies mov.[wl] insns which formerly had
a 32/24bit absolute address and now have a 16bit absolute address. */
#define R_MOVL2 0x4d
/* This reloc identifies a bCC:8 which will have it's condition
inverted and its target redirected to the target of the branch
in the following insn. */
#define R_BCC_INV 0x4e
/* This reloc identifies a jmp instruction that has been deleted. */
#define R_JMP_DEL 0x4f
/* Z8k modes */
#define R_IMM16 0x01 /* 16 bit abs */
#define R_JR 0x02 /* jr 8 bit disp */
#define R_IMM4L 0x23 /* low nibble */
#define R_IMM8 0x22 /* 8 bit abs */
#define R_IMM32 R_RELLONG /* 32 bit abs */
#define R_CALL R_DA /* Absolute address which could be a callr */
#define R_JP R_DA /* Absolute address which could be a jp */
#define R_REL16 0x04 /* 16 bit PC rel */
#define R_CALLR 0x05 /* callr 12 bit disp */
#define R_SEG 0x10 /* set if in segmented mode */
#define R_IMM4H 0x24 /* high nibble */
#define R_DISP7 0x25 /* djnz displacement */
/* Z80 modes */
#define R_OFF8 0x32 /* 8 bit signed abs, for (i[xy]+d) */
#define R_IMM24 0x33 /* 24 bit abs */
/* R_JR, R_IMM8, R_IMM16, R_IMM32 - as for Z8k */
/* H8500 modes */
#define R_H8500_IMM8 1 /* 8 bit immediate */
#define R_H8500_IMM16 2 /* 16 bit immediate */
#define R_H8500_PCREL8 3 /* 8 bit pcrel */
#define R_H8500_PCREL16 4 /* 16 bit pcrel */
#define R_H8500_HIGH8 5 /* high 8 bits of 24 bit address */
#define R_H8500_LOW16 7 /* low 16 bits of 24 bit immediate */
#define R_H8500_IMM24 6 /* 24 bit immediate */
#define R_H8500_IMM32 8 /* 32 bit immediate */
#define R_H8500_HIGH16 9 /* high 16 bits of 32 bit immediate */
/* W65 modes */
#define R_W65_ABS8 1 /* addr & 0xff */
#define R_W65_ABS16 2 /* addr & 0xffff */
#define R_W65_ABS24 3 /* addr & 0xffffff */
#define R_W65_ABS8S8 4 /* (addr >> 8) & 0xff */
#define R_W65_ABS8S16 5 /* (addr >> 16) & 0xff */
#define R_W65_ABS16S8 6 /* (addr >> 8) & 0ffff */
#define R_W65_ABS16S16 7 /* (addr >> 16) & 0ffff */
#define R_W65_PCR8 8
#define R_W65_PCR16 9
#define R_W65_DP 10 /* direct page 8 bits only */
#endif /* GNU_COFF_INTERNAL_H */

82
include/coff/m68k.h
View File

@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for M68K
Copyright 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef GNU_COFF_M68K_H
#define GNU_COFF_M68K_H 1
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 2
#include "coff/external.h"
/* Motorola 68000/68008/68010/68020 */
#define MC68MAGIC 0520
#define MC68KWRMAGIC 0520 /* writeable text segments */
#define MC68TVMAGIC 0521
#define MC68KROMAGIC 0521 /* readonly shareable text segments */
#define MC68KPGMAGIC 0522 /* demand paged text segments */
#define M68MAGIC 0210
#define M68TVMAGIC 0211
/* This is the magic of the Bull dpx/2 */
#define MC68KBCSMAGIC 0526
/* This is Lynx's all-platform magic number for executables. */
#define LYNXCOFFMAGIC 0415
#define OMAGIC M68MAGIC
/* This intentionally does not include MC68KBCSMAGIC; it only includes
magic numbers which imply that names do not have underscores. */
#define M68KBADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != MC68MAGIC) \
&& ((x).f_magic != MC68KWRMAGIC) \
&& ((x).f_magic != MC68TVMAGIC) \
&& ((x).f_magic != MC68KROMAGIC) \
&& ((x).f_magic != MC68KPGMAGIC) \
&& ((x).f_magic != M68MAGIC) \
&& ((x).f_magic != M68TVMAGIC) \
&& ((x).f_magic != LYNXCOFFMAGIC))
/* Magic numbers for the a.out header. */
#define PAGEMAGICEXECSWAPPED 0407 /* executable (swapped) */
#define PAGEMAGICPEXECSWAPPED 0410 /* pure executable (swapped) */
#define PAGEMAGICPEXECTSHLIB 0443 /* pure executable (target shared library) */
#define PAGEMAGICPEXECPAGED 0413 /* pure executable (paged) */
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_type[2];
#ifdef M68K_COFF_OFFSET
char r_offset[4];
#endif
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#ifdef M68K_COFF_OFFSET
#define RELSZ 14
#else
#define RELSZ 10
#endif
#endif /* GNU_COFF_M68K_H */

197
include/coff/m88k.h
View File

@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for 88k bcs
Copyright 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#define DO_NOT_DEFINE_SCNHDR
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 4
#define DO_NOT_DEFINE_SYMENT
#define DO_NOT_DEFINE_AUXENT
#include "coff/external.h"
#define MC88MAGIC 0540 /* 88k BCS executable */
#define MC88DMAGIC 0541 /* DG/UX executable */
#define MC88OMAGIC 0555 /* Object file */
#define MC88BADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != MC88MAGIC) \
&& ((x).f_magic != MC88DMAGIC) \
&& ((x).f_magic != MC88OMAGIC))
#define PAGEMAGIC3 0414 /* Split i&d, zero mapped */
#define PAGEMAGICBCS 0413
/********************** SECTION HEADER **********************/
struct external_scnhdr
{
char s_name[8]; /* section name */
char s_paddr[4]; /* physical address, aliased s_nlib */
char s_vaddr[4]; /* virtual address */
char s_size[4]; /* section size */
char s_scnptr[4]; /* file ptr to raw data for section */
char s_relptr[4]; /* file ptr to relocation */
char s_lnnoptr[4]; /* file ptr to line numbers */
char s_nreloc[4]; /* number of relocation entries */
char s_nlnno[4]; /* number of line number entries*/
char s_flags[4]; /* flags */
};
#define SCNHDR struct external_scnhdr
#define SCNHSZ 44
/* Names of "special" sections. */
#define _TEXT ".text"
#define _DATA ".data"
#define _BSS ".bss"
#define _COMMENT ".comment"
/********************** SYMBOLS **********************/
#define E_SYMNMLEN 8 /* # characters in a symbol name */
#define E_FILNMLEN 14 /* # characters in a file name */
#define E_DIMNUM 4 /* # array dimensions in auxiliary entry */
struct external_syment
{
union
{
char e_name[E_SYMNMLEN];
struct
{
char e_zeroes[4];
char e_offset[4];
} e;
} e;
char e_value[4];
char e_scnum[2];
char e_type[2];
char e_sclass[1];
char e_numaux[1];
char pad2[2];
};
#define N_BTMASK 017
#define N_TMASK 060
#define N_BTSHFT 4
#define N_TSHIFT 2
/* Note that this isn't the same shape as other coffs */
union external_auxent
{
struct
{
char x_tagndx[4]; /* str, un, or enum tag indx */
/* 4 */
union
{
char x_fsize[4]; /* size of function */
struct
{
char x_lnno[4]; /* declaration line number */
char x_size[4]; /* str/union/array size */
} x_lnsz;
} x_misc;
/* 12 */
union
{
struct /* if ISFCN, tag, or .bb */
{
char x_lnnoptr[4]; /* ptr to fcn line # */
char x_endndx[4]; /* entry ndx past block end */
} x_fcn;
struct /* if ISARY, up to 4 dimen. */
{
char x_dimen[E_DIMNUM][2];
} x_ary;
} x_fcnary;
/* 20 */
} x_sym;
union
{
char x_fname[E_FILNMLEN];
struct
{
char x_zeroes[4];
char x_offset[4];
} x_n;
} x_file;
struct
{
char x_scnlen[4]; /* section length */
char x_nreloc[4]; /* # relocation entries */
char x_nlinno[4]; /* # line numbers */
} x_scn;
struct
{
char x_tvfill[4]; /* tv fill value */
char x_tvlen[2]; /* length of .tv */
char x_tvran[2][2]; /* tv range */
} x_tv; /* info about .tv section (in auxent of symbol .tv)) */
};
#define GET_LNSZ_SIZE(abfd, ext) \
H_GET_32 (abfd, ext->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size)
#define GET_LNSZ_LNNO(abfd, ext) \
H_GET_32 (abfd, ext->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_lnno)
#define PUT_LNSZ_LNNO(abfd, in, ext) \
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in, ext->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_lnno)
#define PUT_LNSZ_SIZE(abfd, in, ext) \
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in, ext->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size)
#define GET_SCN_NRELOC(abfd, ext) \
H_GET_32 (abfd, ext->x_scn.x_nreloc)
#define GET_SCN_NLINNO(abfd, ext) \
H_GET_32 (abfd, ext->x_scn.x_nlinno)
#define PUT_SCN_NRELOC(abfd, in, ext) \
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in, ext->x_scn.x_nreloc)
#define PUT_SCN_NLINNO(abfd, in, ext) \
H_PUT_32 (abfd,in, ext->x_scn.x_nlinno)
#define SYMENT struct external_syment
#define SYMESZ 20
#define AUXENT union external_auxent
#define AUXESZ 20
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_type[2];
char r_offset[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 12
#define NO_TVNDX

72
include/coff/mcore.h
View File

@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
/* Motorola MCore support for BFD.
Copyright 1999, 2000, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* This file holds definitions specific to the MCore COFF/PE ABI. */
#ifndef _COFF_MORE_H
#define _COFF_MORE_H
#define INCLUDE_COMDAT_FIELDS_IN_AUXENT
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 2
#include "coff/external.h"
#define MCOREMAGIC 0xb00 /* I just made this up */
#define MCOREBADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != MCOREMAGIC))
#define E_DIMNUM 4 /* # array dimensions in auxiliary entry */
#define IMAGE_REL_MCORE_ABSOLUTE 0x0000
#define IMAGE_REL_MCORE_ADDR32 0x0001
#define IMAGE_REL_MCORE_PCREL_IMM8BY4 0x0002
#define IMAGE_REL_MCORE_PCREL_IMM11BY2 0x0003
#define IMAGE_REL_MCORE_PCREL_IMM4BY2 0x0004
#define IMAGE_REL_MCORE_PCREL_32 0x0005
#define IMAGE_REL_MCORE_PCREL_JSR_IMM11BY2 0x0006
#define IMAGE_REL_MCORE_RVA 0x0007
#define PEMCORE
#define OMAGIC 0404 /* object files, eg as output */
#define ZMAGIC 0413 /* demand load format, eg normal ld output */
#define STMAGIC 0401 /* target shlib */
#define SHMAGIC 0443 /* host shlib */
/* From winnt.h */
#define IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR_MAGIC 0x10b
/* Define some NT default values. */
#define NT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 0x1000
#define NT_FILE_ALIGNMENT 0x200
#define NT_DEF_RESERVE 0x100000
#define NT_DEF_COMMIT 0x1000
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr [4];
char r_symndx [4];
char r_type [2];
char r_offset [4];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 14
#endif /* __COFF_MCORE_H */

344
include/coff/mips.h
View File

@ -1,344 +0,0 @@
/* ECOFF support on MIPS machines.
coff/ecoff.h must be included before this file.
Copyright 1999, 2004, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#define DO_NOT_DEFINE_AOUTHDR
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 4
#include "coff/external.h"
/* Magic numbers are defined in coff/ecoff.h. */
#define MIPS_ECOFF_BADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic!=MIPS_MAGIC_1) && \
((x).f_magic!=MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE) &&\
((x).f_magic!=MIPS_MAGIC_BIG) && \
((x).f_magic!=MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE2) && \
((x).f_magic!=MIPS_MAGIC_BIG2) && \
((x).f_magic!=MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE3) && \
((x).f_magic!=MIPS_MAGIC_BIG3))
/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/
typedef struct external_aouthdr
{
unsigned char magic[2]; /* type of file */
unsigned char vstamp[2]; /* version stamp */
unsigned char tsize[4]; /* text size in bytes, padded to FW bdry*/
unsigned char dsize[4]; /* initialized data " " */
unsigned char bsize[4]; /* uninitialized data " " */
unsigned char entry[4]; /* entry pt. */
unsigned char text_start[4]; /* base of text used for this file */
unsigned char data_start[4]; /* base of data used for this file */
unsigned char bss_start[4]; /* base of bss used for this file */
unsigned char gprmask[4]; /* ?? */
unsigned char cprmask[4][4]; /* ?? */
unsigned char gp_value[4]; /* value for gp register */
} AOUTHDR;
/* compute size of a header */
#define AOUTSZ 56
#define AOUTHDRSZ 56
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
struct external_reloc
{
unsigned char r_vaddr[4];
unsigned char r_bits[4];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 8
/* MIPS ECOFF uses a packed 8 byte format for relocs. These constants
are used to unpack the r_bits field. */
#define RELOC_BITS0_SYMNDX_SH_LEFT_BIG 16
#define RELOC_BITS0_SYMNDX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 0
#define RELOC_BITS1_SYMNDX_SH_LEFT_BIG 8
#define RELOC_BITS1_SYMNDX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 8
#define RELOC_BITS2_SYMNDX_SH_LEFT_BIG 0
#define RELOC_BITS2_SYMNDX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 16
/* Originally, ECOFF used four bits for the reloc type and had three
reserved bits. Irix 4 added another bit for the reloc type, which
was easy because it was big endian and one of the spare bits became
the new most significant bit. To make this also work for little
endian ECOFF, we need to wrap one of the reserved bits around to
become the most significant bit of the reloc type. */
#define RELOC_BITS3_TYPE_BIG 0x3E
#define RELOC_BITS3_TYPE_SH_BIG 1
#define RELOC_BITS3_TYPE_LITTLE 0x78
#define RELOC_BITS3_TYPE_SH_LITTLE 3
#define RELOC_BITS3_TYPEHI_LITTLE 0x04
#define RELOC_BITS3_TYPEHI_SH_LITTLE 2
#define RELOC_BITS3_EXTERN_BIG 0x01
#define RELOC_BITS3_EXTERN_LITTLE 0x80
/* The r_type field in a reloc is one of the following values. I
don't know if any other values can appear. These seem to be all
that occur in the Ultrix 4.2 libraries. */
#define MIPS_R_IGNORE 0
#define MIPS_R_REFHALF 1
#define MIPS_R_REFWORD 2
#define MIPS_R_JMPADDR 3
#define MIPS_R_REFHI 4
#define MIPS_R_REFLO 5
#define MIPS_R_GPREL 6
#define MIPS_R_LITERAL 7
/* FIXME: This relocation is used (internally only) to represent branches
when assembling. It should never appear in output files, and
be removed. (It used to be used for embedded-PIC support.) */
#define MIPS_R_PCREL16 12
/********************** STABS **********************/
#define MIPS_IS_STAB ECOFF_IS_STAB
#define MIPS_MARK_STAB ECOFF_MARK_STAB
#define MIPS_UNMARK_STAB ECOFF_UNMARK_STAB
/********************** SYMBOLIC INFORMATION **********************/
/* Written by John Gilmore. */
/* ECOFF uses COFF-like section structures, but its own symbol format.
This file defines the symbol format in fields whose size and alignment
will not vary on different host systems. */
/* File header as a set of bytes */
struct hdr_ext
{
unsigned char h_magic[2];
unsigned char h_vstamp[2];
unsigned char h_ilineMax[4];
unsigned char h_cbLine[4];
unsigned char h_cbLineOffset[4];
unsigned char h_idnMax[4];
unsigned char h_cbDnOffset[4];
unsigned char h_ipdMax[4];
unsigned char h_cbPdOffset[4];
unsigned char h_isymMax[4];
unsigned char h_cbSymOffset[4];
unsigned char h_ioptMax[4];
unsigned char h_cbOptOffset[4];
unsigned char h_iauxMax[4];
unsigned char h_cbAuxOffset[4];
unsigned char h_issMax[4];
unsigned char h_cbSsOffset[4];
unsigned char h_issExtMax[4];
unsigned char h_cbSsExtOffset[4];
unsigned char h_ifdMax[4];
unsigned char h_cbFdOffset[4];
unsigned char h_crfd[4];
unsigned char h_cbRfdOffset[4];
unsigned char h_iextMax[4];
unsigned char h_cbExtOffset[4];
};
/* File descriptor external record */
struct fdr_ext
{
unsigned char f_adr[4];
unsigned char f_rss[4];
unsigned char f_issBase[4];
unsigned char f_cbSs[4];
unsigned char f_isymBase[4];
unsigned char f_csym[4];
unsigned char f_ilineBase[4];
unsigned char f_cline[4];
unsigned char f_ioptBase[4];
unsigned char f_copt[4];
unsigned char f_ipdFirst[2];
unsigned char f_cpd[2];
unsigned char f_iauxBase[4];
unsigned char f_caux[4];
unsigned char f_rfdBase[4];
unsigned char f_crfd[4];
unsigned char f_bits1[1];
unsigned char f_bits2[3];
unsigned char f_cbLineOffset[4];
unsigned char f_cbLine[4];
};
#define FDR_BITS1_LANG_BIG 0xF8
#define FDR_BITS1_LANG_SH_BIG 3
#define FDR_BITS1_LANG_LITTLE 0x1F
#define FDR_BITS1_LANG_SH_LITTLE 0
#define FDR_BITS1_FMERGE_BIG 0x04
#define FDR_BITS1_FMERGE_LITTLE 0x20
#define FDR_BITS1_FREADIN_BIG 0x02
#define FDR_BITS1_FREADIN_LITTLE 0x40
#define FDR_BITS1_FBIGENDIAN_BIG 0x01
#define FDR_BITS1_FBIGENDIAN_LITTLE 0x80
#define FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_BIG 0xC0
#define FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_SH_BIG 6
#define FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_LITTLE 0x03
#define FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_SH_LITTLE 0
/* We ignore the `reserved' field in bits2. */
/* Procedure descriptor external record */
struct pdr_ext
{
unsigned char p_adr[4];
unsigned char p_isym[4];
unsigned char p_iline[4];
unsigned char p_regmask[4];
unsigned char p_regoffset[4];
unsigned char p_iopt[4];
unsigned char p_fregmask[4];
unsigned char p_fregoffset[4];
unsigned char p_frameoffset[4];
unsigned char p_framereg[2];
unsigned char p_pcreg[2];
unsigned char p_lnLow[4];
unsigned char p_lnHigh[4];
unsigned char p_cbLineOffset[4];
};
/* Runtime procedure table */
struct rpdr_ext
{
unsigned char p_adr[4];
unsigned char p_regmask[4];
unsigned char p_regoffset[4];
unsigned char p_fregmask[4];
unsigned char p_fregoffset[4];
unsigned char p_frameoffset[4];
unsigned char p_framereg[2];
unsigned char p_pcreg[2];
unsigned char p_irpss[4];
unsigned char p_reserved[4];
unsigned char p_exception_info[4];
};
/* Line numbers */
struct line_ext
{
unsigned char l_line[4];
};
/* Symbol external record */
struct sym_ext
{
unsigned char s_iss[4];
unsigned char s_value[4];
unsigned char s_bits1[1];
unsigned char s_bits2[1];
unsigned char s_bits3[1];
unsigned char s_bits4[1];
};
#define SYM_BITS1_ST_BIG 0xFC
#define SYM_BITS1_ST_SH_BIG 2
#define SYM_BITS1_ST_LITTLE 0x3F
#define SYM_BITS1_ST_SH_LITTLE 0
#define SYM_BITS1_SC_BIG 0x03
#define SYM_BITS1_SC_SH_LEFT_BIG 3
#define SYM_BITS1_SC_LITTLE 0xC0
#define SYM_BITS1_SC_SH_LITTLE 6
#define SYM_BITS2_SC_BIG 0xE0
#define SYM_BITS2_SC_SH_BIG 5
#define SYM_BITS2_SC_LITTLE 0x07
#define SYM_BITS2_SC_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 2
#define SYM_BITS2_RESERVED_BIG 0x10
#define SYM_BITS2_RESERVED_LITTLE 0x08
#define SYM_BITS2_INDEX_BIG 0x0F
#define SYM_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG 16
#define SYM_BITS2_INDEX_LITTLE 0xF0
#define SYM_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LITTLE 4
#define SYM_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG 8
#define SYM_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 4
#define SYM_BITS4_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG 0
#define SYM_BITS4_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 12
/* External symbol external record */
struct ext_ext
{
unsigned char es_bits1[1];
unsigned char es_bits2[1];
unsigned char es_ifd[2];
struct sym_ext es_asym;
};
#define EXT_BITS1_JMPTBL_BIG 0x80
#define EXT_BITS1_JMPTBL_LITTLE 0x01
#define EXT_BITS1_COBOL_MAIN_BIG 0x40
#define EXT_BITS1_COBOL_MAIN_LITTLE 0x02
#define EXT_BITS1_WEAKEXT_BIG 0x20
#define EXT_BITS1_WEAKEXT_LITTLE 0x04
/* Dense numbers external record */
struct dnr_ext
{
unsigned char d_rfd[4];
unsigned char d_index[4];
};
/* Relative file descriptor */
struct rfd_ext
{
unsigned char rfd[4];
};
/* Optimizer symbol external record */
struct opt_ext
{
unsigned char o_bits1[1];
unsigned char o_bits2[1];
unsigned char o_bits3[1];
unsigned char o_bits4[1];
struct rndx_ext o_rndx;
unsigned char o_offset[4];
};
#define OPT_BITS2_VALUE_SH_LEFT_BIG 16
#define OPT_BITS2_VALUE_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 0
#define OPT_BITS3_VALUE_SH_LEFT_BIG 8
#define OPT_BITS3_VALUE_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 8
#define OPT_BITS4_VALUE_SH_LEFT_BIG 0
#define OPT_BITS4_VALUE_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 16

67
include/coff/mipspe.h
View File

@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for Windows CE with MIPS VR4111
Copyright 2000, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 2
#define INCLUDE_COMDAT_FIELDS_IN_AUXENT
#include "coff/external.h"
#define MIPS_ARCH_MAGIC_WINCE 0x0166 /* Windows CE - little endian */
#define MIPS_PE_MAGIC 0x010b
#define MIPSBADMAG(x) ((x).f_magic != MIPS_ARCH_MAGIC_WINCE)
/* define some NT default values */
/* #define NT_IMAGE_BASE 0x400000 moved to internal.h */
#define NT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 0x1000
#define NT_FILE_ALIGNMENT 0x200
#define NT_DEF_RESERVE 0x100000
#define NT_DEF_COMMIT 0x1000
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
/* The external reloc has an offset field, because some of the reloc
types on the h8 don't have room in the instruction for the entire
offset - eg the strange jump and high page addressing modes. */
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_type[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 10
/* MIPS PE relocation types. */
#define MIPS_R_ABSOLUTE 0 /* ignored */
#define MIPS_R_REFHALF 1
#define MIPS_R_REFWORD 2
#define MIPS_R_JMPADDR 3
#define MIPS_R_REFHI 4 /* PAIR follows */
#define MIPS_R_REFLO 5
#define MIPS_R_GPREL 6
#define MIPS_R_LITERAL 7 /* same as GPREL */
#define MIPS_R_SECTION 10
#define MIPS_R_SECREL 11
#define MIPS_R_SECRELLO 12
#define MIPS_R_SECRELHI 13 /* PAIR follows */
#define MIPS_R_RVA 34 /* 0x22 */
#define MIPS_R_PAIR 37 /* 0x25 - symndx is really a signed 16-bit addend */

288
include/coff/or32.h
View File

@ -1,288 +0,0 @@
/* COFF specification for OpenRISC 1000.
Copyright (C) 1993-2000, 2002, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by David Wood @ New York University.
Modified by Johan Rydberg, <johan.rydberg@netinsight.se>
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef OR32
# define OR32
#endif
/* File Header and related definitions. */
struct external_filehdr
{
char f_magic[2]; /* magic number */
char f_nscns[2]; /* number of sections */
char f_timdat[4]; /* time & date stamp */
char f_symptr[4]; /* file pointer to symtab */
char f_nsyms[4]; /* number of symtab entries */
char f_opthdr[2]; /* sizeof(optional hdr) */
char f_flags[2]; /* flags */
};
#define FILHDR struct external_filehdr
#define FILHSZ 20
/* Magic numbers for OpenRISC 1000. As it is know we use the
numbers for Am29000.
(AT&T will assign the "real" magic number). */
#define SIPFBOMAGIC 0572 /* Am29000 (Byte 0 is MSB). */
#define SIPRBOMAGIC 0573 /* Am29000 (Byte 0 is LSB). */
#define OR32_MAGIC_BIG SIPFBOMAGIC
#define OR32_MAGIC_LITTLE SIPRBOMAGIC
#define OR32BADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic!=OR32_MAGIC_BIG) && \
((x).f_magic!=OR32_MAGIC_LITTLE))
#define OMAGIC OR32_MAGIC_BIG
/* Optional (a.out) header. */
typedef struct external_aouthdr
{
char magic[2]; /* type of file */
char vstamp[2]; /* version stamp */
char tsize[4]; /* text size in bytes, padded to FW bdry */
char dsize[4]; /* initialized data " " */
char bsize[4]; /* uninitialized data " " */
char entry[4]; /* entry pt. */
char text_start[4]; /* base of text used for this file */
char data_start[4]; /* base of data used for this file */
} AOUTHDR;
#define AOUTSZ 28
#define AOUTHDRSZ 28
/* aouthdr magic numbers. */
#define NMAGIC 0410 /* separate i/d executable. */
#define SHMAGIC 0406 /* NYU/Ultra3 shared data executable
(writable text). */
#define _ETEXT "_etext"
/* Section header and related definitions. */
struct external_scnhdr
{
char s_name[8]; /* section name */
char s_paddr[4]; /* physical address, aliased s_nlib */
char s_vaddr[4]; /* virtual address */
char s_size[4]; /* section size */
char s_scnptr[4]; /* file ptr to raw data for section */
char s_relptr[4]; /* file ptr to relocation */
char s_lnnoptr[4]; /* file ptr to line numbers */
char s_nreloc[2]; /* number of relocation entries */
char s_nlnno[2]; /* number of line number entries */
char s_flags[4]; /* flags */
};
#define SCNHDR struct external_scnhdr
#define SCNHSZ 40
/* Names of "special" sections: */
#define _TEXT ".text"
#define _DATA ".data"
#define _BSS ".bss"
#define _LIT ".lit"
/* Section types - with additional section type for global
registers which will be relocatable for the OpenRISC 1000.
In instances where it is necessary for a linker to produce an
output file which contains text or data not based at virtual
address 0, e.g. for a ROM, then the linker should accept
address base information as command input and use PAD sections
to skip over unused addresses. */
#define STYP_BSSREG 0x1200 /* Global register area (like STYP_INFO) */
#define STYP_ENVIR 0x2200 /* Environment (like STYP_INFO) */
#define STYP_ABS 0x4000 /* Absolute (allocated, not reloc, loaded) */
/* Relocation information declaration and related definitions: */
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4]; /* (virtual) address of reference */
char r_symndx[4]; /* index into symbol table */
char r_type[2]; /* relocation type */
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 10 /* sizeof (RELOC) */
/* Relocation types for the OpenRISC 1000: */
#define R_ABS 0 /* reference is absolute */
#define R_IREL 030 /* instruction relative (jmp/call) */
#define R_IABS 031 /* instruction absolute (jmp/call) */
#define R_ILOHALF 032 /* instruction low half (const) */
#define R_IHIHALF 033 /* instruction high half (consth) part 1 */
#define R_IHCONST 034 /* instruction high half (consth) part 2 */
/* constant offset of R_IHIHALF relocation */
#define R_BYTE 035 /* relocatable byte value */
#define R_HWORD 036 /* relocatable halfword value */
#define R_WORD 037 /* relocatable word value */
#define R_IGLBLRC 040 /* instruction global register RC */
#define R_IGLBLRA 041 /* instruction global register RA */
#define R_IGLBLRB 042 /* instruction global register RB */
/*
NOTE:
All the "I" forms refer to 29000 instruction formats. The linker is
expected to know how the numeric information is split and/or aligned
within the instruction word(s). R_BYTE works for instructions, too.
If the parameter to a CONSTH instruction is a relocatable type, two
relocation records are written. The first has an r_type of R_IHIHALF
(33 octal) and a normal r_vaddr and r_symndx. The second relocation
record has an r_type of R_IHCONST (34 octal), a normal r_vaddr (which
is redundant), and an r_symndx containing the 32-bit constant offset
to the relocation instead of the actual symbol table index. This
second record is always written, even if the constant offset is zero.
The constant fields of the instruction are set to zero. */
/* Line number entry declaration and related definitions: */
struct external_lineno
{
union
{
char l_symndx[4]; /* function name symbol index, iff l_lnno == 0*/
char l_paddr[4]; /* (physical) address of line number */
}
l_addr;
char l_lnno[2]; /* line number */
};
#define LINENO struct external_lineno
#define LINESZ 6 /* sizeof (LINENO) */
/* Symbol entry declaration and related definitions: */
#define E_SYMNMLEN 8 /* Number of characters in a symbol name */
struct external_syment
{
union
{
char e_name[E_SYMNMLEN];
struct
{
char e_zeroes[4];
char e_offset[4];
}
e;
}
e;
char e_value[4];
char e_scnum[2];
char e_type[2];
char e_sclass[1];
char e_numaux[1];
};
#define SYMENT struct external_syment
#define SYMESZ 18
/* Storage class definitions - new classes for global registers: */
#define C_GLBLREG 19 /* global register */
#define C_EXTREG 20 /* external global register */
#define C_DEFREG 21 /* ext. def. of global register */
/* Derived symbol mask/shifts: */
#define N_BTMASK (0xf)
#define N_BTSHFT (4)
#define N_TMASK (0x30)
#define N_TSHIFT (2)
/* Auxiliary symbol table entry declaration and related
definitions. */
#define E_FILNMLEN 14 /* # characters in a file name */
#define E_DIMNUM 4 /* # array dimensions in auxiliary entry */
union external_auxent
{
struct
{
char x_tagndx[4]; /* str, un, or enum tag indx */
union
{
struct
{
char x_lnno[2]; /* declaration line number */
char x_size[2]; /* str/union/array size */
}
x_lnsz;
char x_fsize[4]; /* size of function */
}
x_misc;
union
{
struct /* if ISFCN, tag, or .bb */
{
char x_lnnoptr[4]; /* ptr to fcn line # */
char x_endndx[4]; /* entry ndx past block end */
}
x_fcn;
struct /* if ISARY, up to 4 dimen. */
{
char x_dimen[E_DIMNUM][2];
}
x_ary;
}
x_fcnary;
char x_tvndx[2]; /* tv index */
}
x_sym;
union
{
char x_fname[E_FILNMLEN];
struct
{
char x_zeroes[4];
char x_offset[4];
}
x_n;
}
x_file;
struct
{
char x_scnlen[4]; /* section length */
char x_nreloc[2]; /* # relocation entries */
char x_nlinno[2]; /* # line numbers */
}
x_scn;
struct
{
char x_tvfill[4]; /* tv fill value */
char x_tvlen[2]; /* length of .tv */
char x_tvran[2][2]; /* tv range */
}
x_tv; /* info about .tv section
(in auxent of symbol .tv)) */
};
#define AUXENT union external_auxent
#define AUXESZ 18

512
include/coff/pe.h
View File

@ -1,512 +0,0 @@
/* pe.h - PE COFF header information
Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef _PE_H
#define _PE_H
/* NT specific file attributes. */
#define IMAGE_FILE_RELOCS_STRIPPED 0x0001
#define IMAGE_FILE_EXECUTABLE_IMAGE 0x0002
#define IMAGE_FILE_LINE_NUMS_STRIPPED 0x0004
#define IMAGE_FILE_LOCAL_SYMS_STRIPPED 0x0008
#define IMAGE_FILE_AGGRESSIVE_WS_TRIM 0x0010
#define IMAGE_FILE_LARGE_ADDRESS_AWARE 0x0020
#define IMAGE_FILE_16BIT_MACHINE 0x0040
#define IMAGE_FILE_BYTES_REVERSED_LO 0x0080
#define IMAGE_FILE_32BIT_MACHINE 0x0100
#define IMAGE_FILE_DEBUG_STRIPPED 0x0200
#define IMAGE_FILE_REMOVABLE_RUN_FROM_SWAP 0x0400
#define IMAGE_FILE_NET_RUN_FROM_SWAP 0x0800
#define IMAGE_FILE_SYSTEM 0x1000
#define IMAGE_FILE_DLL 0x2000
#define IMAGE_FILE_UP_SYSTEM_ONLY 0x4000
#define IMAGE_FILE_BYTES_REVERSED_HI 0x8000
/* DllCharacteristics flag bits. The inconsistent naming may seem
odd, but that is how they are defined in the PE specification. */
#define IMAGE_DLL_CHARACTERISTICS_DYNAMIC_BASE 0x0040
#define IMAGE_DLL_CHARACTERISTICS_FORCE_INTEGRITY 0x0080
#define IMAGE_DLL_CHARACTERISTICS_NX_COMPAT 0x0100
#define IMAGE_DLLCHARACTERISTICS_NO_ISOLATION 0x0200
#define IMAGE_DLLCHARACTERISTICS_NO_SEH 0x0400
#define IMAGE_DLLCHARACTERISTICS_NO_BIND 0x0800
#define IMAGE_DLLCHARACTERISTICS_WDM_DRIVER 0x2000
#define IMAGE_DLLCHARACTERISTICS_TERMINAL_SERVER_AWARE 0x8000
/* Additional flags to be set for section headers to allow the NT loader to
read and write to the section data (to replace the addresses of data in
dlls for one thing); also to execute the section in .text's case. */
#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_DISCARDABLE 0x02000000
#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_EXECUTE 0x20000000
#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_READ 0x40000000
#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_WRITE 0x80000000
/* Section characteristics added for ppc-nt. */
#define IMAGE_SCN_TYPE_NO_PAD 0x00000008 /* Reserved. */
#define IMAGE_SCN_CNT_CODE 0x00000020 /* Section contains code. */
#define IMAGE_SCN_CNT_INITIALIZED_DATA 0x00000040 /* Section contains initialized data. */
#define IMAGE_SCN_CNT_UNINITIALIZED_DATA 0x00000080 /* Section contains uninitialized data. */
#define IMAGE_SCN_LNK_OTHER 0x00000100 /* Reserved. */
#define IMAGE_SCN_LNK_INFO 0x00000200 /* Section contains comments or some other type of information. */
#define IMAGE_SCN_LNK_REMOVE 0x00000800 /* Section contents will not become part of image. */
#define IMAGE_SCN_LNK_COMDAT 0x00001000 /* Section contents comdat. */
#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_FARDATA 0x00008000
#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_PURGEABLE 0x00020000
#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_16BIT 0x00020000
#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_LOCKED 0x00040000
#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_PRELOAD 0x00080000
/* Bit position in the s_flags field where the alignment values start. */
#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_BIT_POS 20
#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_BIT_MASK 0x00f00000
#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_NUM(val) \
(((val) >> IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_BIT_POS) - 1)
#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_CONST(val) \
(((val) + 1) << IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_BIT_POS)
#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_1BYTES IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_CONST (0)
#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_2BYTES IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_CONST (1)
#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_4BYTES IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_CONST (2)
#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_8BYTES IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_CONST (3)
/* Default alignment if no others are specified. */
#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_16BYTES IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_CONST (4)
#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_32BYTES IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_CONST (5)
#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_64BYTES IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_CONST (6)
#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_128BYTES IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_CONST (7)
#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_256BYTES IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_CONST (8)
#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_512BYTES IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_CONST (9)
#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_1024BYTES IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_CONST (10)
#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_2048BYTES IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_CONST (11)
#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_4096BYTES IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_CONST (12)
#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_8192BYTES IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_CONST (13)
/* Encode alignment power into IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN bits of s_flags */
#define COFF_ENCODE_ALIGNMENT(SECTION, ALIGNMENT_POWER) \
((SECTION).s_flags |= IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_POWER_CONST ((ALIGNMENT_POWER)))
#define IMAGE_SCN_LNK_NRELOC_OVFL 0x01000000 /* Section contains extended relocations. */
#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_NOT_CACHED 0x04000000 /* Section is not cachable. */
#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_NOT_PAGED 0x08000000 /* Section is not pageable. */
#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_SHARED 0x10000000 /* Section is shareable. */
/* COMDAT selection codes. */
#define IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_NODUPLICATES (1) /* Warn if duplicates. */
#define IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_ANY (2) /* No warning. */
#define IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_SAME_SIZE (3) /* Warn if different size. */
#define IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_EXACT_MATCH (4) /* Warn if different. */
#define IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_ASSOCIATIVE (5) /* Base on other section. */
/* Machine numbers. */
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_UNKNOWN 0x0000
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_ALPHA 0x0184
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_ALPHA64 0x0284
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_AM33 0x01d3
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_AMD64 0x8664
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_ARM 0x01c0
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_AXP64 IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_ALPHA64
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_CEE 0xc0ee
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_CEF 0x0cef
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_EBC 0x0ebc
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_I386 0x014c
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_IA64 0x0200
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_M32R 0x9041
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_M68K 0x0268
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_MIPS16 0x0266
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_MIPSFPU 0x0366
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_MIPSFPU16 0x0466
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_POWERPC 0x01f0
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_POWERPCFP 0x01f1
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_R10000 0x0168
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_R3000 0x0162
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_R4000 0x0166
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_SH3 0x01a2
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_SH3DSP 0x01a3
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_SH3E 0x01a4
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_SH4 0x01a6
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_SH5 0x01a8
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_THUMB 0x01c2
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_TRICORE 0x0520
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_WCEMIPSV2 0x0169
#define IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_AMD64 0x8664
#define IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_UNKNOWN 0
#define IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_NATIVE 1
#define IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_GUI 2
#define IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_CUI 3
#define IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_POSIX_CUI 7
#define IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_CE_GUI 9
#define IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_APPLICATION 10
#define IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_BOOT_SERVICE_DRIVER 11
#define IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_RUNTIME_DRIVER 12
#define IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_SAL_RUNTIME_DRIVER 13
#define IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_XBOX 14
/* Magic values that are true for all dos/nt implementations. */
#define DOSMAGIC 0x5a4d
#define NT_SIGNATURE 0x00004550
/* NT allows long filenames, we want to accommodate this.
This may break some of the bfd functions. */
#undef FILNMLEN
#define FILNMLEN 18 /* # characters in a file name. */
struct external_PEI_DOS_hdr
{
/* DOS header fields - always at offset zero in the EXE file. */
char e_magic[2]; /* Magic number, 0x5a4d. */
char e_cblp[2]; /* Bytes on last page of file, 0x90. */
char e_cp[2]; /* Pages in file, 0x3. */
char e_crlc[2]; /* Relocations, 0x0. */
char e_cparhdr[2]; /* Size of header in paragraphs, 0x4. */
char e_minalloc[2]; /* Minimum extra paragraphs needed, 0x0. */
char e_maxalloc[2]; /* Maximum extra paragraphs needed, 0xFFFF. */
char e_ss[2]; /* Initial (relative) SS value, 0x0. */
char e_sp[2]; /* Initial SP value, 0xb8. */
char e_csum[2]; /* Checksum, 0x0. */
char e_ip[2]; /* Initial IP value, 0x0. */
char e_cs[2]; /* Initial (relative) CS value, 0x0. */
char e_lfarlc[2]; /* File address of relocation table, 0x40. */
char e_ovno[2]; /* Overlay number, 0x0. */
char e_res[4][2]; /* Reserved words, all 0x0. */
char e_oemid[2]; /* OEM identifier (for e_oeminfo), 0x0. */
char e_oeminfo[2]; /* OEM information; e_oemid specific, 0x0. */
char e_res2[10][2]; /* Reserved words, all 0x0. */
char e_lfanew[4]; /* File address of new exe header, usually 0x80. */
char dos_message[16][4]; /* Other stuff, always follow DOS header. */
};
struct external_PEI_IMAGE_hdr
{
char nt_signature[4]; /* required NT signature, 0x4550. */
/* From standard header. */
char f_magic[2]; /* Magic number. */
char f_nscns[2]; /* Number of sections. */
char f_timdat[4]; /* Time & date stamp. */
char f_symptr[4]; /* File pointer to symtab. */
char f_nsyms[4]; /* Number of symtab entries. */
char f_opthdr[2]; /* Sizeof(optional hdr). */
char f_flags[2]; /* Flags. */
};
struct external_PEI_filehdr
{
/* DOS header fields - always at offset zero in the EXE file. */
char e_magic[2]; /* Magic number, 0x5a4d. */
char e_cblp[2]; /* Bytes on last page of file, 0x90. */
char e_cp[2]; /* Pages in file, 0x3. */
char e_crlc[2]; /* Relocations, 0x0. */
char e_cparhdr[2]; /* Size of header in paragraphs, 0x4. */
char e_minalloc[2]; /* Minimum extra paragraphs needed, 0x0. */
char e_maxalloc[2]; /* Maximum extra paragraphs needed, 0xFFFF. */
char e_ss[2]; /* Initial (relative) SS value, 0x0. */
char e_sp[2]; /* Initial SP value, 0xb8. */
char e_csum[2]; /* Checksum, 0x0. */
char e_ip[2]; /* Initial IP value, 0x0. */
char e_cs[2]; /* Initial (relative) CS value, 0x0. */
char e_lfarlc[2]; /* File address of relocation table, 0x40. */
char e_ovno[2]; /* Overlay number, 0x0. */
char e_res[4][2]; /* Reserved words, all 0x0. */
char e_oemid[2]; /* OEM identifier (for e_oeminfo), 0x0. */
char e_oeminfo[2]; /* OEM information; e_oemid specific, 0x0. */
char e_res2[10][2]; /* Reserved words, all 0x0. */
char e_lfanew[4]; /* File address of new exe header, usually 0x80. */
char dos_message[16][4]; /* Other stuff, always follow DOS header. */
/* Note: additional bytes may be inserted before the signature. Use
the e_lfanew field to find the actual location of the NT signature. */
char nt_signature[4]; /* required NT signature, 0x4550. */
/* From standard header. */
char f_magic[2]; /* Magic number. */
char f_nscns[2]; /* Number of sections. */
char f_timdat[4]; /* Time & date stamp. */
char f_symptr[4]; /* File pointer to symtab. */
char f_nsyms[4]; /* Number of symtab entries. */
char f_opthdr[2]; /* Sizeof(optional hdr). */
char f_flags[2]; /* Flags. */
};
#ifdef COFF_IMAGE_WITH_PE
/* The filehdr is only weird in images. */
#undef FILHDR
#define FILHDR struct external_PEI_filehdr
#undef FILHSZ
#define FILHSZ 152
#endif /* COFF_IMAGE_WITH_PE */
/* 32-bit PE a.out header: */
typedef struct
{
AOUTHDR standard;
/* NT extra fields; see internal.h for descriptions. */
char ImageBase[4];
char SectionAlignment[4];
char FileAlignment[4];
char MajorOperatingSystemVersion[2];
char MinorOperatingSystemVersion[2];
char MajorImageVersion[2];
char MinorImageVersion[2];
char MajorSubsystemVersion[2];
char MinorSubsystemVersion[2];
char Reserved1[4];
char SizeOfImage[4];
char SizeOfHeaders[4];
char CheckSum[4];
char Subsystem[2];
char DllCharacteristics[2];
char SizeOfStackReserve[4];
char SizeOfStackCommit[4];
char SizeOfHeapReserve[4];
char SizeOfHeapCommit[4];
char LoaderFlags[4];
char NumberOfRvaAndSizes[4];
/* IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY DataDirectory[IMAGE_NUMBEROF_DIRECTORY_ENTRIES]; */
char DataDirectory[16][2][4]; /* 16 entries, 2 elements/entry, 4 chars. */
} PEAOUTHDR;
#undef AOUTSZ
#define AOUTSZ (AOUTHDRSZ + 196)
/* Like PEAOUTHDR, except that the "standard" member has no BaseOfData
(aka data_start) member and that some of the members are 8 instead
of just 4 bytes long. */
typedef struct
{
#ifdef AOUTHDRSZ64
AOUTHDR64 standard;
#else
AOUTHDR standard;
#endif
/* NT extra fields; see internal.h for descriptions. */
char ImageBase[8];
char SectionAlignment[4];
char FileAlignment[4];
char MajorOperatingSystemVersion[2];
char MinorOperatingSystemVersion[2];
char MajorImageVersion[2];
char MinorImageVersion[2];
char MajorSubsystemVersion[2];
char MinorSubsystemVersion[2];
char Reserved1[4];
char SizeOfImage[4];
char SizeOfHeaders[4];
char CheckSum[4];
char Subsystem[2];
char DllCharacteristics[2];
char SizeOfStackReserve[8];
char SizeOfStackCommit[8];
char SizeOfHeapReserve[8];
char SizeOfHeapCommit[8];
char LoaderFlags[4];
char NumberOfRvaAndSizes[4];
/* IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY DataDirectory[IMAGE_NUMBEROF_DIRECTORY_ENTRIES]; */
char DataDirectory[16][2][4]; /* 16 entries, 2 elements/entry, 4 chars. */
} PEPAOUTHDR;
#ifdef AOUTHDRSZ64
#define PEPAOUTSZ (AOUTHDRSZ64 + 196 + 5 * 4) /* = 240 */
#else
#define PEPAOUTSZ 240
#endif
#undef E_FILNMLEN
#define E_FILNMLEN 18 /* # characters in a file name. */
/* Import Tyoes fot ILF format object files.. */
#define IMPORT_CODE 0
#define IMPORT_DATA 1
#define IMPORT_CONST 2
/* Import Name Tyoes for ILF format object files. */
#define IMPORT_ORDINAL 0
#define IMPORT_NAME 1
#define IMPORT_NAME_NOPREFIX 2
#define IMPORT_NAME_UNDECORATE 3
/* Weak external characteristics. */
#define IMAGE_WEAK_EXTERN_SEARCH_NOLIBRARY 1
#define IMAGE_WEAK_EXTERN_SEARCH_LIBRARY 2
#define IMAGE_WEAK_EXTERN_SEARCH_ALIAS 3
/* .pdata/.xdata defines and structures for x64 PE+ for exception handling. */
/* .pdata in exception directory. */
struct pex64_runtime_function
{
bfd_vma rva_BeginAddress;
bfd_vma rva_EndAddress;
bfd_vma rva_UnwindData;
unsigned int isChained : 1;
};
struct external_pex64_runtime_function
{
bfd_byte rva_BeginAddress[4];
bfd_byte rva_EndAddress[4];
bfd_byte rva_UnwindData[4];
};
/* If the lowest significant bit is set for rva_UnwindData RVA, it
means that the unified RVA points to another pex64_runtime_function
that this entry shares the unwind_info block with. */
#define PEX64_IS_RUNTIME_FUNCTION_CHAINED(PTR_RTF) \
(((PTR_RTF)->rva_UnwindData & 1) != 0)
#define PEX64_GET_UNWINDDATA_UNIFIED_RVA(PTR_RTF) \
((PTR_RTF)->rva_UnwindData & ~1)
/* The unwind codes. */
#define UWOP_PUSH_NONVOL 0
#define UWOP_ALLOC_LARGE 1
#define UWOP_ALLOC_SMALL 2
#define UWOP_SET_FPREG 3
#define UWOP_SAVE_NONVOL 4
#define UWOP_SAVE_NONVOL_FAR 5
#define UWOP_SAVE_XMM 6
#define UWOP_SAVE_XMM_FAR 7
#define UWOP_SAVE_XMM128 8
#define UWOP_SAVE_XMM128_FAR 9
#define UWOP_PUSH_MACHFRAME 10
struct pex64_unwind_code
{
bfd_vma prologue_offset;
/* Contains Frame offset, or frame allocation size. */
bfd_vma frame_addr;
unsigned int uwop_code : 4;
/* xmm, mm, or standard register from 0 - 15. */
unsigned int reg : 4;
/* Used for UWOP_PUSH_MACHFRAME to indicate optional errorcode stack
argument. */
unsigned int has_errorcode : 1;
};
struct external_pex64_unwind_code
{
bfd_byte dta[2];
};
#define PEX64_UNWCODE_CODE(VAL) ((VAL) & 0xf)
#define PEX64_UNWCODE_INFO(VAL) (((VAL) >> 4) & 0xf)
/* The unwind info. */
#define UNW_FLAG_NHANDLER 0
#define UNW_FLAG_EHANDLER 1
#define UNW_FLAG_UHANDLER 2
#define UNW_FLAG_FHANDLER 3
#define UNW_FLAG_CHAININFO 4
#define UNW_FLAG_MASK 0x1f
struct pex64_unwind_info
{
bfd_vma SizeOfBlock;
bfd_byte Version; /* Values from 0 up to 7 are possible. */
bfd_byte Flags; /* Values from 0 up to 31 are possible. */
bfd_vma SizeOfPrologue;
bfd_vma CountOfCodes; /* Amount of pex64_unwind_code elements. */
/* 0 = CFA, 1..15 are index of integer registers. */
unsigned int FrameRegister : 4;
bfd_vma FrameOffset;
bfd_vma sizeofUnwindCodes;
bfd_byte *rawUnwindCodes;
/* Valid for UNW_FLAG_EHANDLER and UNW_FLAG_UHANDLER. */
bfd_vma CountOfScopes;
bfd_byte *rawScopeEntries;
bfd_vma rva_ExceptionHandler; /* UNW_EHANDLER. */
bfd_vma rva_TerminationHandler; /* UNW_FLAG_UHANDLER. */
bfd_vma rva_FrameHandler; /* UNW_FLAG_FHANDLER. */
bfd_vma FrameHandlerArgument; /* UNW_FLAG_FHANDLER. */
bfd_vma rva_FunctionEntry; /* UNW_FLAG_CHAININFO. */
};
struct external_pex64_unwind_info
{
bfd_byte Version_Flags;
bfd_byte SizeOfPrologue;
bfd_byte CountOfCodes;
bfd_byte FrameRegisterOffset;
/* external_pex64_unwind_code array. */
/* bfd_byte handler[4]; */
/* Optional language specific data. */
};
struct external_pex64_scope
{
bfd_vma Count;
};
struct pex64_scope
{
bfd_byte Count[4];
};
struct pex64_scope_entry
{
bfd_vma rva_BeginAddress;
bfd_vma rva_EndAddress;
bfd_vma rva_HandlerAddress;
bfd_vma rva_JumpAddress;
};
#define PEX64_SCOPE_ENTRY_SIZE 16
struct external_pex64_scope_entry
{
bfd_byte rva_BeginAddress[4];
bfd_byte rva_EndAddress[4];
bfd_byte rva_HandlerAddress[4];
bfd_byte rva_JumpAddress[4];
};
#define PEX64_UWI_VERSION(VAL) ((VAL) & 7)
#define PEX64_UWI_FLAGS(VAL) (((VAL) >> 3) & 0x1f)
#define PEX64_UWI_FRAMEREG(VAL) ((VAL) & 0xf)
#define PEX64_UWI_FRAMEOFF(VAL) (((VAL) >> 4) & 0xf)
#define PEX64_UWI_SIZEOF_UWCODE_ARRAY(VAL) \
((((VAL) + 1) & ~1) * 2)
#define PEX64_OFFSET_TO_UNWIND_CODE 0x4
#define PEX64_OFFSET_TO_HANDLER_RVA (COUNTOFUNWINDCODES) \
(PEX64_OFFSET_TO_UNWIND_CODE + \
PEX64_UWI_SIZEOF_UWCODE_ARRAY(COUNTOFUNWINDCODES))
#define PEX64_OFFSET_TO_SCOPE_COUNT(COUNTOFUNWINDCODES) \
(PEX64_OFFSET_TO_HANDLER_RVA(COUNTOFUNWINDCODES) + 4)
#define PEX64_SCOPE_ENTRY(COUNTOFUNWINDCODES, IDX) \
(PEX64_OFFSET_TO_SCOPE_COUNT(COUNTOFUNWINDCODES) + \
PEX64_SCOPE_ENTRY_SIZE * (IDX))
#endif /* _PE_H */

59
include/coff/powerpc.h
View File

@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
/* Basic coff information for the PowerPC
Based on coff/rs6000.h, coff/i386.h and others.
Copyright 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA.
Initial release: Kim Knuttila (krk@cygnus.com) */
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 2
#define INCLUDE_COMDAT_FIELDS_IN_AUXENT
#include "coff/external.h"
/* Bits for f_flags:
F_RELFLG relocation info stripped from file
F_EXEC file is executable (no unresolved external references)
F_LNNO line numbers stripped from file
F_LSYMS local symbols stripped from file
F_AR32WR file has byte ordering of an AR32WR machine (e.g. vax). */
#define F_RELFLG (0x0001)
#define F_EXEC (0x0002)
#define F_LNNO (0x0004)
#define F_LSYMS (0x0008)
/* extra NT defines */
#define PPCMAGIC 0760 /* peeked on aa PowerPC Windows NT box */
#define DOSMAGIC 0x5a4d /* from arm.h, i386.h */
#define NT_SIGNATURE 0x00004550 /* from arm.h, i386.h */
/* from winnt.h */
#define IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR_MAGIC 0x10b
#define PPCBADMAG(x) ((x).f_magic != PPCMAGIC)
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_type[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 10

353
include/coff/rs6000.h
View File

@ -1,353 +0,0 @@
/* IBM RS/6000 "XCOFF" file definitions for BFD.
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Mimi Phuong-Thao Vo of IBM
and John Gilmore of Cygnus Support.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/********************** FILE HEADER **********************/
struct external_filehdr {
char f_magic[2]; /* magic number */
char f_nscns[2]; /* number of sections */
char f_timdat[4]; /* time & date stamp */
char f_symptr[4]; /* file pointer to symtab */
char f_nsyms[4]; /* number of symtab entries */
char f_opthdr[2]; /* sizeof(optional hdr) */
char f_flags[2]; /* flags */
};
/* IBM RS/6000 */
#define U802WRMAGIC 0730 /* writeable text segments **chh** */
#define U802ROMAGIC 0735 /* readonly sharable text segments */
#define U802TOCMAGIC 0737 /* readonly text segments and TOC */
#define BADMAG(x) \
((x).f_magic != U802ROMAGIC && (x).f_magic != U802WRMAGIC && \
(x).f_magic != U802TOCMAGIC)
#define FILHDR struct external_filehdr
#define FILHSZ 20
/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/
typedef struct
{
unsigned char magic[2]; /* type of file */
unsigned char vstamp[2]; /* version stamp */
unsigned char tsize[4]; /* text size in bytes, padded to FW bdry */
unsigned char dsize[4]; /* initialized data " " */
unsigned char bsize[4]; /* uninitialized data " " */
unsigned char entry[4]; /* entry pt. */
unsigned char text_start[4]; /* base of text used for this file */
unsigned char data_start[4]; /* base of data used for this file */
unsigned char o_toc[4]; /* address of TOC */
unsigned char o_snentry[2]; /* section number of entry point */
unsigned char o_sntext[2]; /* section number of .text section */
unsigned char o_sndata[2]; /* section number of .data section */
unsigned char o_sntoc[2]; /* section number of TOC */
unsigned char o_snloader[2]; /* section number of .loader section */
unsigned char o_snbss[2]; /* section number of .bss section */
unsigned char o_algntext[2]; /* .text alignment */
unsigned char o_algndata[2]; /* .data alignment */
unsigned char o_modtype[2]; /* module type (??) */
unsigned char o_cputype[2]; /* cpu type */
unsigned char o_maxstack[4]; /* max stack size (??) */
unsigned char o_maxdata[4]; /* max data size (??) */
unsigned char o_resv2[12]; /* reserved */
}
AOUTHDR;
#define AOUTSZ 72
#define SMALL_AOUTSZ (28)
#define AOUTHDRSZ 72
/********************** SECTION HEADER **********************/
struct external_scnhdr {
char s_name[8]; /* section name */
char s_paddr[4]; /* physical address, aliased s_nlib */
char s_vaddr[4]; /* virtual address */
char s_size[4]; /* section size */
char s_scnptr[4]; /* file ptr to raw data for section */
char s_relptr[4]; /* file ptr to relocation */
char s_lnnoptr[4]; /* file ptr to line numbers */
char s_nreloc[2]; /* number of relocation entries */
char s_nlnno[2]; /* number of line number entries*/
char s_flags[4]; /* flags */
};
#define SCNHDR struct external_scnhdr
#define SCNHSZ 40
/********************** LINE NUMBERS **********************/
/* 1 line number entry for every "breakpointable" source line in a section.
* Line numbers are grouped on a per function basis; first entry in a function
* grouping will have l_lnno = 0 and in place of physical address will be the
* symbol table index of the function name.
*/
struct external_lineno {
union {
char l_symndx[4]; /* function name symbol index, iff l_lnno == 0*/
char l_paddr[4]; /* (physical) address of line number */
} l_addr;
char l_lnno[2]; /* line number */
};
#define LINENO struct external_lineno
#define LINESZ 6
/********************** SYMBOLS **********************/
#define E_SYMNMLEN 8 /* # characters in a symbol name */
#define E_FILNMLEN 14 /* # characters in a file name */
#define E_DIMNUM 4 /* # array dimensions in auxiliary entry */
struct external_syment
{
union {
char e_name[E_SYMNMLEN];
struct {
char e_zeroes[4];
char e_offset[4];
} e;
} e;
char e_value[4];
char e_scnum[2];
char e_type[2];
char e_sclass[1];
char e_numaux[1];
};
#define N_BTMASK (017)
#define N_TMASK (060)
#define N_BTSHFT (4)
#define N_TSHIFT (2)
union external_auxent {
struct {
char x_tagndx[4]; /* str, un, or enum tag indx */
union {
struct {
char x_lnno[2]; /* declaration line number */
char x_size[2]; /* str/union/array size */
} x_lnsz;
char x_fsize[4]; /* size of function */
} x_misc;
union {
struct { /* if ISFCN, tag, or .bb */
char x_lnnoptr[4]; /* ptr to fcn line # */
char x_endndx[4]; /* entry ndx past block end */
} x_fcn;
struct { /* if ISARY, up to 4 dimen. */
char x_dimen[E_DIMNUM][2];
} x_ary;
} x_fcnary;
char x_tvndx[2]; /* tv index */
} x_sym;
struct {
union {
char x_fname[E_FILNMLEN];
struct {
char x_zeroes[4];
char x_offset[4];
} x_n;
} x_n;
char x_ftype[1];
} x_file;
struct {
char x_scnlen[4]; /* section length */
char x_nreloc[2]; /* # relocation entries */
char x_nlinno[2]; /* # line numbers */
} x_scn;
struct {
char x_tvfill[4]; /* tv fill value */
char x_tvlen[2]; /* length of .tv */
char x_tvran[2][2]; /* tv range */
} x_tv; /* info about .tv section (in auxent of symbol .tv)) */
struct {
unsigned char x_scnlen[4];
unsigned char x_parmhash[4];
unsigned char x_snhash[2];
unsigned char x_smtyp[1];
unsigned char x_smclas[1];
unsigned char x_stab[4];
unsigned char x_snstab[2];
} x_csect;
};
#define SYMENT struct external_syment
#define SYMESZ 18
#define AUXENT union external_auxent
#define AUXESZ 18
#define DBXMASK 0x80 /* for dbx storage mask */
#define SYMNAME_IN_DEBUG(symptr) ((symptr)->n_sclass & DBXMASK)
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
struct external_reloc {
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_size[1];
char r_type[1];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 10
#define DEFAULT_DATA_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 4
#define DEFAULT_BSS_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 4
#define DEFAULT_TEXT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 4
/* For new sections we havn't heard of before */
#define DEFAULT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 4
/* The ldhdr structure. This appears at the start of the .loader
section. */
struct external_ldhdr
{
bfd_byte l_version[4];
bfd_byte l_nsyms[4];
bfd_byte l_nreloc[4];
bfd_byte l_istlen[4];
bfd_byte l_nimpid[4];
bfd_byte l_impoff[4];
bfd_byte l_stlen[4];
bfd_byte l_stoff[4];
};
#define LDHDRSZ (8 * 4)
struct external_ldsym
{
union
{
bfd_byte _l_name[E_SYMNMLEN];
struct
{
bfd_byte _l_zeroes[4];
bfd_byte _l_offset[4];
} _l_l;
} _l;
bfd_byte l_value[4];
bfd_byte l_scnum[2];
bfd_byte l_smtype[1];
bfd_byte l_smclas[1];
bfd_byte l_ifile[4];
bfd_byte l_parm[4];
};
#define LDSYMSZ (8 + 3 * 4 + 2 + 2)
struct external_ldrel
{
bfd_byte l_vaddr[4];
bfd_byte l_symndx[4];
bfd_byte l_rtype[2];
bfd_byte l_rsecnm[2];
};
#define LDRELSZ (2 * 4 + 2 * 2)
struct external_exceptab
{
union {
bfd_byte e_symndx[4];
bfd_byte e_paddr[4];
} e_addr;
bfd_byte e_lang[1];
bfd_byte e_reason[1];
};
#define EXCEPTSZ (4 + 2)
/******************** Core files *************************/
struct external_core_dumpx
{
unsigned char c_signo[1];
unsigned char c_flag[1];
unsigned char c_entries[2];
unsigned char c_version[4];
unsigned char c_fdsinfox[8];
unsigned char c_loader[8];
unsigned char c_lsize[8];
unsigned char c_n_thr[4];
unsigned char c_reserved0[4];
unsigned char c_thr[8];
unsigned char c_segs[8];
unsigned char c_segregion[8];
unsigned char c_stack[8];
unsigned char c_stackorg[8];
unsigned char c_size[8];
unsigned char c_data[8];
unsigned char c_dataorg[8];
unsigned char c_datasize[8];
unsigned char c_sdorg[8];
unsigned char c_sdsize[8];
unsigned char c_vmmregions[8];
unsigned char c_vmm[8];
unsigned char c_impl[4];
unsigned char c_pad[4];
unsigned char c_cprs[8];
unsigned char c_reserved[7 * 8];
/* Followed by:
- context of the faulting thread.
- user structure. */
};
/* Core file verion. */
#define CORE_DUMPX_VERSION 0x0feeddb1
#define CORE_DUMPXX_VERSION 0x0feeddb2
struct external_ld_info32
{
unsigned char ldinfo_next[4];
unsigned char core_offset[4];
unsigned char ldinfo_textorg[4];
unsigned char ldinfo_textsize[4];
unsigned char ldinfo_dataorg[4];
unsigned char ldinfo_datasize[4];
unsigned char ldinfo_filename[2];
};

275
include/coff/rs6k64.h
View File

@ -1,275 +0,0 @@
/* IBM RS/6000 "XCOFF64" file definitions for BFD.
Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/********************** FILE HEADER **********************/
struct external_filehdr
{
char f_magic[2]; /* magic number */
char f_nscns[2]; /* number of sections */
char f_timdat[4]; /* time & date stamp */
char f_symptr[8]; /* file pointer to symtab */
char f_opthdr[2]; /* sizeof(optional hdr) */
char f_flags[2]; /* flags */
char f_nsyms[4]; /* number of symtab entries */
};
/* IBM RS/6000. */
#define U803XTOCMAGIC 0757 /* Aix 4.3 64-bit XCOFF */
#define U64_TOCMAGIC 0767 /* AIX 5+ 64-bit XCOFF */
#define BADMAG(x) ((x).f_magic != U803XTOCMAGIC && (x).f_magic != U64_TOCMAGIC)
#define FILHDR struct external_filehdr
#define FILHSZ 24
/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/
typedef struct
{
unsigned char magic[2]; /* type of file */
unsigned char vstamp[2]; /* version stamp */
unsigned char o_debugger[4]; /* reserved */
unsigned char text_start[8]; /* base of text used for this file */
unsigned char data_start[8]; /* base of data used for this file */
unsigned char o_toc[8]; /* address of TOC */
unsigned char o_snentry[2]; /* section number of entry point */
unsigned char o_sntext[2]; /* section number of .text section */
unsigned char o_sndata[2]; /* section number of .data section */
unsigned char o_sntoc[2]; /* section number of TOC */
unsigned char o_snloader[2]; /* section number of .loader section */
unsigned char o_snbss[2]; /* section number of .bss section */
unsigned char o_algntext[2]; /* .text alignment */
unsigned char o_algndata[2]; /* .data alignment */
unsigned char o_modtype[2]; /* module type (??) */
unsigned char o_cputype[2]; /* cpu type */
unsigned char o_resv2[4]; /* reserved */
unsigned char tsize[8]; /* text size bytes, padded to FW bdry */
unsigned char dsize[8]; /* initialized data " " */
unsigned char bsize[8]; /* uninitialized data " " */
unsigned char entry[8]; /* entry pt. */
unsigned char o_maxstack[8]; /* max stack size (??) */
unsigned char o_maxdata[8]; /* max data size (??) */
unsigned char o_resv3[16]; /* reserved */
}
AOUTHDR;
#define AOUTSZ 120
#define SMALL_AOUTSZ (0)
#define AOUTHDRSZ 72
/********************** SECTION HEADER **********************/
struct external_scnhdr
{
char s_name[8]; /* section name */
char s_paddr[8]; /* physical address, aliased s_nlib */
char s_vaddr[8]; /* virtual address */
char s_size[8]; /* section size */
char s_scnptr[8]; /* file ptr to raw data for section */
char s_relptr[8]; /* file ptr to relocation */
char s_lnnoptr[8]; /* file ptr to line numbers */
char s_nreloc[4]; /* number of relocation entries */
char s_nlnno[4]; /* number of line number entries*/
char s_flags[4]; /* flags */
char s_pad[4]; /* padding */
};
#define SCNHDR struct external_scnhdr
#define SCNHSZ 72
/********************** LINE NUMBERS **********************/
/* 1 line number entry for every "breakpointable" source line in a section.
Line numbers are grouped on a per function basis; first entry in a function
grouping will have l_lnno = 0 and in place of physical address will be the
symbol table index of the function name. */
struct external_lineno
{
union
{
char l_symndx[4]; /* function name symbol index, iff l_lnno == 0*/
char l_paddr[8]; /* (physical) address of line number */
} l_addr;
char l_lnno[4]; /* line number */
};
#define LINENO struct external_lineno
#define LINESZ 12
/********************** SYMBOLS **********************/
#define E_SYMNMLEN 8 /* # characters in a symbol name */
#define E_FILNMLEN 14 /* # characters in a file name */
#define E_DIMNUM 4 /* # array dimensions in auxiliary entry */
struct external_syment
{
char e_value[8];
char e_offset[4];
char e_scnum[2];
char e_type[2];
char e_sclass[1];
char e_numaux[1];
};
#define N_BTMASK (017)
#define N_TMASK (060)
#define N_BTSHFT (4)
#define N_TSHIFT (2)
union external_auxent
{
struct {
union {
struct {
char x_lnno[4]; /* declaration line number */
char x_size[2]; /* str/union/array size */
} x_lnsz;
struct {
char x_lnnoptr[8];/* ptr to fcn line */
char x_fsize[4]; /* size of function */
char x_endndx[4]; /* entry ndx past block end */
} x_fcn;
} x_fcnary;
} x_sym;
struct {
union {
char x_fname[E_FILNMLEN];
struct {
char x_zeroes[4];
char x_offset[4];
char x_pad[6];
} x_n;
} x_n;
unsigned char x_ftype[1];
unsigned char x_resv[2];
} x_file;
struct {
char x_exptr[8];
char x_fsize[4];
char x_endndx[4];
char x_pad[1];
} x_except;
struct {
unsigned char x_scnlen_lo[4];
unsigned char x_parmhash[4];
unsigned char x_snhash[2];
unsigned char x_smtyp[1];
unsigned char x_smclas[1];
unsigned char x_scnlen_hi[4];
unsigned char x_pad[1];
} x_csect;
struct {
char x_pad[17];
char x_auxtype[1];
} x_auxtype;
};
#define SYMENT struct external_syment
#define SYMESZ 18
#define AUXENT union external_auxent
#define AUXESZ 18
#define DBXMASK 0x80 /* for dbx storage mask */
#define SYMNAME_IN_DEBUG(symptr) ((symptr)->n_sclass & DBXMASK)
/* Values for auxtype field in XCOFF64, taken from AIX 4.3 sym.h. */
#define _AUX_EXCEPT 255
#define _AUX_FCN 254
#define _AUX_SYM 253
#define _AUX_FILE 252
#define _AUX_CSECT 251
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[8];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_size[1];
char r_type[1];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 14
#define DEFAULT_DATA_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 4
#define DEFAULT_BSS_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 4
#define DEFAULT_TEXT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 4
/* For new sections we havn't heard of before */
#define DEFAULT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 4
/* The ldhdr structure. This appears at the start of the .loader
section. */
struct external_ldhdr
{
bfd_byte l_version[4];
bfd_byte l_nsyms[4];
bfd_byte l_nreloc[4];
bfd_byte l_istlen[4];
bfd_byte l_nimpid[4];
bfd_byte l_stlen[4];
bfd_byte l_impoff[8];
bfd_byte l_stoff[8];
bfd_byte l_symoff[8];
bfd_byte l_rldoff[8];
};
#define LDHDRSZ (56)
struct external_ldsym
{
bfd_byte l_value[8];
bfd_byte l_offset[4];
bfd_byte l_scnum[2];
bfd_byte l_smtype[1];
bfd_byte l_smclas[1];
bfd_byte l_ifile[4];
bfd_byte l_parm[4];
};
#define LDSYMSZ (24)
struct external_ldrel
{
bfd_byte l_vaddr[8];
bfd_byte l_rtype[2];
bfd_byte l_rsecnm[2];
bfd_byte l_symndx[4];
};
#define LDRELSZ (16)
struct external_exceptab
{
union {
bfd_byte e_symndx[4];
bfd_byte e_paddr[8];
} e_addr;
bfd_byte e_lang[1];
bfd_byte e_reason[1];
};
#define EXCEPTSZ (10)

148
include/coff/sh.h
View File

@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for Renesas SH
Copyright 2000, 2003, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifdef COFF_WITH_PE
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 2
#else
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 4
#endif
#define INCLUDE_COMDAT_FIELDS_IN_AUXENT
#include "coff/external.h"
#define SH_ARCH_MAGIC_BIG 0x0500
#define SH_ARCH_MAGIC_LITTLE 0x0550 /* Little endian SH */
#define SH_ARCH_MAGIC_WINCE 0x01a2 /* Windows CE - little endian */
#define SH_PE_MAGIC 0x010b
#define SHBADMAG(x) \
(((x).f_magic != SH_ARCH_MAGIC_BIG) && \
((x).f_magic != SH_ARCH_MAGIC_WINCE) && \
((x).f_magic != SH_ARCH_MAGIC_LITTLE))
/* Define some NT default values. */
/* #define NT_IMAGE_BASE 0x400000 moved to internal.h */
#define NT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 0x1000
#define NT_FILE_ALIGNMENT 0x200
#define NT_DEF_RESERVE 0x100000
#define NT_DEF_COMMIT 0x1000
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
/* The external reloc has an offset field, because some of the reloc
types on the h8 don't have room in the instruction for the entire
offset - eg the strange jump and high page addressing modes. */
#ifndef COFF_WITH_PE
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_offset[4];
char r_type[2];
char r_stuff[2];
};
#else
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_type[2];
};
#endif
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#ifdef COFF_WITH_PE
#define RELSZ 10
#else
#define RELSZ 16
#endif
/* SH relocation types. Not all of these are actually used. */
#define R_SH_UNUSED 0 /* only used internally */
#define R_SH_IMM32CE 2 /* 32 bit immediate for WinCE */
#define R_SH_PCREL8 3 /* 8 bit pcrel */
#define R_SH_PCREL16 4 /* 16 bit pcrel */
#define R_SH_HIGH8 5 /* high 8 bits of 24 bit address */
#define R_SH_LOW16 7 /* low 16 bits of 24 bit immediate */
#define R_SH_IMM24 6 /* 24 bit immediate */
#define R_SH_PCDISP8BY4 9 /* PC rel 8 bits *4 +ve */
#define R_SH_PCDISP8BY2 10 /* PC rel 8 bits *2 +ve */
#define R_SH_PCDISP8 11 /* 8 bit branch */
#define R_SH_PCDISP 12 /* 12 bit branch */
#define R_SH_IMM32 14 /* 32 bit immediate */
#define R_SH_IMM8 16 /* 8 bit immediate */
#define R_SH_IMAGEBASE 16 /* Windows CE */
#define R_SH_IMM8BY2 17 /* 8 bit immediate *2 */
#define R_SH_IMM8BY4 18 /* 8 bit immediate *4 */
#define R_SH_IMM4 19 /* 4 bit immediate */
#define R_SH_IMM4BY2 20 /* 4 bit immediate *2 */
#define R_SH_IMM4BY4 21 /* 4 bit immediate *4 */
#define R_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2 22 /* PC rel 8 bits *2 unsigned */
#define R_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4 23 /* PC rel 8 bits *4 unsigned */
#define R_SH_IMM16 24 /* 16 bit immediate */
/* The switch table reloc types are used for relaxing. They are
generated for expressions such as
.word L1 - L2
The r_offset field holds the difference between the reloc address
and L2. */
#define R_SH_SWITCH8 33 /* 8 bit switch table entry */
#define R_SH_SWITCH16 25 /* 16 bit switch table entry */
#define R_SH_SWITCH32 26 /* 32 bit switch table entry */
/* The USES reloc type is used for relaxing. The compiler will
generate .uses pseudo-ops when it finds a function call which it
can relax. The r_offset field of the USES reloc holds the PC
relative offset to the instruction which loads the register used in
the function call. */
#define R_SH_USES 27 /* .uses pseudo-op */
/* The COUNT reloc type is used for relaxing. The assembler will
generate COUNT relocs for addresses referred to by the register
loads associated with USES relocs. The r_offset field of the COUNT
reloc holds the number of times the address is referenced in the
object file. */
#define R_SH_COUNT 28 /* Count of constant pool uses */
/* The ALIGN reloc type is used for relaxing. The r_offset field is
the power of two to which subsequent portions of the object file
must be aligned. */
#define R_SH_ALIGN 29 /* .align pseudo-op */
/* The CODE and DATA reloc types are used for aligning load and store
instructions. The assembler will generate a CODE reloc before a
block of instructions. It will generate a DATA reloc before data.
A section should be processed assuming it contains data, unless a
CODE reloc is seen. The only relevant pieces of information in the
CODE and DATA relocs are the section and the address. The symbol
and offset are meaningless. */
#define R_SH_CODE 30 /* start of code */
#define R_SH_DATA 31 /* start of data */
/* The LABEL reloc type is used for aligning load and store
instructions. The assembler will generate a LABEL reloc for each
label within a block of instructions. This permits the linker to
avoid swapping instructions which are the targets of branches. */
#define R_SH_LABEL 32 /* label */
/* NB: R_SH_SWITCH8 is 33 */
#define R_SH_LOOP_START 34
#define R_SH_LOOP_END 35

156
include/coff/sparc.h
View File

@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for Sparc.
Copyright 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* This file is an amalgamation of several standard include files that
define coff format, such as filehdr.h, aouthdr.h, and so forth. In
addition, all datatypes have been translated into character arrays of
(presumed) equivalent size. This is necessary so that this file can
be used with different systems while still yielding the same results. */
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 2
#define DO_NOT_DEFINE_SYMENT
#define DO_NOT_DEFINE_AUXENT
#include "coff/external.h"
#define F_RELFLG (0x0001) /* relocation info stripped */
#define F_EXEC (0x0002) /* file is executable */
#define F_LNNO (0x0004) /* line numbers stripped */
#define F_LSYMS (0x0008) /* local symbols stripped */
#define SPARCMAGIC (0540)
/* This is Lynx's all-platform magic number for executables. */
#define LYNXCOFFMAGIC (0415)
#define OMAGIC 0404 /* object files, eg as output */
#define ZMAGIC 0413 /* demand load format, eg normal ld output */
#define STMAGIC 0401 /* target shlib */
#define SHMAGIC 0443 /* host shlib */
/* More names of "special" sections. */
#define _TV ".tv"
#define _INIT ".init"
#define _FINI ".fini"
/********************** SYMBOLS **********************/
#define E_SYMNMLEN (8) /* # characters in a symbol name */
#define E_FILNMLEN (14) /* # characters in a file name */
#define E_DIMNUM (4) /* # array dimensions in auxiliary entry */
struct external_syment
{
union {
char e_name[E_SYMNMLEN];
struct {
char e_zeroes[4];
char e_offset[4];
} e;
#if 0 /* of doubtful value */
char e_nptr[2][4];
struct {
char e_leading_zero[1];
char e_dbx_type[1];
char e_dbx_desc[2];
} e_dbx;
#endif
} e;
char e_value[4];
char e_scnum[2];
char e_type[2];
char e_sclass[1];
char e_numaux[1];
char padding[2];
};
#define N_BTMASK (0xf)
#define N_TMASK (0x30)
#define N_BTSHFT (4)
#define N_TSHIFT (2)
union external_auxent
{
struct {
char x_tagndx[4]; /* str, un, or enum tag indx */
union {
struct {
char x_lnno[2]; /* declaration line number */
char x_size[2]; /* str/union/array size */
} x_lnsz;
char x_fsize[4]; /* size of function */
} x_misc;
union {
struct { /* if ISFCN, tag, or .bb */
char x_lnnoptr[4]; /* ptr to fcn line # */
char x_endndx[4]; /* entry ndx past block end */
} x_fcn;
struct { /* if ISARY, up to 4 dimen. */
char x_dimen[E_DIMNUM][2];
} x_ary;
} x_fcnary;
char x_tvndx[2]; /* tv index */
} x_sym;
union {
char x_fname[E_FILNMLEN];
struct {
char x_zeroes[4];
char x_offset[4];
} x_n;
} x_file;
struct {
char x_scnlen[4]; /* section length */
char x_nreloc[2]; /* # relocation entries */
char x_nlinno[2]; /* # line numbers */
} x_scn;
struct {
char x_tvfill[4]; /* tv fill value */
char x_tvlen[2]; /* length of .tv */
char x_tvran[2][2]; /* tv range */
} x_tv; /* .tv section info (in auxent of sym .tv)) */
char x_fill[20]; /* forces to 20-byte size */
};
#define SYMENT struct external_syment
#define SYMESZ 20
#define AUXENT union external_auxent
#define AUXESZ 20
#define _ETEXT "etext"
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_type[2];
char r_spare[2];
char r_offset[4];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 16

484
include/coff/sym.h
View File

@ -1,484 +0,0 @@
/* Declarations of internal format of MIPS ECOFF symbols.
Originally contributed by MIPS Computer Systems and Third Eye Software.
Changes contributed by Cygnus Support are in the public domain.
This file is just aggregated with the files that make up the GNU
release; it is not considered part of GAS, GDB, or other GNU
programs. */
/*
* |-----------------------------------------------------------|
* | Copyright (c) 1992, 1991, 1990 MIPS Computer Systems, Inc.|
* | MIPS Computer Systems, Inc. grants reproduction and use |
* | rights to all parties, PROVIDED that this comment is |
* | maintained in the copy. |
* |-----------------------------------------------------------|
*/
#ifndef _SYM_H
#define _SYM_H
/* (C) Copyright 1984 by Third Eye Software, Inc.
*
* Third Eye Software, Inc. grants reproduction and use rights to
* all parties, PROVIDED that this comment is maintained in the copy.
*
* Third Eye makes no claims about the applicability of this
* symbol table to a particular use.
*/
/*
* This file contains the definition of the Third Eye Symbol Table.
*
* Symbols are assumed to be in 'encounter order' - i.e. the order that
* the things they represent were encountered by the compiler/assembler/loader.
* EXCEPT for globals! These are assumed to be bunched together,
* probably right after the last 'normal' symbol. Globals ARE sorted
* in ascending order.
*
* -----------------------------------------------------------------------
* A brief word about Third Eye naming/use conventions:
*
* All arrays and index's are 0 based.
* All "ifooMax" values are the highest legal value PLUS ONE. This makes
* them good for allocating arrays, etc. All checks are "ifoo < ifooMax".
*
* "isym" Index into the SYMbol table.
* "ipd" Index into the Procedure Descriptor array.
* "ifd" Index into the File Descriptor array.
* "iss" Index into String Space.
* "cb" Count of Bytes.
* "rgPd" array whose domain is "0..ipdMax-1" and RanGe is PDR.
* "rgFd" array whose domain is "0..ifdMax-1" and RanGe is FDR.
*/
/*
* Symbolic Header (HDR) structure.
* As long as all the pointers are set correctly,
* we don't care WHAT order the various sections come out in!
*
* A file produced solely for the use of CDB will probably NOT have
* any instructions or data areas in it, as these are available
* in the original.
*/
typedef struct {
short magic; /* to verify validity of the table */
short vstamp; /* version stamp */
long ilineMax; /* number of line number entries */
bfd_vma cbLine; /* number of bytes for line number entries */
bfd_vma cbLineOffset; /* offset to start of line number entries*/
long idnMax; /* max index into dense number table */
bfd_vma cbDnOffset; /* offset to start dense number table */
long ipdMax; /* number of procedures */
bfd_vma cbPdOffset; /* offset to procedure descriptor table */
long isymMax; /* number of local symbols */
bfd_vma cbSymOffset; /* offset to start of local symbols*/
long ioptMax; /* max index into optimization symbol entries */
bfd_vma cbOptOffset; /* offset to optimization symbol entries */
long iauxMax; /* number of auxillary symbol entries */
bfd_vma cbAuxOffset; /* offset to start of auxillary symbol entries*/
long issMax; /* max index into local strings */
bfd_vma cbSsOffset; /* offset to start of local strings */
long issExtMax; /* max index into external strings */
bfd_vma cbSsExtOffset; /* offset to start of external strings */
long ifdMax; /* number of file descriptor entries */
bfd_vma cbFdOffset; /* offset to file descriptor table */
long crfd; /* number of relative file descriptor entries */
bfd_vma cbRfdOffset; /* offset to relative file descriptor table */
long iextMax; /* max index into external symbols */
bfd_vma cbExtOffset; /* offset to start of external symbol entries*/
/* If you add machine dependent fields, add them here */
} HDRR, *pHDRR;
#define cbHDRR sizeof(HDRR)
#define hdrNil ((pHDRR)0)
/*
* The FDR and PDR structures speed mapping of address <-> name.
* They are sorted in ascending memory order and are kept in
* memory by CDB at runtime.
*/
/*
* File Descriptor
*
* There is one of these for EVERY FILE, whether compiled with
* full debugging symbols or not. The name of a file should be
* the path name given to the compiler. This allows the user
* to simply specify the names of the directories where the COMPILES
* were done, and we will be able to find their files.
* A field whose comment starts with "R - " indicates that it will be
* setup at runtime.
*/
typedef struct fdr {
bfd_vma adr; /* memory address of beginning of file */
long rss; /* file name (of source, if known) */
long issBase; /* file's string space */
bfd_vma cbSs; /* number of bytes in the ss */
long isymBase; /* beginning of symbols */
long csym; /* count file's of symbols */
long ilineBase; /* file's line symbols */
long cline; /* count of file's line symbols */
long ioptBase; /* file's optimization entries */
long copt; /* count of file's optimization entries */
unsigned short ipdFirst;/* start of procedures for this file */
short cpd; /* count of procedures for this file */
long iauxBase; /* file's auxiliary entries */
long caux; /* count of file's auxiliary entries */
long rfdBase; /* index into the file indirect table */
long crfd; /* count file indirect entries */
unsigned lang: 5; /* language for this file */
unsigned fMerge : 1; /* whether this file can be merged */
unsigned fReadin : 1; /* true if it was read in (not just created) */
unsigned fBigendian : 1;/* if set, was compiled on big endian machine */
/* aux's will be in compile host's sex */
unsigned glevel : 2; /* level this file was compiled with */
unsigned reserved : 22; /* reserved for future use */
bfd_vma cbLineOffset; /* byte offset from header for this file ln's */
bfd_vma cbLine; /* size of lines for this file */
} FDR, *pFDR;
#define cbFDR sizeof(FDR)
#define fdNil ((pFDR)0)
#define ifdNil -1
#define ifdTemp 0
#define ilnNil -1
/*
* Procedure Descriptor
*
* There is one of these for EVERY TEXT LABEL.
* If a procedure is in a file with full symbols, then isym
* will point to the PROC symbols, else it will point to the
* global symbol for the label.
*/
typedef struct pdr {
bfd_vma adr; /* memory address of start of procedure */
long isym; /* start of local symbol entries */
long iline; /* start of line number entries*/
long regmask; /* save register mask */
long regoffset; /* save register offset */
long iopt; /* start of optimization symbol entries*/
long fregmask; /* save floating point register mask */
long fregoffset; /* save floating point register offset */
long frameoffset; /* frame size */
short framereg; /* frame pointer register */
short pcreg; /* offset or reg of return pc */
long lnLow; /* lowest line in the procedure */
long lnHigh; /* highest line in the procedure */
bfd_vma cbLineOffset; /* byte offset for this procedure from the fd base */
/* These fields are new for 64 bit ECOFF. */
unsigned gp_prologue : 8; /* byte size of GP prologue */
unsigned gp_used : 1; /* true if the procedure uses GP */
unsigned reg_frame : 1; /* true if register frame procedure */
unsigned prof : 1; /* true if compiled with -pg */
unsigned reserved : 13; /* reserved: must be zero */
unsigned localoff : 8; /* offset of local variables from vfp */
} PDR, *pPDR;
#define cbPDR sizeof(PDR)
#define pdNil ((pPDR) 0)
#define ipdNil -1
/*
* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the loader
* for use by the static exception system.
*/
/*
* If 0'd out because exception_info chokes Visual C++ and because there
* don't seem to be any references to this structure elsewhere in gdb.
*/
#if 0
typedef struct runtime_pdr {
bfd_vma adr; /* memory address of start of procedure */
long regmask; /* save register mask */
long regoffset; /* save register offset */
long fregmask; /* save floating point register mask */
long fregoffset; /* save floating point register offset */
long frameoffset; /* frame size */
short framereg; /* frame pointer register */
short pcreg; /* offset or reg of return pc */
long irpss; /* index into the runtime string table */
long reserved;
struct exception_info *exception_info;/* pointer to exception array */
} RPDR, *pRPDR;
#define cbRPDR sizeof(RPDR)
#define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
#endif
/*
* Line Numbers
*
* Line Numbers are segregated from the normal symbols because they
* are [1] smaller , [2] are of no interest to your
* average loader, and [3] are never needed in the middle of normal
* scanning and therefore slow things down.
*
* By definition, the first LINER for any given procedure will have
* the first line of a procedure and represent the first address.
*/
typedef long LINER, *pLINER;
#define lineNil ((pLINER)0)
#define cbLINER sizeof(LINER)
#define ilineNil -1
/*
* The Symbol Structure (GFW, to those who Know!)
*/
typedef struct {
long iss; /* index into String Space of name */
bfd_vma value; /* value of symbol */
unsigned st : 6; /* symbol type */
unsigned sc : 5; /* storage class - text, data, etc */
unsigned reserved : 1; /* reserved */
unsigned index : 20; /* index into sym/aux table */
} SYMR, *pSYMR;
#define symNil ((pSYMR)0)
#define cbSYMR sizeof(SYMR)
#define isymNil -1
#define indexNil 0xfffff
#define issNil -1
#define issNull 0
/* The following converts a memory resident string to an iss.
* This hack is recognized in SbFIss, in sym.c of the debugger.
*/
#define IssFSb(sb) (0x80000000 | ((unsigned long)(sb)))
/* E X T E R N A L S Y M B O L R E C O R D
*
* Same as the SYMR except it contains file context to determine where
* the index is.
*/
typedef struct ecoff_extr {
unsigned jmptbl:1; /* symbol is a jump table entry for shlibs */
unsigned cobol_main:1; /* symbol is a cobol main procedure */
unsigned weakext:1; /* symbol is weak external */
unsigned reserved:13; /* reserved for future use */
int ifd; /* where the iss and index fields point into */
SYMR asym; /* symbol for the external */
} EXTR, *pEXTR;
#define extNil ((pEXTR)0)
#define cbEXTR sizeof(EXTR)
/* A U X I L L A R Y T Y P E I N F O R M A T I O N */
/*
* Type Information Record
*/
typedef struct {
unsigned fBitfield : 1; /* set if bit width is specified */
unsigned continued : 1; /* indicates additional TQ info in next AUX */
unsigned bt : 6; /* basic type */
unsigned tq4 : 4;
unsigned tq5 : 4;
/* ---- 16 bit boundary ---- */
unsigned tq0 : 4;
unsigned tq1 : 4; /* 6 type qualifiers - tqPtr, etc. */
unsigned tq2 : 4;
unsigned tq3 : 4;
} TIR, *pTIR;
#define cbTIR sizeof(TIR)
#define tiNil ((pTIR)0)
#define itqMax 6
/*
* Relative symbol record
*
* If the rfd field is 4095, the index field indexes into the global symbol
* table.
*/
typedef struct {
unsigned rfd : 12; /* index into the file indirect table */
unsigned index : 20; /* index int sym/aux/iss tables */
} RNDXR, *pRNDXR;
#define cbRNDXR sizeof(RNDXR)
#define rndxNil ((pRNDXR)0)
/* dense numbers or sometimes called block numbers are stored in this type,
* a rfd of 0xffffffff is an index into the global table.
*/
typedef struct {
unsigned long rfd; /* index into the file table */
unsigned long index; /* index int sym/aux/iss tables */
} DNR, *pDNR;
#define cbDNR sizeof(DNR)
#define dnNil ((pDNR)0)
/*
* Auxillary information occurs only if needed.
* It ALWAYS occurs in this order when present.
isymMac used by stProc only
TIR type info
TIR additional TQ info (if first TIR was not enough)
rndx if (bt == btStruct,btUnion,btEnum,btSet,btRange,
btTypedef):
rsym.index == iaux for btSet or btRange
else rsym.index == isym
dimLow btRange, btSet
dimMac btRange, btSet
rndx0 As many as there are tq arrays
dimLow0
dimHigh0
...
rndxMax-1
dimLowMax-1
dimHighMax-1
width in bits if (bit field), width in bits.
*/
#define cAuxMax (6 + (idimMax*3))
/* a union of all possible info in the AUX universe */
typedef union {
TIR ti; /* type information record */
RNDXR rndx; /* relative index into symbol table */
long dnLow; /* low dimension */
long dnHigh; /* high dimension */
long isym; /* symbol table index (end of proc) */
long iss; /* index into string space (not used) */
long width; /* width for non-default sized struc fields */
long count; /* count of ranges for variant arm */
} AUXU, *pAUXU;
#define cbAUXU sizeof(AUXU)
#define auxNil ((pAUXU)0)
#define iauxNil -1
/*
* Optimization symbols
*
* Optimization symbols contain some overlap information with the normal
* symbol table. In particular, the proc information
* is somewhat redundant but necessary to easily find the other information
* present.
*
* All of the offsets are relative to the beginning of the last otProc
*/
typedef struct {
unsigned ot: 8; /* optimization type */
unsigned value: 24; /* address where we are moving it to */
RNDXR rndx; /* points to a symbol or opt entry */
unsigned long offset; /* relative offset this occured */
} OPTR, *pOPTR;
#define optNil ((pOPTR) 0)
#define cbOPTR sizeof(OPTR)
#define ioptNil -1
/*
* File Indirect
*
* When a symbol is referenced across files the following procedure is used:
* 1) use the file index to get the File indirect entry.
* 2) use the file indirect entry to get the File descriptor.
* 3) add the sym index to the base of that file's sym table
*
*/
typedef long RFDT, *pRFDT;
#define cbRFDT sizeof(RFDT)
#define rfdNil -1
/*
* The file indirect table in the mips loader is known as an array of FITs.
* This is done to keep the code in the loader readable in the area where
* these tables are merged. Note this is only a name change.
*/
typedef long FIT, *pFIT;
#define cbFIT sizeof(FIT)
#define ifiNil -1
#define fiNil ((pFIT) 0)
#ifdef _LANGUAGE_PASCAL
#define ifdNil -1
#define ilnNil -1
#define ipdNil -1
#define ilineNil -1
#define isymNil -1
#define indexNil 16#fffff
#define issNil -1
#define issNull 0
#define itqMax 6
#define iauxNil -1
#define ioptNil -1
#define rfdNil -1
#define ifiNil -1
#endif /* _LANGUAGE_PASCAL */
/* Dense numbers
*
* Rather than use file index, symbol index pairs to represent symbols
* and globals, we use dense number so that they can be easily embeded
* in intermediate code and the programs that process them can
* use direct access tabls instead of hash table (which would be
* necesary otherwise because of the sparse name space caused by
* file index, symbol index pairs. Dense number are represented
* by RNDXRs.
*/
/*
* The following table defines the meaning of each SYM field as
* a function of the "st". (scD/B == scData OR scBss)
*
* Note: the value "isymMac" is used by symbols that have the concept
* of enclosing a block of related information. This value is the
* isym of the first symbol AFTER the end associated with the primary
* symbol. For example if a procedure was at isym==90 and had an
* isymMac==155, the associated end would be at isym==154, and the
* symbol at 155 would probably (although not necessarily) be the
* symbol for the next procedure. This allows rapid skipping over
* internal information of various sorts. "stEnd"s ALWAYS have the
* isym of the primary symbol that started the block.
*
ST SC VALUE INDEX
-------- ------ -------- ------
stFile scText address isymMac
stLabel scText address ---
stGlobal scD/B address iaux
stStatic scD/B address iaux
stParam scAbs offset iaux
stLocal scAbs offset iaux
stProc scText address iaux (isymMac is first AUX)
stStaticProc scText address iaux (isymMac is first AUX)
stMember scNil ordinal --- (if member of enum)
(mipsread thinks the case below has a bit, not byte, offset.)
stMember scNil byte offset iaux (if member of struct/union)
stMember scBits bit offset iaux (bit field spec)
stBlock scText address isymMac (text block)
(the code seems to think that rather than scNil, we see scInfo for
the two cases below.)
stBlock scNil cb isymMac (struct/union member define)
stBlock scNil cMembers isymMac (enum member define)
(New types added by SGI to simplify things:)
stStruct scInfo cb isymMac (struct type define)
stUnion scInfo cb isymMac (union type define)
stEnum scInfo cMembers isymMac (enum type define)
stEnd scText address isymStart
stEnd scNil ------- isymStart (struct/union/enum)
stTypedef scNil ------- iaux
stRegReloc sc??? value old register number
stForward sc??? new address isym to original symbol
stConstant scInfo value --- (scalar)
stConstant scInfo iss --- (complex, e.g. string)
*
*/
#endif

184
include/coff/symconst.h
View File

@ -1,184 +0,0 @@
/* Declarations of constants for internal format of MIPS ECOFF symbols.
Originally contributed by MIPS Computer Systems and Third Eye Software.
Changes contributed by Cygnus Support are in the public domain.
This file is just aggregated with the files that make up the GNU
release; it is not considered part of GAS, GDB, or other GNU
programs. */
/*
* |-----------------------------------------------------------|
* | Copyright (c) 1992, 1991, 1990 MIPS Computer Systems, Inc.|
* | MIPS Computer Systems, Inc. grants reproduction and use |
* | rights to all parties, PROVIDED that this comment is |
* | maintained in the copy. |
* |-----------------------------------------------------------|
*/
/* (C) Copyright 1984 by Third Eye Software, Inc.
*
* Third Eye Software, Inc. grants reproduction and use rights to
* all parties, PROVIDED that this comment is maintained in the copy.
*
* Third Eye makes no claims about the applicability of this
* symbol table to a particular use.
*/
/* glevels for field in FDR */
#define GLEVEL_0 2
#define GLEVEL_1 1
#define GLEVEL_2 0 /* for upward compat reasons. */
#define GLEVEL_3 3
/* magic number fo symheader */
#define magicSym 0x7009
/* The Alpha uses this value instead, for some reason. */
#define magicSym2 0x1992
/* Language codes */
#define langC 0
#define langPascal 1
#define langFortran 2
#define langAssembler 3 /* one Assembley inst might map to many mach */
#define langMachine 4
#define langNil 5
#define langAda 6
#define langPl1 7
#define langCobol 8
#define langStdc 9 /* FIXME: Collides with SGI langCplusplus */
#define langCplusplus 9 /* FIXME: Collides with langStdc */
#define langCplusplusV2 10 /* SGI addition */
#define langMax 11 /* maximum allowed 32 -- 5 bits */
/* The following are value definitions for the fields in the SYMR */
/*
* Storage Classes
*/
#define scNil 0
#define scText 1 /* text symbol */
#define scData 2 /* initialized data symbol */
#define scBss 3 /* un-initialized data symbol */
#define scRegister 4 /* value of symbol is register number */
#define scAbs 5 /* value of symbol is absolute */
#define scUndefined 6 /* who knows? */
#define scCdbLocal 7 /* variable's value is IN se->va.?? */
#define scBits 8 /* this is a bit field */
#define scCdbSystem 9 /* variable's value is IN CDB's address space */
#define scDbx 9 /* overlap dbx internal use */
#define scRegImage 10 /* register value saved on stack */
#define scInfo 11 /* symbol contains debugger information */
#define scUserStruct 12 /* address in struct user for current process */
#define scSData 13 /* load time only small data */
#define scSBss 14 /* load time only small common */
#define scRData 15 /* load time only read only data */
#define scVar 16 /* Var parameter (fortran,pascal) */
#define scCommon 17 /* common variable */
#define scSCommon 18 /* small common */
#define scVarRegister 19 /* Var parameter in a register */
#define scVariant 20 /* Variant record */
#define scSUndefined 21 /* small undefined(external) data */
#define scInit 22 /* .init section symbol */
#define scBasedVar 23 /* Fortran or PL/1 ptr based var */
#define scXData 24 /* exception handling data */
#define scPData 25 /* Procedure section */
#define scFini 26 /* .fini section */
#define scRConst 27 /* .rconst section */
#define scMax 32
/*
* Symbol Types
*/
#define stNil 0 /* Nuthin' special */
#define stGlobal 1 /* external symbol */
#define stStatic 2 /* static */
#define stParam 3 /* procedure argument */
#define stLocal 4 /* local variable */
#define stLabel 5 /* label */
#define stProc 6 /* " " Procedure */
#define stBlock 7 /* beginnning of block */
#define stEnd 8 /* end (of anything) */
#define stMember 9 /* member (of anything - struct/union/enum */
#define stTypedef 10 /* type definition */
#define stFile 11 /* file name */
#define stRegReloc 12 /* register relocation */
#define stForward 13 /* forwarding address */
#define stStaticProc 14 /* load time only static procs */
#define stConstant 15 /* const */
#define stStaParam 16 /* Fortran static parameters */
/* These new symbol types have been recently added to SGI machines. */
#define stStruct 26 /* Beginning of block defining a struct type */
#define stUnion 27 /* Beginning of block defining a union type */
#define stEnum 28 /* Beginning of block defining an enum type */
#define stIndirect 34 /* Indirect type specification */
/* Pseudo-symbols - internal to debugger */
#define stStr 60 /* string */
#define stNumber 61 /* pure number (ie. 4 NOR 2+2) */
#define stExpr 62 /* 2+2 vs. 4 */
#define stType 63 /* post-coersion SER */
#define stMax 64
/* definitions for fields in TIR */
/* type qualifiers for ti.tq0 -> ti.(itqMax-1) */
#define tqNil 0 /* bt is what you see */
#define tqPtr 1 /* pointer */
#define tqProc 2 /* procedure */
#define tqArray 3 /* duh */
#define tqFar 4 /* longer addressing - 8086/8 land */
#define tqVol 5 /* volatile */
#define tqConst 6 /* const */
#define tqMax 8
/* basic types as seen in ti.bt */
#define btNil 0 /* undefined (also, enum members) */
#define btAdr 1 /* address - integer same size as pointer */
#define btChar 2 /* character */
#define btUChar 3 /* unsigned character */
#define btShort 4 /* short */
#define btUShort 5 /* unsigned short */
#define btInt 6 /* int */
#define btUInt 7 /* unsigned int */
#define btLong 8 /* long */
#define btULong 9 /* unsigned long */
#define btFloat 10 /* float (real) */
#define btDouble 11 /* Double (real) */
#define btStruct 12 /* Structure (Record) */
#define btUnion 13 /* Union (variant) */
#define btEnum 14 /* Enumerated */
#define btTypedef 15 /* defined via a typedef, isymRef points */
#define btRange 16 /* subrange of int */
#define btSet 17 /* pascal sets */
#define btComplex 18 /* fortran complex */
#define btDComplex 19 /* fortran double complex */
#define btIndirect 20 /* forward or unnamed typedef */
#define btFixedDec 21 /* Fixed Decimal */
#define btFloatDec 22 /* Float Decimal */
#define btString 23 /* Varying Length Character String */
#define btBit 24 /* Aligned Bit String */
#define btPicture 25 /* Picture */
#define btVoid 26 /* void */
#define btLongLong 27 /* long long */
#define btULongLong 28 /* unsigned long long */
#define btLong64 30 /* long (64-bit) */
#define btULong64 31 /* unsigned long (64-bit) */
#define btLongLong64 32 /* long long (64-bit) */
#define btULongLong64 33 /* unsigned long long (64-bit) */
#define btAdr64 34 /* address (64-bit) */
#define btInt64 35 /* int (64-bit) */
#define btUInt64 36 /* unsigned int (64-bit) */
#define btMax 64
#if (_MFG == _MIPS)
/* optimization type codes */
#define otNil 0
#define otReg 1 /* move var to reg */
#define otBlock 2 /* begin basic block */
#define otProc 3 /* procedure */
#define otInline 4 /* inline procedure */
#define otEnd 5 /* whatever you started */
#define otMax 6 /* KEEP UP TO DATE */
#endif /* (_MFG == _MIPS) */

561
include/coff/ti.h
View File

@ -1,561 +0,0 @@
/* COFF information for TI COFF support. Definitions in this file should be
customized in a target-specific file, and then this file included (see
tic54x.h for an example).
Copyright 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef COFF_TI_H
#define COFF_TI_H
/* Note "coff/external.h is not used because TI adds extra fields to the structures. */
/********************** FILE HEADER **********************/
struct external_filehdr
{
char f_magic[2]; /* magic number */
char f_nscns[2]; /* number of sections */
char f_timdat[4]; /* time & date stamp */
char f_symptr[4]; /* file pointer to symtab */
char f_nsyms[4]; /* number of symtab entries */
char f_opthdr[2]; /* sizeof(optional hdr) */
char f_flags[2]; /* flags */
char f_target_id[2]; /* magic no. (TI COFF-specific) */
};
/* COFF0 has magic number in f_magic, and omits f_target_id from the file
header; for later versions, f_magic is 0xC1 for COFF1 and 0xC2 for COFF2
and the target-specific magic number is found in f_target_id */
#define TICOFF0MAGIC TI_TARGET_ID
#define TICOFF1MAGIC 0x00C1
#define TICOFF2MAGIC 0x00C2
#define TICOFF_AOUT_MAGIC 0x0108 /* magic number in optional header */
#define TICOFF 1 /* customize coffcode.h */
/* The target_id field changes depending on the particular CPU target */
/* for COFF0, the target id appeared in f_magic, where COFFX magic is now */
#ifndef TI_TARGET_ID
#error "TI_TARGET_ID needs to be defined for your CPU"
#endif
/* Which bfd_arch to use... */
#ifndef TICOFF_TARGET_ARCH
#error "TICOFF_TARGET_ARCH needs to be defined for your CPU"
#endif
#ifndef TICOFF_TARGET_MACHINE_GET
#define TICOFF_TARGET_MACHINE_GET(FLAGS) 0
#endif
#ifndef TICOFF_TARGET_MACHINE_SET
#define TICOFF_TARGET_MACHINE_SET(FLAGSP, MACHINE)
#endif
/* Default to COFF2 for file output */
#ifndef TICOFF_DEFAULT_MAGIC
#define TICOFF_DEFAULT_MAGIC TICOFF2MAGIC
#endif
/* This value is made available in the rare case where a bfd is unavailable */
#ifndef OCTETS_PER_BYTE_POWER
#error "OCTETS_PER_BYTE_POWER not defined for this CPU"
#else
#define OCTETS_PER_BYTE (1<<OCTETS_PER_BYTE_POWER)
#endif
/* default alignment is on a byte (not octet!) boundary */
#ifndef COFF_DEFAULT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT_POWER
#define COFF_DEFAULT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT_POWER 0
#endif
/* TI COFF encodes the section alignment in the section header flags */
#define COFF_ALIGN_IN_SECTION_HEADER 1
#define COFF_ALIGN_IN_S_FLAGS 1
/* requires a power-of-two argument */
#define COFF_ENCODE_ALIGNMENT(S,X) ((S).s_flags |= (((unsigned)(X)&0xF)<<8))
/* result is a power of two */
#define COFF_DECODE_ALIGNMENT(X) (((X)>>8)&0xF)
#define COFF0_P(ABFD) (bfd_coff_filhsz(ABFD) == FILHSZ_V0)
#define COFF2_P(ABFD) (bfd_coff_scnhsz(ABFD) != SCNHSZ_V01)
#define COFF0_BADMAG(x) ((x).f_magic != TICOFF0MAGIC)
#define COFF1_BADMAG(x) ((x).f_magic != TICOFF1MAGIC || (x).f_target_id != TI_TARGET_ID)
#define COFF2_BADMAG(x) ((x).f_magic != TICOFF2MAGIC || (x).f_target_id != TI_TARGET_ID)
/* we need to read/write an extra field in the coff file header */
#ifndef COFF_ADJUST_FILEHDR_IN_POST
#define COFF_ADJUST_FILEHDR_IN_POST(abfd, src, dst) \
do \
{ \
if (!COFF0_P (abfd)) \
((struct internal_filehdr *)(dst))->f_target_id = \
H_GET_16 (abfd, ((FILHDR *)(src))->f_target_id); \
} \
while (0)
#endif
#ifndef COFF_ADJUST_FILEHDR_OUT_POST
#define COFF_ADJUST_FILEHDR_OUT_POST(abfd, src, dst) \
do \
{ \
if (!COFF0_P (abfd)) \
H_PUT_16 (abfd, ((struct internal_filehdr *)(src))->f_target_id, \
((FILHDR *)(dst))->f_target_id); \
} \
while (0)
#endif
#define FILHDR struct external_filehdr
#define FILHSZ 22
#define FILHSZ_V0 20 /* COFF0 omits target_id field */
/* File header flags */
#define F_RELFLG (0x0001)
#define F_EXEC (0x0002)
#define F_LNNO (0x0004)
#define F_VERS (0x0010) /* TMS320C4x code */
/* F_LSYMS needs to be redefined in your source file */
#define F_LSYMS_TICOFF (0x0010) /* normal COFF is 0x8 */
#define F_10 0x00 /* file built for TMS320C1x devices */
#define F_20 0x10 /* file built for TMS320C2x devices */
#define F_25 0x20 /* file built for TMS320C2x/C5x devices */
#define F_LENDIAN 0x0100 /* 16 bits/word, LSB first */
#define F_SYMMERGE 0x1000 /* duplicate symbols were removed */
/********************** OPTIONAL HEADER **********************/
typedef struct
{
char magic[2]; /* type of file (0x108) */
char vstamp[2]; /* version stamp */
char tsize[4]; /* text size in bytes, padded to FW bdry*/
char dsize[4]; /* initialized data " " */
char bsize[4]; /* uninitialized data " " */
char entry[4]; /* entry pt. */
char text_start[4]; /* base of text used for this file */
char data_start[4]; /* base of data used for this file */
}
AOUTHDR;
#define AOUTHDRSZ 28
#define AOUTSZ 28
/********************** SECTION HEADER **********************/
/* COFF0, COFF1 */
struct external_scnhdr_v01 {
char s_name[8]; /* section name */
char s_paddr[4]; /* physical address, aliased s_nlib */
char s_vaddr[4]; /* virtual address */
char s_size[4]; /* section size (in WORDS) */
char s_scnptr[4]; /* file ptr to raw data for section */
char s_relptr[4]; /* file ptr to relocation */
char s_lnnoptr[4]; /* file ptr to line numbers */
char s_nreloc[2]; /* number of relocation entries */
char s_nlnno[2]; /* number of line number entries*/
char s_flags[2]; /* flags */
char s_reserved[1]; /* reserved */
char s_page[1]; /* section page number (LOAD) */
};
/* COFF2 */
struct external_scnhdr {
char s_name[8]; /* section name */
char s_paddr[4]; /* physical address, aliased s_nlib */
char s_vaddr[4]; /* virtual address */
char s_size[4]; /* section size (in WORDS) */
char s_scnptr[4]; /* file ptr to raw data for section */
char s_relptr[4]; /* file ptr to relocation */
char s_lnnoptr[4]; /* file ptr to line numbers */
char s_nreloc[4]; /* number of relocation entries */
char s_nlnno[4]; /* number of line number entries*/
char s_flags[4]; /* flags */
char s_reserved[2]; /* reserved */
char s_page[2]; /* section page number (LOAD) */
};
/*
* Special section flags
*/
/* TI COFF defines these flags;
STYP_CLINK: the section should be excluded from the final
linker output if there are no references found to any symbol in the section
STYP_BLOCK: the section should be blocked, i.e. if the section would cross
a page boundary, it is started at a page boundary instead.
TI COFF puts the section alignment power of two in the section flags
e.g. 2**N is alignment, flags |= (N & 0xF) << 8
*/
#define STYP_CLINK (0x4000)
#define STYP_BLOCK (0x1000)
#define STYP_ALIGN (0x0F00) /* TI COFF stores section alignment here */
#define SCNHDR_V01 struct external_scnhdr_v01
#define SCNHDR struct external_scnhdr
#define SCNHSZ_V01 40 /* for v0 and v1 */
#define SCNHSZ 48
/* COFF2 changes the offsets and sizes of these fields
Assume we're dealing with the COFF2 scnhdr structure, and adjust
accordingly. Note: The GNU C versions of some of these macros
are necessary in order to avoid compile time warnings triggered
gcc's array bounds checking. The PUT_SCNHDR_PAGE macro also has
the advantage on not evaluating LOC twice. */
#define GET_SCNHDR_NRELOC(ABFD, LOC) \
(COFF2_P (ABFD) ? H_GET_32 (ABFD, LOC) : H_GET_16 (ABFD, LOC))
#define PUT_SCNHDR_NRELOC(ABFD, VAL, LOC) \
(COFF2_P (ABFD) ? H_PUT_32 (ABFD, VAL, LOC) : H_PUT_16 (ABFD, VAL, LOC))
#ifdef __GNUC__
#define GET_SCNHDR_NLNNO(ABFD, LOC) \
({ \
int nlnno; \
char * ptr = (LOC); \
if (COFF2_P (ABFD)) \
nlnno = H_GET_32 (ABFD, ptr); \
else \
nlnno = H_GET_16 (ABFD, ptr - 2); \
nlnno; \
})
#define PUT_SCNHDR_NLNNO(ABFD, VAL, LOC) \
do \
{ \
char * ptr = (LOC); \
if (COFF2_P (ABFD)) \
H_PUT_32 (ABFD, VAL, ptr); \
else \
H_PUT_16 (ABFD, VAL, ptr - 2); \
} \
while (0)
#define GET_SCNHDR_FLAGS(ABFD, LOC) \
({ \
int flags; \
char * ptr = (LOC); \
if (COFF2_P (ABFD)) \
flags = H_GET_32 (ABFD, ptr); \
else \
flags = H_GET_16 (ABFD, ptr - 4); \
flags; \
})
#define PUT_SCNHDR_FLAGS(ABFD, VAL, LOC) \
do \
{ \
char * ptr = (LOC); \
if (COFF2_P (ABFD)) \
H_PUT_32 (ABFD, VAL, ptr); \
else \
H_PUT_16 (ABFD, VAL, ptr - 4); \
} \
while (0)
#define GET_SCNHDR_PAGE(ABFD, LOC) \
({ \
unsigned page; \
char * ptr = (LOC); \
if (COFF2_P (ABFD)) \
page = H_GET_16 (ABFD, ptr); \
else \
page = (unsigned) H_GET_8 (ABFD, ptr - 7); \
page; \
})
/* On output, make sure that the "reserved" field is zero. */
#define PUT_SCNHDR_PAGE(ABFD, VAL, LOC) \
do \
{ \
char * ptr = (LOC); \
if (COFF2_P (ABFD)) \
H_PUT_16 (ABFD, VAL, ptr); \
else \
{ \
H_PUT_8 (ABFD, VAL, ptr - 7); \
H_PUT_8 (ABFD, 0, ptr - 8); \
} \
} \
while (0)
#else
#define GET_SCNHDR_NLNNO(ABFD, LOC) \
(COFF2_P (ABFD) ? H_GET_32 (ABFD, LOC) : H_GET_16 (ABFD, (LOC) - 2))
#define PUT_SCNHDR_NLNNO(ABFD, VAL, LOC) \
(COFF2_P (ABFD) ? H_PUT_32 (ABFD, VAL, LOC) : H_PUT_16 (ABFD, VAL, (LOC) - 2))
#define GET_SCNHDR_FLAGS(ABFD, LOC) \
(COFF2_P (ABFD) ? H_GET_32 (ABFD, LOC) : H_GET_16 (ABFD, (LOC) - 4))
#define PUT_SCNHDR_FLAGS(ABFD, VAL, LOC) \
(COFF2_P (ABFD) ? H_PUT_32 (ABFD, VAL, LOC) : H_PUT_16 (ABFD, VAL, (LOC) - 4))
#define GET_SCNHDR_PAGE(ABFD, LOC) \
(COFF2_P (ABFD) ? H_GET_16 (ABFD, LOC) : (unsigned) H_GET_8 (ABFD, (LOC) - 7))
/* On output, make sure that the "reserved" field is zero. */
#define PUT_SCNHDR_PAGE(ABFD, VAL, LOC) \
(COFF2_P (ABFD) \
? H_PUT_16 (ABFD, VAL, LOC) \
: H_PUT_8 (ABFD, VAL, (LOC) - 7), H_PUT_8 (ABFD, 0, (LOC) - 8))
#endif
/* TI COFF stores section size as number of bytes (address units, not octets),
so adjust to be number of octets, which is what BFD expects */
#define GET_SCNHDR_SIZE(ABFD, SZP) \
(H_GET_32 (ABFD, SZP) * bfd_octets_per_byte (ABFD))
#define PUT_SCNHDR_SIZE(ABFD, SZ, SZP) \
H_PUT_32 (ABFD, (SZ) / bfd_octets_per_byte (ABFD), SZP)
#define COFF_ADJUST_SCNHDR_IN_POST(ABFD, EXT, INT) \
do \
{ \
((struct internal_scnhdr *)(INT))->s_page = \
GET_SCNHDR_PAGE (ABFD, ((SCNHDR *)(EXT))->s_page); \
} \
while (0)
/* The entire scnhdr may not be assigned.
Ensure that everything is initialized. */
#define COFF_ADJUST_SCNHDR_OUT_PRE(ABFD, INT, EXT) \
do \
{ \
memset((EXT), 0, sizeof (SCNHDR)); \
} \
while (0)
/* The line number and reloc overflow checking in coff_swap_scnhdr_out in
coffswap.h doesn't use PUT_X for s_nlnno and s_nreloc.
Due to different sized v0/v1/v2 section headers, we have to re-write these
fields.
*/
#define COFF_ADJUST_SCNHDR_OUT_POST(ABFD, INT, EXT) \
do \
{ \
PUT_SCNHDR_NLNNO (ABFD, ((struct internal_scnhdr *)(INT))->s_nlnno, \
((SCNHDR *)(EXT))->s_nlnno); \
PUT_SCNHDR_NRELOC (ABFD, ((struct internal_scnhdr *)(INT))->s_nreloc,\
((SCNHDR *)(EXT))->s_nreloc); \
PUT_SCNHDR_FLAGS (ABFD, ((struct internal_scnhdr *)(INT))->s_flags, \
((SCNHDR *)(EXT))->s_flags); \
PUT_SCNHDR_PAGE (ABFD, ((struct internal_scnhdr *)(INT))->s_page, \
((SCNHDR *)(EXT))->s_page); \
} \
while (0)
/*
* names of "special" sections
*/
#define _TEXT ".text"
#define _DATA ".data"
#define _BSS ".bss"
#define _CINIT ".cinit" /* initialized C data */
#define _SCONST ".const" /* constants */
#define _SWITCH ".switch" /* switch tables */
#define _STACK ".stack" /* C stack */
#define _SYSMEM ".sysmem" /* used for malloc et al. syscalls */
/********************** LINE NUMBERS **********************/
/* 1 line number entry for every "breakpointable" source line in a section.
* Line numbers are grouped on a per function basis; first entry in a function
* grouping will have l_lnno = 0 and in place of physical address will be the
* symbol table index of the function name.
*/
struct external_lineno {
union {
char l_symndx[4]; /* function name symbol index, iff l_lnno == 0*/
char l_paddr[4]; /* (physical) address of line number */
} l_addr;
char l_lnno[2]; /* line number */
};
#define LINENO struct external_lineno
#define LINESZ 6
/********************** SYMBOLS **********************/
/* NOTE: this is what a local label looks like in assembly source; what it
looks like in COFF output is undefined */
#define TICOFF_LOCAL_LABEL_P(NAME) \
((NAME[0] == '$' && NAME[1] >= '0' && NAME[1] <= '9' && NAME[2] == '\0') \
|| NAME[strlen(NAME)-1] == '?')
#define E_SYMNMLEN 8 /* # characters in a symbol name */
#define E_FILNMLEN 14 /* # characters in a file name */
#define E_DIMNUM 4 /* # array dimensions in auxiliary entry */
struct external_syment
{
union {
char e_name[E_SYMNMLEN];
struct {
char e_zeroes[4];
char e_offset[4];
} e;
} e;
char e_value[4];
char e_scnum[2];
char e_type[2];
char e_sclass[1];
char e_numaux[1];
};
#define N_BTMASK (017)
#define N_TMASK (060)
#define N_BTSHFT (4)
#define N_TSHIFT (2)
union external_auxent {
struct {
char x_tagndx[4]; /* str, un, or enum tag indx */
union {
struct {
char x_lnno[2]; /* declaration line number */
char x_size[2]; /* str/union/array size */
} x_lnsz;
char x_fsize[4]; /* size of function */
} x_misc;
union {
struct { /* if ISFCN, tag, or .bb */
char x_lnnoptr[4]; /* ptr to fcn line # */
char x_endndx[4]; /* entry ndx past block end */
} x_fcn;
struct { /* if ISARY, up to 4 dimen. */
char x_dimen[E_DIMNUM][2];
} x_ary;
} x_fcnary;
char x_tvndx[2]; /* tv index */
} x_sym;
union {
char x_fname[E_FILNMLEN];
struct {
char x_zeroes[4];
char x_offset[4];
} x_n;
} x_file;
struct {
char x_scnlen[4]; /* section length */
char x_nreloc[2]; /* # relocation entries */
char x_nlinno[2]; /* # line numbers */
} x_scn;
struct {
char x_tvfill[4]; /* tv fill value */
char x_tvlen[2]; /* length of .tv */
char x_tvran[2][2]; /* tv range */
} x_tv; /* info about .tv section (in auxent of symbol .tv)) */
};
#define SYMENT struct external_syment
#define SYMESZ 18
#define AUXENT union external_auxent
#define AUXESZ 18
/* section lengths are in target bytes (not host bytes) */
#define GET_SCN_SCNLEN(ABFD, EXT) \
(H_GET_32 (ABFD, (EXT)->x_scn.x_scnlen) * bfd_octets_per_byte (ABFD))
#define PUT_SCN_SCNLEN(ABFD, INT, EXT) \
H_PUT_32 (ABFD, (INT) / bfd_octets_per_byte (ABFD), (EXT)->x_scn.x_scnlen)
/* lnsz size is in bits in COFF file, in bytes in BFD */
#define GET_LNSZ_SIZE(abfd, ext) \
(H_GET_16 (abfd, ext->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size) / (in_class != C_FIELD ? 8 : 1))
#define PUT_LNSZ_SIZE(abfd, in, ext) \
H_PUT_16 (abfd, ((in_class != C_FIELD) ? (in) * 8 : (in)), \
ext->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size)
/* TI COFF stores offsets for MOS and MOU in bits; BFD expects bytes
Also put the load page flag of the section into the symbol value if it's an
address. */
#ifndef NEEDS_PAGE
#define NEEDS_PAGE(X) 0
#define PAGE_MASK 0
#endif
#define COFF_ADJUST_SYM_IN_POST(ABFD, EXT, INT) \
do \
{ \
struct internal_syment *dst = (struct internal_syment *)(INT); \
if (dst->n_sclass == C_MOS || dst->n_sclass == C_MOU) \
dst->n_value /= 8; \
else if (NEEDS_PAGE (dst->n_sclass)) { \
asection *scn = coff_section_from_bfd_index (abfd, dst->n_scnum); \
dst->n_value |= (scn->lma & PAGE_MASK); \
} \
} \
while (0)
#define COFF_ADJUST_SYM_OUT_POST(ABFD, INT, EXT) \
do \
{ \
struct internal_syment *src = (struct internal_syment *)(INT); \
SYMENT *dst = (SYMENT *)(EXT); \
if (src->n_sclass == C_MOU || src->n_sclass == C_MOS) \
H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->n_value * 8, dst->e_value); \
else if (NEEDS_PAGE (src->n_sclass)) { \
H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->n_value &= ~PAGE_MASK, dst->e_value); \
} \
} \
while (0)
/* Detect section-relative absolute symbols so they get flagged with a sym
index of -1.
*/
#define SECTION_RELATIVE_ABSOLUTE_SYMBOL_P(RELOC, SECT) \
((*(RELOC)->sym_ptr_ptr)->section->output_section == (SECT) \
&& (RELOC)->howto->name[0] == 'A')
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
struct external_reloc_v0
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[2];
char r_reserved[2];
char r_type[2];
};
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_reserved[2]; /* extended pmad byte for COFF2 */
char r_type[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ_V0 10 /* FIXME -- coffcode.h needs fixing */
#define RELSZ 12 /* for COFF1/2 */
#define SWAP_OUT_RELOC_EXTRA(abfd, src, dst) \
do memset (dst->r_reserved, 0, sizeof (dst->r_reserved)); while (0)
/* various relocation types. */
#define R_ABS 0x0000 /* no relocation */
#define R_REL13 0x002A /* 13-bit direct reference (???) */
#define R_PARTLS7 0x0028 /* 7 LSBs of an address */
#define R_PARTMS9 0x0029 /* 9MSBs of an address */
#define R_EXTWORD 0x002B /* 23-bit direct reference */
#define R_EXTWORD16 0x002C /* 16-bit direct reference to 23-bit addr*/
#define R_EXTWORDMS7 0x002D /* upper 7 bits of 23-bit address */
#endif /* COFF_TI_H */

51
include/coff/tic30.h
View File

@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for Texas Instruments TMS320C3X
Copyright 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 4
#include "coff/external.h"
#define TIC30MAGIC 0xC000
#define TIC30BADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != TIC30MAGIC))
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
/* The external reloc has an offset field, because some of the reloc
types on the z8k don't have room in the instruction for the entire
offset - eg with segments */
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_offset[4];
char r_type[2];
char r_stuff[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 16
/* TMS320C30 relocation types. */
#define R_TIC30_ABS16 0x100 /* 16 bit absolute. */
#define R_TIC30_ABS24 0x101 /* 24 bit absolute. */
#define R_TIC30_ABS32 0x102 /* 32 bit absolute. */
#define R_TIC30_LDP 0x103 /* LDP bits 23-16 to 7-0. */
#define R_TIC30_PC16 0x104 /* 16 bit pc relative. */

47
include/coff/tic4x.h
View File

@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
/* TI COFF information for Texas Instruments TMS320C4X/C3X.
This file customizes the settings in coff/ti.h.
Copyright 2002, 2003, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef COFF_TIC4X_H
#define COFF_TIC4X_H
#define TIC4X_TARGET_ID 0x0093
/* Octets per byte, as a power of two. */
#define TI_TARGET_ID TIC4X_TARGET_ID
#define OCTETS_PER_BYTE_POWER 2
/* Add to howto to get absolute/sect-relative version. */
#define HOWTO_BANK 6
#define TICOFF_TARGET_ARCH bfd_arch_tic4x
/* We use COFF2. */
#define TICOFF_DEFAULT_MAGIC TICOFF2MAGIC
#define TICOFF_TARGET_MACHINE_GET(FLAGS) \
(((FLAGS) & F_VERS) ? bfd_mach_tic4x : bfd_mach_tic3x)
#define TICOFF_TARGET_MACHINE_SET(FLAGSP, MACHINE) \
do \
{ \
if ((MACHINE) == bfd_mach_tic4x) \
*(FLAGSP) |= F_VERS; \
} \
while (0)
#include "coff/ti.h"
#endif /* COFF_TIC4X_H */

60
include/coff/tic54x.h
View File

@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
/* TI COFF information for Texas Instruments TMS320C54X.
This file customizes the settings in coff/ti.h.
Copyright 2000, 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef COFF_TIC54X_H
#define COFF_TIC54X_H
#define TIC54X_TARGET_ID 0x98
#define TIC54XALGMAGIC 0x009B /* c54x algebraic assembler output */
#define TIC5X_TARGET_ID 0x92
#define TI_TARGET_ID TIC54X_TARGET_ID
#define OCTETS_PER_BYTE_POWER 1 /* octets per byte, as a power of two */
#define HOWTO_BANK 6 /* add to howto to get absolute/sect-relative version */
#define TICOFF_TARGET_ARCH bfd_arch_tic54x
#define TICOFF_DEFAULT_MAGIC TICOFF1MAGIC /* we use COFF1 for compatibility */
/* Page macros
The first GDB port requires flags in its remote memory access commands to
distinguish between data/prog space. Hopefully we can make this go away
eventually. Stuff the page in the upper bits of a 32-bit address, since
the c5x family only uses 16 or 23 bits.
c2x, c5x and most c54x devices have 16-bit addresses, but the c548 has
23-bit program addresses. Make sure the page flags don't interfere.
These flags are used by GDB to identify the destination page for
addresses.
*/
/* Recognized load pages (by common convention). */
#define PG_PROG 0x0 /* PROG page */
#define PG_DATA 0x1 /* DATA page */
#define PG_IO 0x2 /* I/O page */
/** Indicate whether the given storage class requires a page flag. */
#define NEEDS_PAGE(X) ((X)==C_EXT)
#define PAGE_MASK 0xFF000000
#define ADDR_MASK 0x00FFFFFF
#define PG_TO_FLAG(p) (((unsigned long)(p) & 0xFF) << 24)
#define FLAG_TO_PG(f) (((f) >> 24) & 0xFF)
#include "coff/ti.h"
#endif /* COFF_TIC54X_H */

123
include/coff/tic80.h
View File

@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for TI TMS320C80 (MVP)
Copyright 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#define DO_NOT_DEFINE_FILHDR
#define DO_NOT_DEFINE_SCNHDR
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 2
#include "coff/external.h"
/********************** FILE HEADER **********************/
struct external_filehdr
{
char f_magic[2]; /* magic number */
char f_nscns[2]; /* number of sections */
char f_timdat[4]; /* time & date stamp */
char f_symptr[4]; /* file pointer to symtab */
char f_nsyms[4]; /* number of symtab entries */
char f_opthdr[2]; /* sizeof(optional hdr) */
char f_flags[2]; /* flags */
char f_target_id[2];/* target id (TIc80 specific) */
};
#define TIC80_ARCH_MAGIC 0x0C1 /* Goes in the file header magic number field */
#define TIC80_TARGET_ID 0x95 /* Goes in the target id field */
#define TIC80BADMAG(x) ((x).f_magic != TIC80_ARCH_MAGIC)
#define FILHDR struct external_filehdr
#define FILHSZ 22
#define TIC80_AOUTHDR_MAGIC 0x108 /* Goes in the optional file header magic number field */
/********************** SECTION HEADER **********************/
struct external_scnhdr
{
char s_name[8]; /* section name */
char s_paddr[4]; /* physical address, aliased s_nlib */
char s_vaddr[4]; /* virtual address */
char s_size[4]; /* section size */
char s_scnptr[4]; /* file ptr to raw data for section */
char s_relptr[4]; /* file ptr to relocation */
char s_lnnoptr[4]; /* file ptr to line numbers */
char s_nreloc[2]; /* number of relocation entries */
char s_nlnno[2]; /* number of line number entries*/
char s_flags[2]; /* flags */
char s_reserved[1]; /* reserved (TIc80 specific) */
char s_mempage[1]; /* memory page number (TIc80) */
};
/* Names of "special" sections. */
#define _TEXT ".text"
#define _DATA ".data"
#define _BSS ".bss"
#define _CINIT ".cinit"
#define _CONST ".const"
#define _SWITCH ".switch"
#define _STACK ".stack"
#define _SYSMEM ".sysmem"
#define SCNHDR struct external_scnhdr
#define SCNHSZ 40
/* FIXME - need to correlate external_auxent with
TIc80 Code Generation Tools User's Guide, CG:A-25 */
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
/* The external reloc has an offset field, because some of the reloc
types on the h8 don't have room in the instruction for the entire
offset - eg the strange jump and high page addressing modes. */
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_reserved[2];
char r_type[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 12
/* TIc80 relocation types. */
#define R_ABS 0x00 /* Absolute address - no relocation */
#define R_RELLONGX 0x11 /* PP: 32 bits, direct */
#define R_PPBASE 0x34 /* PP: Global base address type */
#define R_PPLBASE 0x35 /* PP: Local base address type */
#define R_PP15 0x38 /* PP: Global 15 bit offset */
#define R_PP15W 0x39 /* PP: Global 15 bit offset divided by 4 */
#define R_PP15H 0x3A /* PP: Global 15 bit offset divided by 2 */
#define R_PP16B 0x3B /* PP: Global 16 bit offset for bytes */
#define R_PPL15 0x3C /* PP: Local 15 bit offset */
#define R_PPL15W 0x3D /* PP: Local 15 bit offset divided by 4 */
#define R_PPL15H 0x3E /* PP: Local 15 bit offset divided by 2 */
#define R_PPL16B 0x3F /* PP: Local 16 bit offset for bytes */
#define R_PPN15 0x40 /* PP: Global 15 bit negative offset */
#define R_PPN15W 0x41 /* PP: Global 15 bit negative offset divided by 4 */
#define R_PPN15H 0x42 /* PP: Global 15 bit negative offset divided by 2 */
#define R_PPN16B 0x43 /* PP: Global 16 bit negative byte offset */
#define R_PPLN15 0x44 /* PP: Local 15 bit negative offset */
#define R_PPLN15W 0x45 /* PP: Local 15 bit negative offset divided by 4 */
#define R_PPLN15H 0x46 /* PP: Local 15 bit negative offset divided by 2 */
#define R_PPLN16B 0x47 /* PP: Local 16 bit negative byte offset */
#define R_MPPCR15W 0x4E /* MP: 15 bit PC-relative divided by 4 */
#define R_MPPCR 0x4F /* MP: 32 bit PC-relative divided by 4 */

47
include/coff/w65.h
View File

@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for WDC 65816
Copyright 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 4
#include "coff/external.h"
#define W65MAGIC 0x6500
#define W65BADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != W65MAGIC))
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
/* The external reloc has an offset field, because some of the reloc
types on the w65 don't have room in the instruction for the entire
offset - eg the strange jump and high page addressing modes */
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_offset[4];
char r_type[2];
char r_stuff[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 16

62
include/coff/we32k.h
View File

@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for we32k
Copyright 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 2
#include "coff/external.h"
/* Bits for f_flags:
F_RELFLG relocation info stripped from file
F_EXEC file is executable (no unresolved external references)
F_LNNO line numbers stripped from file
F_LSYMS local symbols stripped from file
F_AR32WR file has byte ordering of an AR32WR machine (e.g. vax). */
#define F_RELFLG (0x0001)
#define F_EXEC (0x0002)
#define F_LNNO (0x0004)
#define F_LSYMS (0x0008)
#define F_BM32B (0020000)
#define F_BM32MAU (0040000)
#define WE32KMAGIC 0x170 /* we32k sans transfer vector */
#define FBOMAGIC 0x170 /* we32k sans transfer vector */
#define MTVMAGIC 0x171 /* we32k with transfer vector */
#define RBOMAGIC 0x172 /* reserved */
#define WE32KBADMAG(x) ( ((x).f_magic != WE32KMAGIC) \
&& ((x).f_magic != FBOMAGIC) \
&& ((x).f_magic != RBOMAGIC) \
&& ((x).f_magic != MTVMAGIC))
/* More names of "special" sections. */
#define _TV ".tv"
#define _INIT ".init"
#define _FINI ".fini"
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_type[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 10

57
include/coff/x86_64.h
View File

@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
/* COFF information for AMD 64.
Copyright 2006, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA.
Written by Kai Tietz, OneVision Software GmbH&CoKg. */
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 2
#define INCLUDE_COMDAT_FIELDS_IN_AUXENT
#include "coff/external.h"
#define COFF_PAGE_SIZE 0x1000
#define AMD64MAGIC 0x8664
#define AMD64BADMAG(x) ((x).f_magic != AMD64MAGIC)
#define IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC 0x20b
#define OMAGIC 0404 /* Object files, eg as output. */
#define ZMAGIC IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC /* Demand load format, eg normal ld output 0x10b. */
#define STMAGIC 0401 /* Target shlib. */
#define SHMAGIC 0443 /* Host shlib. */
/* Define some NT default values. */
/* #define NT_IMAGE_BASE 0x400000 moved to internal.h. */
#define NT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 0x1000
#define NT_FILE_ALIGNMENT 0x200
#define NT_DEF_RESERVE 0x100000
#define NT_DEF_COMMIT 0x1000
/* Relocation directives. */
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_type[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 10

647
include/coff/xcoff.h
View File

@ -1,647 +0,0 @@
/* Internal format of XCOFF object file data structures for BFD.
Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005,
2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>, Cygnus Support.
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef _INTERNAL_XCOFF_H
#define _INTERNAL_XCOFF_H
/* XCOFF specific f_flags. */
/* File was profiled with fdpr. */
#define F_FDPR_PROF 0x0010
/* File was reordered with fdpr. */
#define F_FDPR_OPTI 0x0020
/* File use very large program support. */
#define F_DSA 0x0040
/* One aux header specifying medium page sizes is non-zero. */
#define F_VARPG 0x0100
/* Read/write sections are non-executable. */
#define F_NONEXEC 0x8000
/* Linker */
/* Names of "special" sections. */
#define _TEXT ".text"
#define _DATA ".data"
#define _BSS ".bss"
#define _PAD ".pad"
#define _LOADER ".loader"
#define _EXCEPT ".except"
#define _TYPCHK ".typchk"
/* XCOFF uses special .dwXXX sections with the type STYP_DWARF. */
#define STYP_DWARF 0x0010
/* High-order 16-bits dwarf subtypes. */
#define SSUBTYP_DWINFO 0x10000
#define SSUBTYP_DWLINE 0x20000
#define SSUBTYP_DWPBNMS 0x30000
#define SSUBTYP_DWPBTYP 0x40000
#define SSUBTYP_DWARNGE 0x50000
#define SSUBTYP_DWABREV 0x60000
#define SSUBTYP_DWSTR 0x70000
#define SSUBTYP_DWRNGES 0x80000
/* XCOFF uses a special .loader section with type STYP_LOADER. */
#define STYP_LOADER 0x1000
/* Specifies an exception section. A section of this type provides
information to identify the reason that a trap or ececptin occured within
and executable object program */
#define STYP_EXCEPT 0x0100
/* Specifies an initialized thread-local data section. */
#define STYP_TDATA 0x0400
/* Specifies an uninitialized thread-local data section. */
#define STYP_TBSS 0x0800
/* XCOFF uses a special .debug section with type STYP_DEBUG. */
#define STYP_DEBUG 0x2000
/* Specifies a type check section. A section of this type contains parameter
argument type check strings used by the AIX binder. */
#define STYP_TYPCHK 0x4000
/* XCOFF handles line number or relocation overflow by creating
another section header with STYP_OVRFLO set. */
#define STYP_OVRFLO 0x8000
#define RS6K_AOUTHDR_OMAGIC 0x0107 /* old: text & data writeable */
#define RS6K_AOUTHDR_NMAGIC 0x0108 /* new: text r/o, data r/w */
#define RS6K_AOUTHDR_ZMAGIC 0x010B /* paged: text r/o, both page-aligned */
/* XCOFF relocation types.
The relocations are described in the function
xcoff[64]_ppc_relocate_section in coff64-rs6000.c and coff-rs6000.c */
#define R_POS (0x00)
#define R_NEG (0x01)
#define R_REL (0x02)
#define R_TOC (0x03)
#define R_RTB (0x04)
#define R_GL (0x05)
#define R_TCL (0x06)
#define R_BA (0x08)
#define R_BR (0x0a)
#define R_RL (0x0c)
#define R_RLA (0x0d)
#define R_REF (0x0f)
#define R_TRL (0x12)
#define R_TRLA (0x13)
#define R_RRTBI (0x14)
#define R_RRTBA (0x15)
#define R_CAI (0x16)
#define R_CREL (0x17)
#define R_RBA (0x18)
#define R_RBAC (0x19)
#define R_RBR (0x1a)
#define R_RBRC (0x1b)
#define R_TLS (0x20)
#define R_TLS_IE (0x21)
#define R_TLS_LD (0x22)
#define R_TLS_LE (0x23)
#define R_TLSM (0x24)
#define R_TLSML (0x25)
#define R_TOCU (0x30)
#define R_TOCL (0x31)
/* Storage class #defines, from /usr/include/storclass.h that are not already
defined in internal.h */
/* Comment string in .info section */
#define C_INFO 110
/* Dwarf symbol. */
#define C_DWARF 112
/* Auxillary Symbol Entries */
/* x_smtyp values: */
#define SMTYP_ALIGN(x) ((x) >> 3) /* log2 of alignment */
#define SMTYP_SMTYP(x) ((x) & 0x7) /* symbol type */
/* Symbol type values: */
#define XTY_ER 0 /* External reference */
#define XTY_SD 1 /* Csect definition */
#define XTY_LD 2 /* Label definition */
#define XTY_CM 3 /* .BSS */
#define XTY_EM 4 /* Error message */
#define XTY_US 5 /* "Reserved for internal use" */
/* x_smclas values: */
#define XMC_PR 0 /* Read-only program code */
#define XMC_RO 1 /* Read-only constant */
#define XMC_DB 2 /* Read-only debug dictionary table */
#define XMC_TC 3 /* Read-write general TOC entry */
#define XMC_UA 4 /* Read-write unclassified */
#define XMC_RW 5 /* Read-write data */
#define XMC_GL 6 /* Read-only global linkage */
#define XMC_XO 7 /* Read-only extended operation */
#define XMC_SV 8 /* Read-only supervisor call */
#define XMC_BS 9 /* Read-write BSS */
#define XMC_DS 10 /* Read-write descriptor csect */
#define XMC_UC 11 /* Read-write unnamed Fortran common */
#define XMC_TI 12 /* Read-only traceback index csect */
#define XMC_TB 13 /* Read-only traceback table csect */
/* 14 ??? */
#define XMC_TC0 15 /* Read-write TOC anchor */
#define XMC_TD 16 /* Read-write data in TOC */
#define XMC_SV64 17 /* Read-only 64 bit supervisor call */
#define XMC_SV3264 18 /* Read-only 32 or 64 bit supervisor call */
/* 19 ??? */
#define XMC_TL 20 /* Read-write initialized TLS data */
#define XMC_TU 21 /* Read-write uninitialized TLS data */
#define XMC_TE 22 /* Same as XMC_TC but mapped after it */
/* The ldhdr structure. This appears at the start of the .loader
section. */
struct internal_ldhdr
{
/* The version number:
1 : 32 bit
2 : 64 bit */
unsigned long l_version;
/* The number of symbol table entries. */
bfd_size_type l_nsyms;
/* The number of relocation table entries. */
bfd_size_type l_nreloc;
/* The length of the import file string table. */
bfd_size_type l_istlen;
/* The number of import files. */
bfd_size_type l_nimpid;
/* The offset from the start of the .loader section to the first
entry in the import file table. */
bfd_size_type l_impoff;
/* The length of the string table. */
bfd_size_type l_stlen;
/* The offset from the start of the .loader section to the first
entry in the string table. */
bfd_size_type l_stoff;
/* The offset to start of the symbol table, only in XCOFF64 */
bfd_vma l_symoff;
/* The offset to the start of the relocation table, only in XCOFF64 */
bfd_vma l_rldoff;
};
/* The ldsym structure. This is used to represent a symbol in the
.loader section. */
struct internal_ldsym
{
union
{
/* The symbol name if <= SYMNMLEN characters. */
char _l_name[SYMNMLEN];
struct
{
/* Zero if the symbol name is more than SYMNMLEN characters. */
long _l_zeroes;
/* The offset in the string table if the symbol name is more
than SYMNMLEN characters. */
long _l_offset;
}
_l_l;
}
_l;
/* The symbol value. */
bfd_vma l_value;
/* The symbol section number. */
short l_scnum;
/* The symbol type and flags. */
char l_smtype;
/* The symbol storage class. */
char l_smclas;
/* The import file ID. */
bfd_size_type l_ifile;
/* Offset to the parameter type check string. */
bfd_size_type l_parm;
};
/* These flags are for the l_smtype field (the lower three bits are an
XTY_* value). */
/* Imported symbol. */
#define L_IMPORT (0x40)
/* Entry point. */
#define L_ENTRY (0x20)
/* Exported symbol. */
#define L_EXPORT (0x10)
/* Weak symbol. */
#define L_WEAK (0x08)
/* The ldrel structure. This is used to represent a reloc in the
.loader section. */
struct internal_ldrel
{
/* The reloc address. */
bfd_vma l_vaddr;
/* The symbol table index in the .loader section symbol table. */
bfd_size_type l_symndx;
/* The relocation type and size. */
short l_rtype;
/* The section number this relocation applies to. */
short l_rsecnm;
};
/* An entry in the XCOFF linker hash table. */
struct xcoff_link_hash_entry
{
struct bfd_link_hash_entry root;
/* Symbol index in output file. Set to -1 initially. Set to -2 if
there is a reloc against this symbol. */
long indx;
/* If we have created a TOC entry for this symbol, this is the .tc
section which holds it. */
asection *toc_section;
union
{
/* If we have created a TOC entry (the XCOFF_SET_TOC flag is
set), this is the offset in toc_section. */
bfd_vma toc_offset;
/* If the TOC entry comes from an input file, this is set to the
symbol index of the C_HIDEXT XMC_TC or XMC_TD symbol. */
long toc_indx;
}
u;
/* If this symbol is a function entry point which is called, this
field holds a pointer to the function descriptor. If this symbol
is a function descriptor, this field holds a pointer to the
function entry point. */
struct xcoff_link_hash_entry *descriptor;
/* The .loader symbol table entry, if there is one. */
struct internal_ldsym *ldsym;
/* If XCOFF_BUILT_LDSYM is set, this is the .loader symbol table
index. If XCOFF_BUILD_LDSYM is clear, and XCOFF_IMPORT is set,
this is the l_ifile value. */
long ldindx;
/* Some linker flags. */
unsigned long flags;
/* The storage mapping class. */
unsigned char smclas;
};
/* Flags for xcoff_link_hash_entry. */
/* Symbol is referenced by a regular object. */
#define XCOFF_REF_REGULAR 0x00000001
/* Symbol is defined by a regular object. */
#define XCOFF_DEF_REGULAR 0x00000002
/* Symbol is defined by a dynamic object. */
#define XCOFF_DEF_DYNAMIC 0x00000004
/* Symbol is used in a reloc being copied into the .loader section. */
#define XCOFF_LDREL 0x00000008
/* Symbol is the entry point. */
#define XCOFF_ENTRY 0x00000010
/* Symbol is for a function and is the target of a relocation.
The relocation may or may not be a branch-type relocation. */
#define XCOFF_CALLED 0x00000020
/* Symbol needs the TOC entry filled in. */
#define XCOFF_SET_TOC 0x00000040
/* Symbol is implicitly or explicitly imported. */
#define XCOFF_IMPORT 0x00000080
/* Symbol is explicitly exported. */
#define XCOFF_EXPORT 0x00000100
/* Symbol has been processed by xcoff_build_ldsyms. */
#define XCOFF_BUILT_LDSYM 0x00000200
/* Symbol is mentioned by a section which was not garbage collected. */
#define XCOFF_MARK 0x00000400
/* Symbol size is recorded in size_list list from hash table. */
#define XCOFF_HAS_SIZE 0x00000800
/* Symbol is a function descriptor. */
#define XCOFF_DESCRIPTOR 0x00001000
/* Multiple definitions have been for the symbol. */
#define XCOFF_MULTIPLY_DEFINED 0x00002000
/* Symbol is the __rtinit symbol. */
#define XCOFF_RTINIT 0x00004000
/* Symbol is an imported 32 bit syscall. */
#define XCOFF_SYSCALL32 0x00008000
/* Symbol is an imported 64 bit syscall. */
#define XCOFF_SYSCALL64 0x00010000
/* Symbol was not explicitly defined by the time it was marked. */
#define XCOFF_WAS_UNDEFINED 0x00020000
/* We have assigned an output XCOFF entry to this symbol. */
#define XCOFF_ALLOCATED 0x00040000
/* The XCOFF linker hash table. */
#define XCOFF_NUMBER_OF_SPECIAL_SECTIONS 6
#define XCOFF_SPECIAL_SECTION_TEXT 0
#define XCOFF_SPECIAL_SECTION_ETEXT 1
#define XCOFF_SPECIAL_SECTION_DATA 2
#define XCOFF_SPECIAL_SECTION_EDATA 3
#define XCOFF_SPECIAL_SECTION_END 4
#define XCOFF_SPECIAL_SECTION_END2 5
/* These flags indicate which of -bexpall and -bexpfull are in effect. */
#define XCOFF_EXPALL 1
#define XCOFF_EXPFULL 2
/* This structure is used to pass information through
xcoff_link_hash_traverse. */
struct xcoff_loader_info
{
/* Set if a problem occurred. */
bfd_boolean failed;
/* Output BFD. */
bfd *output_bfd;
/* Link information structure. */
struct bfd_link_info *info;
/* A mask of XCOFF_EXPALL and XCOFF_EXPFULL flags. */
unsigned int auto_export_flags;
/* Number of ldsym structures. */
size_t ldsym_count;
/* Size of string table. */
size_t string_size;
/* String table. */
char *strings;
/* Allocated size of string table. */
size_t string_alc;
};
/* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
#define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma) 0) - 1)
/* __rtinit, from /usr/include/rtinit.h. */
struct __rtinit
{
/* Pointer to runtime linker.
XXX: Is the parameter really void? */
int (*rtl) (void);
/* Offset to array of init functions, 0 if none. */
int init_offset;
/* Offset to array of fini functions, 0 if none. */
int fini_offset;
/* Size of __RTINIT_DESCRIPTOR. This value should be used instead of
sizeof(__RTINIT_DESCRIPTOR). */
int __rtinit_descriptor_size;
};
#define RTINIT_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE (12)
struct __rtinit_descriptor
{
/* Init/fini function. */
int f;
/* Offset, relative to the start of the __rtinit symbol, to name of the
function. */
int name_offset;
/* Flags */
unsigned char flags;
};
/* Archive */
#define XCOFFARMAG "<aiaff>\012"
#define XCOFFARMAGBIG "<bigaf>\012"
#define SXCOFFARMAG 8
/* The size of the ascii archive elements */
#define XCOFFARMAG_ELEMENT_SIZE 12
#define XCOFFARMAGBIG_ELEMENT_SIZE 20
/* This terminates an XCOFF archive member name. */
#define XCOFFARFMAG "`\012"
#define SXCOFFARFMAG 2
/* XCOFF archives start with this (printable) structure. */
struct xcoff_ar_file_hdr
{
/* Magic string. */
char magic[SXCOFFARMAG];
/* Offset of the member table (decimal ASCII string). */
char memoff[XCOFFARMAG_ELEMENT_SIZE];
/* Offset of the global symbol table (decimal ASCII string). */
char symoff[XCOFFARMAG_ELEMENT_SIZE];
/* Offset of the first member in the archive (decimal ASCII string). */
char firstmemoff[XCOFFARMAG_ELEMENT_SIZE];
/* Offset of the last member in the archive (decimal ASCII string). */
char lastmemoff[XCOFFARMAG_ELEMENT_SIZE];
/* Offset of the first member on the free list (decimal ASCII
string). */
char freeoff[XCOFFARMAG_ELEMENT_SIZE];
};
#define SIZEOF_AR_FILE_HDR (SXCOFFARMAG + 5 * XCOFFARMAG_ELEMENT_SIZE)
/* This is the equivalent data structure for the big archive format. */
struct xcoff_ar_file_hdr_big
{
/* Magic string. */
char magic[SXCOFFARMAG];
/* Offset of the member table (decimal ASCII string). */
char memoff[XCOFFARMAGBIG_ELEMENT_SIZE];
/* Offset of the global symbol table for 32-bit objects (decimal ASCII
string). */
char symoff[XCOFFARMAGBIG_ELEMENT_SIZE];
/* Offset of the global symbol table for 64-bit objects (decimal ASCII
string). */
char symoff64[XCOFFARMAGBIG_ELEMENT_SIZE];
/* Offset of the first member in the archive (decimal ASCII string). */
char firstmemoff[XCOFFARMAGBIG_ELEMENT_SIZE];
/* Offset of the last member in the archive (decimal ASCII string). */
char lastmemoff[XCOFFARMAGBIG_ELEMENT_SIZE];
/* Offset of the first member on the free list (decimal ASCII
string). */
char freeoff[XCOFFARMAGBIG_ELEMENT_SIZE];
};
#define SIZEOF_AR_FILE_HDR_BIG (SXCOFFARMAG + 6 * XCOFFARMAGBIG_ELEMENT_SIZE)
/* Each XCOFF archive member starts with this (printable) structure. */
struct xcoff_ar_hdr
{
/* File size not including the header (decimal ASCII string). */
char size[XCOFFARMAG_ELEMENT_SIZE];
/* File offset of next archive member (decimal ASCII string). */
char nextoff[XCOFFARMAG_ELEMENT_SIZE];
/* File offset of previous archive member (decimal ASCII string). */
char prevoff[XCOFFARMAG_ELEMENT_SIZE];
/* File mtime (decimal ASCII string). */
char date[12];
/* File UID (decimal ASCII string). */
char uid[12];
/* File GID (decimal ASCII string). */
char gid[12];
/* File mode (octal ASCII string). */
char mode[12];
/* Length of file name (decimal ASCII string). */
char namlen[4];
/* This structure is followed by the file name. The length of the
name is given in the namlen field. If the length of the name is
odd, the name is followed by a null byte. The name and optional
null byte are followed by XCOFFARFMAG, which is not included in
namlen. The contents of the archive member follow; the number of
bytes is given in the size field. */
};
#define SIZEOF_AR_HDR (3 * XCOFFARMAG_ELEMENT_SIZE + 4 * 12 + 4)
/* The equivalent for the big archive format. */
struct xcoff_ar_hdr_big
{
/* File size not including the header (decimal ASCII string). */
char size[XCOFFARMAGBIG_ELEMENT_SIZE];
/* File offset of next archive member (decimal ASCII string). */
char nextoff[XCOFFARMAGBIG_ELEMENT_SIZE];
/* File offset of previous archive member (decimal ASCII string). */
char prevoff[XCOFFARMAGBIG_ELEMENT_SIZE];
/* File mtime (decimal ASCII string). */
char date[12];
/* File UID (decimal ASCII string). */
char uid[12];
/* File GID (decimal ASCII string). */
char gid[12];
/* File mode (octal ASCII string). */
char mode[12];
/* Length of file name (decimal ASCII string). */
char namlen[4];
/* This structure is followed by the file name. The length of the
name is given in the namlen field. If the length of the name is
odd, the name is followed by a null byte. The name and optional
null byte are followed by XCOFFARFMAG, which is not included in
namlen. The contents of the archive member follow; the number of
bytes is given in the size field. */
};
#define SIZEOF_AR_HDR_BIG (3 * XCOFFARMAGBIG_ELEMENT_SIZE + 4 * 12 + 4)
/* We often have to distinguish between the old and big file format.
Make it a bit cleaner. We can use `xcoff_ardata' here because the
`hdr' member has the same size and position in both formats.
<bigaf> is the default format, return TRUE even when xcoff_ardata is
NULL. */
#ifndef SMALL_ARCHIVE
/* Creates big archives by default */
#define xcoff_big_format_p(abfd) \
((NULL != bfd_ardata (abfd) && NULL == xcoff_ardata (abfd)) || \
((NULL != bfd_ardata (abfd)) && \
(NULL != xcoff_ardata (abfd)) && \
(xcoff_ardata (abfd)->magic[1] == 'b')))
#else
/* Creates small archives by default. */
#define xcoff_big_format_p(abfd) \
(((NULL != bfd_ardata (abfd)) && \
(NULL != xcoff_ardata (abfd)) && \
(xcoff_ardata (abfd)->magic[1] == 'b')))
#endif
/* We store a copy of the xcoff_ar_file_hdr in the tdata field of the
artdata structure. Similar for the big archive. */
#define xcoff_ardata(abfd) \
((struct xcoff_ar_file_hdr *) bfd_ardata (abfd)->tdata)
#define xcoff_ardata_big(abfd) \
((struct xcoff_ar_file_hdr_big *) bfd_ardata (abfd)->tdata)
/* We store a copy of the xcoff_ar_hdr in the arelt_data field of an
archive element. Similar for the big archive. */
#define arch_eltdata(bfd) ((struct areltdata *) ((bfd)->arelt_data))
#define arch_xhdr(bfd) \
((struct xcoff_ar_hdr *) arch_eltdata (bfd)->arch_header)
#define arch_xhdr_big(bfd) \
((struct xcoff_ar_hdr_big *) arch_eltdata (bfd)->arch_header)
/* True if symbols of class CLASS are external. */
#define EXTERN_SYM_P(CLASS) \
((CLASS) == C_EXT || (CLASS) == C_AIX_WEAKEXT)
#endif /* _INTERNAL_XCOFF_H */

60
include/coff/z80.h
View File

@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for Zilog Z80
Copyright 2005, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Arnold Metselaar <arnold_m@operamail.com>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 4
#include "coff/external.h"
/* z80 backend does not use dots in section names. */
#undef _TEXT
#define _TEXT "text"
#undef _DATA
#define _DATA "data"
#undef _BSS
#define _BSS "bss"
/* Type of cpu is stored in flags. */
#define F_MACHMASK 0xF000
/* Z80 COFF encodes the section alignment in the section header flags */
#define COFF_ALIGN_IN_SECTION_HEADER 1
#define COFF_ALIGN_IN_S_FLAGS 1
#define F_ALGNMASK 0x0F00
/* requires a power-of-two argument */
#define COFF_ENCODE_ALIGNMENT(S,X) ((S).s_flags |= (((unsigned)(X)&0xF)<<8))
/* result is a power of two */
#define COFF_DECODE_ALIGNMENT(X) (((X)>>8)&0xF)
#define Z80MAGIC 0x805A
#define Z80BADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != Z80MAGIC))
/* Relocation directives. */
/* This format actually has more bits than we need. */
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_offset[4];
char r_type[2];
char r_stuff[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 16

49
include/coff/z8k.h
View File

@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
/* coff information for Zilog Z800N
Copyright 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#define L_LNNO_SIZE 4
#include "coff/external.h"
/* Type of cpu is stored in flags */
#define F_Z8001 0x1000
#define F_Z8002 0x2000
#define F_MACHMASK 0xf000
#define Z8KMAGIC 0x8000
#define Z8KBADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != Z8KMAGIC))
/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
/* The external reloc has an offset field, because some of the reloc
types on the z8k don't have room in the instruction for the entire
offset - eg with segments. */
struct external_reloc
{
char r_vaddr[4];
char r_symndx[4];
char r_offset[4];
char r_type[2];
char r_stuff[2];
};
#define RELOC struct external_reloc
#define RELSZ 16

150
include/complex.h
View File

@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: complex.h,v 1.3 2010/09/15 16:11:30 christos Exp $ */
/*
* Written by Matthias Drochner.
* Public domain.
*/
#ifndef _COMPLEX_H
#define _COMPLEX_H
#define complex _Complex
#define _Complex_I 1.0fi
#define I _Complex_I
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
__BEGIN_DECLS
/* 7.3.5 Trigonometric functions */
/* 7.3.5.1 The cacos functions */
double complex cacos(double complex);
float complex cacosf(float complex);
long double complex cacosl(long double complex);
/* 7.3.5.2 The casin functions */
double complex casin(double complex);
float complex casinf(float complex);
long double complex casinl(long double complex);
/* 7.3.5.1 The catan functions */
double complex catan(double complex);
float complex catanf(float complex);
long double complex catanl(long double complex);
/* 7.3.5.1 The ccos functions */
double complex ccos(double complex);
float complex ccosf(float complex);
long double complex ccosl(long double complex);
/* 7.3.5.1 The csin functions */
double complex csin(double complex);
float complex csinf(float complex);
long double complex csinl(long double complex);
/* 7.3.5.1 The ctan functions */
double complex ctan(double complex);
float complex ctanf(float complex);
long double complex ctanl(long double complex);
/* 7.3.6 Hyperbolic functions */
/* 7.3.6.1 The cacosh functions */
double complex cacosh(double complex);
float complex cacoshf(float complex);
long double complex cacoshl(long double complex);
/* 7.3.6.2 The casinh functions */
double complex casinh(double complex);
float complex casinhf(float complex);
long double complex casinhl(long double complex);
/* 7.3.6.3 The catanh functions */
double complex catanh(double complex);
float complex catanhf(float complex);
long double complex catanhl(long double complex);
/* 7.3.6.4 The ccosh functions */
double complex ccosh(double complex);
float complex ccoshf(float complex);
long double complex ccoshl(long double complex);
/* 7.3.6.5 The csinh functions */
double complex csinh(double complex);
float complex csinhf(float complex);
long double complex csinhl(long double complex);
/* 7.3.6.6 The ctanh functions */
double complex ctanh(double complex);
float complex ctanhf(float complex);
long double complex ctanhl(long double complex);
/* 7.3.7 Exponential and logarithmic functions */
/* 7.3.7.1 The cexp functions */
double complex cexp(double complex);
float complex cexpf(float complex);
long double complex cexpl(long double complex);
/* 7.3.7.2 The clog functions */
double complex clog(double complex);
float complex clogf(float complex);
long double complex clogl(long double complex);
/* 7.3.8 Power and absolute-value functions */
/* 7.3.8.1 The cabs functions */
/*#ifndef __LIBM0_SOURCE__ */
/* avoid conflict with historical cabs(struct complex) */
/* double cabs(double complex) __RENAME(__c99_cabs);
float cabsf(float complex) __RENAME(__c99_cabsf);
#endif
*/
long double cabsl(long double complex) ;
double cabs(double complex) ;
float cabsf(float complex) ;
/* 7.3.8.2 The cpow functions */
double complex cpow(double complex, double complex);
float complex cpowf(float complex, float complex);
long double complex cpowl(long double complex, long double complex);
/* 7.3.8.3 The csqrt functions */
double complex csqrt(double complex);
float complex csqrtf(float complex);
long double complex csqrtl(long double complex);
/* 7.3.9 Manipulation functions */
/* 7.3.9.1 The carg functions */
double carg(double complex);
float cargf(float complex);
long double cargl(long double complex);
/* 7.3.9.2 The cimag functions */
double cimag(double complex);
float cimagf(float complex);
long double cimagl(long double complex);
/* 7.3.9.3 The conj functions */
double complex conj(double complex);
float complex conjf(float complex);
long double complex conjl(long double complex);
/* 7.3.9.4 The cproj functions */
double complex cproj(double complex);
float complex cprojf(float complex);
long double complex cprojl(long double complex);
/* 7.3.9.5 The creal functions */
double creal(double complex);
float crealf(float complex);
long double creall(long double complex);
#if __GNU_VISIBLE
double complex clog10(double complex);
float complex clog10f(float complex);
# if defined(__CYGWIN__)
long double complex clog10l(long double complex);
# endif
#endif
__END_DECLS
#endif /* ! _COMPLEX_H */

30
include/cpio.h
View File

@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
/* POSIX.1 symbolic constants for c_mode field of cpio archive format */
#ifndef _CPIO_H
#define _CPIO_H
#define C_IRUSR 0000400 /* Read by owner */
#define C_IWUSR 0000200 /* Write by owner */
#define C_IXUSR 0000100 /* Execute by owner */
#define C_IRGRP 0000040 /* Read by group */
#define C_IWGRP 0000020 /* Write by group */
#define C_IXGRP 0000010 /* Execute by group */
#define C_IROTH 0000004 /* Read by others */
#define C_IWOTH 0000002 /* Write by others */
#define C_IXOTH 0000001 /* Execute by others */
#define C_ISUID 0004000 /* Set user ID */
#define C_ISGID 0002000 /* Set group ID */
#define C_ISVTX 0001000 /* On directories, restricted deletion flag */
#define C_ISDIR 0040000 /* Directory */
#define C_ISFIFO 0010000 /* FIFO */
#define C_ISREG 0100000 /* Regular file */
#define C_ISBLK 0060000 /* Block special */
#define C_ISCHR 0020000 /* Character special */
#define C_ISCTG 0110000 /* Reserved */
#define C_ISLNK 0120000 /* Symbolic link */
#define C_ISSOCK 0140000 /* Socket */
#define MAGIC "070707"
#endif /* _CPIO_H */

183
include/ctype.h
View File

@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
#ifndef _CTYPE_H_
#define _CTYPE_H_
#include "_ansi.h"
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
#if __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809 || __MISC_VISIBLE || defined (_LIBC)
#include <sys/_locale.h>
#endif
_BEGIN_STD_C
int isalnum (int __c);
int isalpha (int __c);
int iscntrl (int __c);
int isdigit (int __c);
int isgraph (int __c);
int islower (int __c);
int isprint (int __c);
int ispunct (int __c);
int isspace (int __c);
int isupper (int __c);
int isxdigit (int __c);
int tolower (int __c);
int toupper (int __c);
#if __ISO_C_VISIBLE >= 1999
int isblank (int __c);
#endif
#if __MISC_VISIBLE || __XSI_VISIBLE
int isascii (int __c);
int toascii (int __c);
#define _tolower(__c) ((unsigned char)(__c) - 'A' + 'a')
#define _toupper(__c) ((unsigned char)(__c) - 'a' + 'A')
#endif
#if __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809
extern int isalnum_l (int __c, locale_t __l);
extern int isalpha_l (int __c, locale_t __l);
extern int isblank_l (int __c, locale_t __l);
extern int iscntrl_l (int __c, locale_t __l);
extern int isdigit_l (int __c, locale_t __l);
extern int isgraph_l (int __c, locale_t __l);
extern int islower_l (int __c, locale_t __l);
extern int isprint_l (int __c, locale_t __l);
extern int ispunct_l (int __c, locale_t __l);
extern int isspace_l (int __c, locale_t __l);
extern int isupper_l (int __c, locale_t __l);
extern int isxdigit_l(int __c, locale_t __l);
extern int tolower_l (int __c, locale_t __l);
extern int toupper_l (int __c, locale_t __l);
#endif
#if __MISC_VISIBLE
extern int isascii_l (int __c, locale_t __l);
extern int toascii_l (int __c, locale_t __l);
#endif
#define _U 01
#define _L 02
#define _N 04
#define _S 010
#define _P 020
#define _C 040
#define _X 0100
#define _B 0200
/* For C++ backward-compatibility only. */
extern __IMPORT const char _ctype_[];
#ifdef __HAVE_LOCALE_INFO__
const char *__locale_ctype_ptr (void);
#else
#define __locale_ctype_ptr() _ctype_
#endif
# define __CTYPE_PTR (__locale_ctype_ptr ())
#ifndef __cplusplus
/* These macros are intentionally written in a manner that will trigger
a gcc -Wall warning if the user mistakenly passes a 'char' instead
of an int containing an 'unsigned char'. Note that the sizeof will
always be 1, which is what we want for mapping EOF to __CTYPE_PTR[0];
the use of a raw index inside the sizeof triggers the gcc warning if
__c was of type char, and sizeof masks side effects of the extra __c.
Meanwhile, the real index to __CTYPE_PTR+1 must be cast to int,
since isalpha(0x100000001LL) must equal isalpha(1), rather than being
an out-of-bounds reference on a 64-bit machine. */
#define __ctype_lookup(__c) ((__CTYPE_PTR+sizeof(""[__c]))[(int)(__c)])
#define isalpha(__c) (__ctype_lookup(__c)&(_U|_L))
#define isupper(__c) ((__ctype_lookup(__c)&(_U|_L))==_U)
#define islower(__c) ((__ctype_lookup(__c)&(_U|_L))==_L)
#define isdigit(__c) (__ctype_lookup(__c)&_N)
#define isxdigit(__c) (__ctype_lookup(__c)&(_X|_N))
#define isspace(__c) (__ctype_lookup(__c)&_S)
#define ispunct(__c) (__ctype_lookup(__c)&_P)
#define isalnum(__c) (__ctype_lookup(__c)&(_U|_L|_N))
#define isprint(__c) (__ctype_lookup(__c)&(_P|_U|_L|_N|_B))
#define isgraph(__c) (__ctype_lookup(__c)&(_P|_U|_L|_N))
#define iscntrl(__c) (__ctype_lookup(__c)&_C)
#if defined(__GNUC__) && __ISO_C_VISIBLE >= 1999
#define isblank(__c) \
__extension__ ({ __typeof__ (__c) __x = (__c); \
(__ctype_lookup(__x)&_B) || (int) (__x) == '\t';})
#endif
#if __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809
#ifdef __HAVE_LOCALE_INFO__
const char *__locale_ctype_ptr_l (locale_t);
#else
static __inline const char *
__locale_ctype_ptr_l(locale_t _l)
{
(void)_l;
return __locale_ctype_ptr();
}
#endif
#define __ctype_lookup_l(__c,__l) ((__locale_ctype_ptr_l(__l)+sizeof(""[__c]))[(int)(__c)])
#define isalpha_l(__c,__l) (__ctype_lookup_l(__c,__l)&(_U|_L))
#define isupper_l(__c,__l) ((__ctype_lookup_l(__c,__l)&(_U|_L))==_U)
#define islower_l(__c,__l) ((__ctype_lookup_l(__c,__l)&(_U|_L))==_L)
#define isdigit_l(__c,__l) (__ctype_lookup_l(__c,__l)&_N)
#define isxdigit_l(__c,__l) (__ctype_lookup_l(__c,__l)&(_X|_N))
#define isspace_l(__c,__l) (__ctype_lookup_l(__c,__l)&_S)
#define ispunct_l(__c,__l) (__ctype_lookup_l(__c,__l)&_P)
#define isalnum_l(__c,__l) (__ctype_lookup_l(__c,__l)&(_U|_L|_N))
#define isprint_l(__c,__l) (__ctype_lookup_l(__c,__l)&(_P|_U|_L|_N|_B))
#define isgraph_l(__c,__l) (__ctype_lookup_l(__c,__l)&(_P|_U|_L|_N))
#define iscntrl_l(__c,__l) (__ctype_lookup_l(__c,__l)&_C)
#if defined(__GNUC__)
#define isblank_l(__c, __l) \
__extension__ ({ __typeof__ (__c) __x = (__c); \
(__ctype_lookup_l(__x,__l)&_B) || (int) (__x) == '\t';})
#endif
#endif /* __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809 */
#if __MISC_VISIBLE || __XSI_VISIBLE
#define isascii(__c) ((unsigned)(__c)<=0177)
#define toascii(__c) ((__c)&0177)
#endif
#if __MISC_VISIBLE
#define isascii_l(__c,__l) ((__l),(unsigned)(__c)<=0177)
#define toascii_l(__c,__l) ((__l),(__c)&0177)
#endif
/* Non-gcc versions will get the library versions, and will be
slightly slower. These macros are not NLS-aware so they are
disabled if the system supports the extended character sets. */
# if defined(__GNUC__)
# if !defined (_MB_EXTENDED_CHARSETS_ISO) && !defined (_MB_EXTENDED_CHARSETS_WINDOWS)
# define toupper(__c) \
__extension__ ({ __typeof__ (__c) __x = (__c); \
islower (__x) ? (int) __x - 'a' + 'A' : (int) __x;})
# define tolower(__c) \
__extension__ ({ __typeof__ (__c) __x = (__c); \
isupper (__x) ? (int) __x - 'A' + 'a' : (int) __x;})
# else /* _MB_EXTENDED_CHARSETS* */
/* Allow a gcc warning if the user passed 'char', but defer to the
function. */
# define toupper(__c) \
__extension__ ({ __typeof__ (__c) __x = (__c); \
(void) __CTYPE_PTR[__x]; (toupper) (__x);})
# define tolower(__c) \
__extension__ ({ __typeof__ (__c) __x = (__c); \
(void) __CTYPE_PTR[__x]; (tolower) (__x);})
# endif /* _MB_EXTENDED_CHARSETS* */
# endif /* __GNUC__ */
#if __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809
#endif /* __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809 */
#endif /* !__cplusplus */
_END_STD_C
#endif /* _CTYPE_H_ */

691
include/demangle.h
View File

@ -1,691 +0,0 @@
/* Defs for interface to demanglers.
Copyright (C) 1992-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License
as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
(at your option) any later version.
In addition to the permissions in the GNU Library General Public
License, the Free Software Foundation gives you unlimited
permission to link the compiled version of this file into
combinations with other programs, and to distribute those
combinations without any restriction coming from the use of this
file. (The Library Public License restrictions do apply in other
respects; for example, they cover modification of the file, and
distribution when not linked into a combined executable.)
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
02110-1301, USA. */
#if !defined (DEMANGLE_H)
#define DEMANGLE_H
#include "libiberty.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif /* __cplusplus */
/* Options passed to cplus_demangle (in 2nd parameter). */
#define DMGL_NO_OPTS 0 /* For readability... */
#define DMGL_PARAMS (1 << 0) /* Include function args */
#define DMGL_ANSI (1 << 1) /* Include const, volatile, etc */
#define DMGL_JAVA (1 << 2) /* Demangle as Java rather than C++. */
#define DMGL_VERBOSE (1 << 3) /* Include implementation details. */
#define DMGL_TYPES (1 << 4) /* Also try to demangle type encodings. */
#define DMGL_RET_POSTFIX (1 << 5) /* Print function return types (when
present) after function signature.
It applies only to the toplevel
function type. */
#define DMGL_RET_DROP (1 << 6) /* Suppress printing function return
types, even if present. It applies
only to the toplevel function type.
*/
#define DMGL_AUTO (1 << 8)
#define DMGL_GNU (1 << 9)
#define DMGL_LUCID (1 << 10)
#define DMGL_ARM (1 << 11)
#define DMGL_HP (1 << 12) /* For the HP aCC compiler;
same as ARM except for
template arguments, etc. */
#define DMGL_EDG (1 << 13)
#define DMGL_GNU_V3 (1 << 14)
#define DMGL_GNAT (1 << 15)
#define DMGL_DLANG (1 << 16)
/* If none of these are set, use 'current_demangling_style' as the default. */
#define DMGL_STYLE_MASK (DMGL_AUTO|DMGL_GNU|DMGL_LUCID|DMGL_ARM|DMGL_HP|DMGL_EDG|DMGL_GNU_V3|DMGL_JAVA|DMGL_GNAT|DMGL_DLANG)
/* Enumeration of possible demangling styles.
Lucid and ARM styles are still kept logically distinct, even though
they now both behave identically. The resulting style is actual the
union of both. I.E. either style recognizes both "__pt__" and "__rf__"
for operator "->", even though the first is lucid style and the second
is ARM style. (FIXME?) */
extern enum demangling_styles
{
no_demangling = -1,
unknown_demangling = 0,
auto_demangling = DMGL_AUTO,
gnu_demangling = DMGL_GNU,
lucid_demangling = DMGL_LUCID,
arm_demangling = DMGL_ARM,
hp_demangling = DMGL_HP,
edg_demangling = DMGL_EDG,
gnu_v3_demangling = DMGL_GNU_V3,
java_demangling = DMGL_JAVA,
gnat_demangling = DMGL_GNAT,
dlang_demangling = DMGL_DLANG
} current_demangling_style;
/* Define string names for the various demangling styles. */
#define NO_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "none"
#define AUTO_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "auto"
#define GNU_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "gnu"
#define LUCID_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "lucid"
#define ARM_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "arm"
#define HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "hp"
#define EDG_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "edg"
#define GNU_V3_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "gnu-v3"
#define JAVA_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "java"
#define GNAT_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "gnat"
#define DLANG_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "dlang"
/* Some macros to test what demangling style is active. */
#define CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE current_demangling_style
#define AUTO_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_AUTO)
#define GNU_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_GNU)
#define LUCID_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_LUCID)
#define ARM_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_ARM)
#define HP_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_HP)
#define EDG_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_EDG)
#define GNU_V3_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_GNU_V3)
#define JAVA_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_JAVA)
#define GNAT_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_GNAT)
#define DLANG_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_DLANG)
/* Provide information about the available demangle styles. This code is
pulled from gdb into libiberty because it is useful to binutils also. */
extern const struct demangler_engine
{
const char *const demangling_style_name;
const enum demangling_styles demangling_style;
const char *const demangling_style_doc;
} libiberty_demanglers[];
extern char *
cplus_demangle (const char *mangled, int options);
extern int
cplus_demangle_opname (const char *opname, char *result, int options);
extern const char *
cplus_mangle_opname (const char *opname, int options);
/* Note: This sets global state. FIXME if you care about multi-threading. */
extern void
set_cplus_marker_for_demangling (int ch);
extern enum demangling_styles
cplus_demangle_set_style (enum demangling_styles style);
extern enum demangling_styles
cplus_demangle_name_to_style (const char *name);
/* Callback typedef for allocation-less demangler interfaces. */
typedef void (*demangle_callbackref) (const char *, size_t, void *);
/* V3 ABI demangling entry points, defined in cp-demangle.c. Callback
variants return non-zero on success, zero on error. char* variants
return a string allocated by malloc on success, NULL on error. */
extern int
cplus_demangle_v3_callback (const char *mangled, int options,
demangle_callbackref callback, void *opaque);
extern char*
cplus_demangle_v3 (const char *mangled, int options);
extern int
java_demangle_v3_callback (const char *mangled,
demangle_callbackref callback, void *opaque);
extern char*
java_demangle_v3 (const char *mangled);
char *
ada_demangle (const char *mangled, int options);
extern char *
dlang_demangle (const char *mangled, int options);
enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds {
gnu_v3_complete_object_ctor = 1,
gnu_v3_base_object_ctor,
gnu_v3_complete_object_allocating_ctor,
/* These are not part of the V3 ABI. Unified constructors are generated
as a speed-for-space optimization when the -fdeclone-ctor-dtor option
is used, and are always internal symbols. */
gnu_v3_unified_ctor,
gnu_v3_object_ctor_group
};
/* Return non-zero iff NAME is the mangled form of a constructor name
in the G++ V3 ABI demangling style. Specifically, return an `enum
gnu_v3_ctor_kinds' value indicating what kind of constructor
it is. */
extern enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds
is_gnu_v3_mangled_ctor (const char *name);
enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds {
gnu_v3_deleting_dtor = 1,
gnu_v3_complete_object_dtor,
gnu_v3_base_object_dtor,
/* These are not part of the V3 ABI. Unified destructors are generated
as a speed-for-space optimization when the -fdeclone-ctor-dtor option
is used, and are always internal symbols. */
gnu_v3_unified_dtor,
gnu_v3_object_dtor_group
};
/* Return non-zero iff NAME is the mangled form of a destructor name
in the G++ V3 ABI demangling style. Specifically, return an `enum
gnu_v3_dtor_kinds' value, indicating what kind of destructor
it is. */
extern enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds
is_gnu_v3_mangled_dtor (const char *name);
/* The V3 demangler works in two passes. The first pass builds a tree
representation of the mangled name, and the second pass turns the
tree representation into a demangled string. Here we define an
interface to permit a caller to build their own tree
representation, which they can pass to the demangler to get a
demangled string. This can be used to canonicalize user input into
something which the demangler might output. It could also be used
by other demanglers in the future. */
/* These are the component types which may be found in the tree. Many
component types have one or two subtrees, referred to as left and
right (a component type with only one subtree puts it in the left
subtree). */
enum demangle_component_type
{
/* A name, with a length and a pointer to a string. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME,
/* A qualified name. The left subtree is a class or namespace or
some such thing, and the right subtree is a name qualified by
that class. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME,
/* A local name. The left subtree describes a function, and the
right subtree is a name which is local to that function. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME,
/* A typed name. The left subtree is a name, and the right subtree
describes that name as a function. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME,
/* A template. The left subtree is a template name, and the right
subtree is a template argument list. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE,
/* A template parameter. This holds a number, which is the template
parameter index. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM,
/* A function parameter. This holds a number, which is the index. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_PARAM,
/* A constructor. This holds a name and the kind of
constructor. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR,
/* A destructor. This holds a name and the kind of destructor. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR,
/* A vtable. This has one subtree, the type for which this is a
vtable. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTABLE,
/* A VTT structure. This has one subtree, the type for which this
is a VTT. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTT,
/* A construction vtable. The left subtree is the type for which
this is a vtable, and the right subtree is the derived type for
which this vtable is built. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONSTRUCTION_VTABLE,
/* A typeinfo structure. This has one subtree, the type for which
this is the tpeinfo structure. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO,
/* A typeinfo name. This has one subtree, the type for which this
is the typeinfo name. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_NAME,
/* A typeinfo function. This has one subtree, the type for which
this is the tpyeinfo function. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_FN,
/* A thunk. This has one subtree, the name for which this is a
thunk. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THUNK,
/* A virtual thunk. This has one subtree, the name for which this
is a virtual thunk. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VIRTUAL_THUNK,
/* A covariant thunk. This has one subtree, the name for which this
is a covariant thunk. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COVARIANT_THUNK,
/* A Java class. This has one subtree, the type. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_CLASS,
/* A guard variable. This has one subtree, the name for which this
is a guard variable. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GUARD,
/* The init and wrapper functions for C++11 thread_local variables. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TLS_INIT,
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TLS_WRAPPER,
/* A reference temporary. This has one subtree, the name for which
this is a temporary. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFTEMP,
/* A hidden alias. This has one subtree, the encoding for which it
is providing alternative linkage. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_HIDDEN_ALIAS,
/* A standard substitution. This holds the name of the
substitution. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD,
/* The restrict qualifier. The one subtree is the type which is
being qualified. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT,
/* The volatile qualifier. The one subtree is the type which is
being qualified. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE,
/* The const qualifier. The one subtree is the type which is being
qualified. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST,
/* The restrict qualifier modifying a member function. The one
subtree is the type which is being qualified. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS,
/* The volatile qualifier modifying a member function. The one
subtree is the type which is being qualified. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS,
/* The const qualifier modifying a member function. The one subtree
is the type which is being qualified. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS,
/* C++11 A reference modifying a member function. The one subtree is the
type which is being referenced. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS,
/* C++11: An rvalue reference modifying a member function. The one
subtree is the type which is being referenced. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS,
/* A vendor qualifier. The left subtree is the type which is being
qualified, and the right subtree is the name of the
qualifier. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL,
/* A pointer. The one subtree is the type which is being pointed
to. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_POINTER,
/* A reference. The one subtree is the type which is being
referenced. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE,
/* C++0x: An rvalue reference. The one subtree is the type which is
being referenced. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE,
/* A complex type. The one subtree is the base type. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPLEX,
/* An imaginary type. The one subtree is the base type. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY,
/* A builtin type. This holds the builtin type information. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE,
/* A vendor's builtin type. This holds the name of the type. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE,
/* A function type. The left subtree is the return type. The right
subtree is a list of ARGLIST nodes. Either or both may be
NULL. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE,
/* An array type. The left subtree is the dimension, which may be
NULL, or a string (represented as DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME), or an
expression. The right subtree is the element type. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARRAY_TYPE,
/* A pointer to member type. The left subtree is the class type,
and the right subtree is the member type. CV-qualifiers appear
on the latter. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PTRMEM_TYPE,
/* A fixed-point type. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FIXED_TYPE,
/* A vector type. The left subtree is the number of elements,
the right subtree is the element type. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VECTOR_TYPE,
/* An argument list. The left subtree is the current argument, and
the right subtree is either NULL or another ARGLIST node. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST,
/* A template argument list. The left subtree is the current
template argument, and the right subtree is either NULL or
another TEMPLATE_ARGLIST node. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST,
/* An initializer list. The left subtree is either an explicit type or
NULL, and the right subtree is a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_INITIALIZER_LIST,
/* An operator. This holds information about a standard
operator. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR,
/* An extended operator. This holds the number of arguments, and
the name of the extended operator. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR,
/* A typecast, represented as a unary operator. The one subtree is
the type to which the argument should be cast. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST,
/* A conversion operator, represented as a unary operator. The one
subtree is the type to which the argument should be converted
to. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONVERSION,
/* A nullary expression. The left subtree is the operator. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NULLARY,
/* A unary expression. The left subtree is the operator, and the
right subtree is the single argument. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY,
/* A binary expression. The left subtree is the operator, and the
right subtree is a BINARY_ARGS. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY,
/* Arguments to a binary expression. The left subtree is the first
argument, and the right subtree is the second argument. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS,
/* A trinary expression. The left subtree is the operator, and the
right subtree is a TRINARY_ARG1. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY,
/* Arguments to a trinary expression. The left subtree is the first
argument, and the right subtree is a TRINARY_ARG2. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG1,
/* More arguments to a trinary expression. The left subtree is the
second argument, and the right subtree is the third argument. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG2,
/* A literal. The left subtree is the type, and the right subtree
is the value, represented as a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL,
/* A negative literal. Like LITERAL, but the value is negated.
This is a minor hack: the NAME used for LITERAL points directly
to the mangled string, but since negative numbers are mangled
using 'n' instead of '-', we want a way to indicate a negative
number which involves neither modifying the mangled string nor
allocating a new copy of the literal in memory. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG,
/* A libgcj compiled resource. The left subtree is the name of the
resource. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_RESOURCE,
/* A name formed by the concatenation of two parts. The left
subtree is the first part and the right subtree the second. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPOUND_NAME,
/* A name formed by a single character. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CHARACTER,
/* A number. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NUMBER,
/* A decltype type. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DECLTYPE,
/* Global constructors keyed to name. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GLOBAL_CONSTRUCTORS,
/* Global destructors keyed to name. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GLOBAL_DESTRUCTORS,
/* A lambda closure type. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LAMBDA,
/* A default argument scope. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DEFAULT_ARG,
/* An unnamed type. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNNAMED_TYPE,
/* A transactional clone. This has one subtree, the encoding for
which it is providing alternative linkage. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRANSACTION_CLONE,
/* A non-transactional clone entry point. In the i386/x86_64 abi,
the unmangled symbol of a tm_callable becomes a thunk and the
non-transactional function version is mangled thus. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NONTRANSACTION_CLONE,
/* A pack expansion. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PACK_EXPANSION,
/* A name with an ABI tag. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TAGGED_NAME,
/* A transaction-safe function type. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRANSACTION_SAFE,
/* A cloned function. */
DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CLONE
};
/* Types which are only used internally. */
struct demangle_operator_info;
struct demangle_builtin_type_info;
/* A node in the tree representation is an instance of a struct
demangle_component. Note that the field names of the struct are
not well protected against macros defined by the file including
this one. We can fix this if it ever becomes a problem. */
struct demangle_component
{
/* The type of this component. */
enum demangle_component_type type;
union
{
/* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME. */
struct
{
/* A pointer to the name (which need not NULL terminated) and
its length. */
const char *s;
int len;
} s_name;
/* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR. */
struct
{
/* Operator. */
const struct demangle_operator_info *op;
} s_operator;
/* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR. */
struct
{
/* Number of arguments. */
int args;
/* Name. */
struct demangle_component *name;
} s_extended_operator;
/* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FIXED_TYPE. */
struct
{
/* The length, indicated by a C integer type name. */
struct demangle_component *length;
/* _Accum or _Fract? */
short accum;
/* Saturating or not? */
short sat;
} s_fixed;
/* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR. */
struct
{
/* Kind of constructor. */
enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds kind;
/* Name. */
struct demangle_component *name;
} s_ctor;
/* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR. */
struct
{
/* Kind of destructor. */
enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds kind;
/* Name. */
struct demangle_component *name;
} s_dtor;
/* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE. */
struct
{
/* Builtin type. */
const struct demangle_builtin_type_info *type;
} s_builtin;
/* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD. */
struct
{
/* Standard substitution string. */
const char* string;
/* Length of string. */
int len;
} s_string;
/* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_*_PARAM. */
struct
{
/* Parameter index. */
long number;
} s_number;
/* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CHARACTER. */
struct
{
int character;
} s_character;
/* For other types. */
struct
{
/* Left (or only) subtree. */
struct demangle_component *left;
/* Right subtree. */
struct demangle_component *right;
} s_binary;
struct
{
/* subtree, same place as d_left. */
struct demangle_component *sub;
/* integer. */
int num;
} s_unary_num;
} u;
};
/* People building mangled trees are expected to allocate instances of
struct demangle_component themselves. They can then call one of
the following functions to fill them in. */
/* Fill in most component types with a left subtree and a right
subtree. Returns non-zero on success, zero on failure, such as an
unrecognized or inappropriate component type. */
extern int
cplus_demangle_fill_component (struct demangle_component *fill,
enum demangle_component_type,
struct demangle_component *left,
struct demangle_component *right);
/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME. Returns non-zero on success,
zero for bad arguments. */
extern int
cplus_demangle_fill_name (struct demangle_component *fill,
const char *, int);
/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE, using the name of the
builtin type (e.g., "int", etc.). Returns non-zero on success,
zero if the type is not recognized. */
extern int
cplus_demangle_fill_builtin_type (struct demangle_component *fill,
const char *type_name);
/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR, using the name of the
operator and the number of arguments which it takes (the latter is
used to disambiguate operators which can be both binary and unary,
such as '-'). Returns non-zero on success, zero if the operator is
not recognized. */
extern int
cplus_demangle_fill_operator (struct demangle_component *fill,
const char *opname, int args);
/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR, providing the
number of arguments and the name. Returns non-zero on success,
zero for bad arguments. */
extern int
cplus_demangle_fill_extended_operator (struct demangle_component *fill,
int numargs,
struct demangle_component *nm);
/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR. Returns non-zero on success,
zero for bad arguments. */
extern int
cplus_demangle_fill_ctor (struct demangle_component *fill,
enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds kind,
struct demangle_component *name);
/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR. Returns non-zero on success,
zero for bad arguments. */
extern int
cplus_demangle_fill_dtor (struct demangle_component *fill,
enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds kind,
struct demangle_component *name);
/* This function translates a mangled name into a struct
demangle_component tree. The first argument is the mangled name.
The second argument is DMGL_* options. This returns a pointer to a
tree on success, or NULL on failure. On success, the third
argument is set to a block of memory allocated by malloc. This
block should be passed to free when the tree is no longer
needed. */
extern struct demangle_component *
cplus_demangle_v3_components (const char *mangled, int options, void **mem);
/* This function takes a struct demangle_component tree and returns
the corresponding demangled string. The first argument is DMGL_*
options. The second is the tree to demangle. The third is a guess
at the length of the demangled string, used to initially allocate
the return buffer. The fourth is a pointer to a size_t. On
success, this function returns a buffer allocated by malloc(), and
sets the size_t pointed to by the fourth argument to the size of
the allocated buffer (not the length of the returned string). On
failure, this function returns NULL, and sets the size_t pointed to
by the fourth argument to 0 for an invalid tree, or to 1 for a
memory allocation error. */
extern char *
cplus_demangle_print (int options,
const struct demangle_component *tree,
int estimated_length,
size_t *p_allocated_size);
/* This function takes a struct demangle_component tree and passes back
a demangled string in one or more calls to a callback function.
The first argument is DMGL_* options. The second is the tree to
demangle. The third is a pointer to a callback function; on each call
this receives an element of the demangled string, its length, and an
opaque value. The fourth is the opaque value passed to the callback.
The callback is called once or more to return the full demangled
string. The demangled element string is always nul-terminated, though
its length is also provided for convenience. In contrast to
cplus_demangle_print(), this function does not allocate heap memory
to grow output strings (except perhaps where alloca() is implemented
by malloc()), and so is normally safe for use where the heap has been
corrupted. On success, this function returns 1; on failure, 0. */
extern int
cplus_demangle_print_callback (int options,
const struct demangle_component *tree,
demangle_callbackref callback, void *opaque);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif /* __cplusplus */
#endif /* DEMANGLE_H */

78
include/devctl.h
View File

@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2016,2019 Joel Sherrill <joel@rtems.org>.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef _POSIX_DEVCTL_h_
#define _POSIX_DEVCTL_h_
/*
* Nothing in this file should be visible unless _POSIX_26_C_SOURCE is
* defined.
*/
#ifdef _POSIX_26_C_SOURCE
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if defined(__rtems__)
/*
* The FACE Technical Standard, Edition 3.0 and later require the
* definition of the subcommand SOCKCLOSE in <devctl.h>.
*
* Reference: https://www.opengroup.org/face
*
* Using 'D' should avoid the letters used by other users of <sys/ioccom.h>
*/
#include <sys/ioccom.h>
#define SOCKCLOSE _IO('D', 1) /* socket close */
#endif
/*
* The posix_devctl() method is defined by POSIX 1003.26-2003. Aside
* from the single method, it adds the following requirements:
*
* + define _POSIX_26_VERSION to 200312L
* + add _SC_POSIX_26_VERSION in <unistd.h>. Return _POSIX_26_VERSION
* + application must define _POSIX_26_C_SOURCE to use posix_devctl().
* + posix_devctl() is prototyped in <devctl.h>
*/
int posix_devctl(
int fd,
int dcmd,
void *__restrict dev_data_ptr,
size_t nbyte,
int *__restrict dev_info_ptr
);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _POSIX_26_C_SOURCE */
#endif /*_POSIX_DEVCTL_h_ */

85
include/dirent.h
View File

@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
/*-
* SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
*
* Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)dirent.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 8/10/94
* $FreeBSD: head/include/dirent.h 326024 2017-11-20 19:45:28Z pfg $
*/
#ifndef _DIRENT_H_
#define _DIRENT_H_
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
#include <sys/dirent.h>
#if !defined(MAXNAMLEN) && __BSD_VISIBLE
#define MAXNAMLEN 1024
#endif
__BEGIN_DECLS
#if __MISC_VISIBLE || __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809 || __XSI_VISIBLE >= 700
int alphasort(const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **);
int dirfd(DIR *);
#endif
#if __BSD_VISIBLE
int fdclosedir(DIR *);
#endif
DIR *opendir(const char *);
DIR *fdopendir(int);
struct dirent *
readdir(DIR *);
#if __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 199506 || __XSI_VISIBLE >= 500
int readdir_r(DIR *__restrict, struct dirent *__restrict,
struct dirent **__restrict);
#endif
void rewinddir(DIR *);
#if __MISC_VISIBLE || __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809 || __XSI_VISIBLE >= 700
int scandir(const char *, struct dirent ***,
int (*)(const struct dirent *), int (*)(const struct dirent **,
const struct dirent **));
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
void _seekdir(DIR *, long);
#endif
#if __MISC_VISIBLE || __XSI_VISIBLE
#ifndef __INSIDE_CYGWIN__
void seekdir(DIR *, long);
long telldir(DIR *);
#endif
#endif
int closedir(DIR *);
#if __GNU_VISIBLE
int scandirat(int, const char *, struct dirent ***,
int (*) (const struct dirent *), int (*) (const struct dirent **,
const struct dirent **));
int versionsort(const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **);
#endif
__END_DECLS
#endif /*_DIRENT_H_*/

382
include/dis-asm.h
View File

@ -1,382 +0,0 @@
/* Interface between the opcode library and its callers.
Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009, 2010,
2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
Written by Cygnus Support, 1993.
The opcode library (libopcodes.a) provides instruction decoders for
a large variety of instruction sets, callable with an identical
interface, for making instruction-processing programs more independent
of the instruction set being processed. */
#ifndef DIS_ASM_H
#define DIS_ASM_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#include "bfd.h"
typedef int (*fprintf_ftype) (void *, const char*, ...) ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_2;
enum dis_insn_type
{
dis_noninsn, /* Not a valid instruction. */
dis_nonbranch, /* Not a branch instruction. */
dis_branch, /* Unconditional branch. */
dis_condbranch, /* Conditional branch. */
dis_jsr, /* Jump to subroutine. */
dis_condjsr, /* Conditional jump to subroutine. */
dis_dref, /* Data reference instruction. */
dis_dref2 /* Two data references in instruction. */
};
/* This struct is passed into the instruction decoding routine,
and is passed back out into each callback. The various fields are used
for conveying information from your main routine into your callbacks,
for passing information into the instruction decoders (such as the
addresses of the callback functions), or for passing information
back from the instruction decoders to their callers.
It must be initialized before it is first passed; this can be done
by hand, or using one of the initialization macros below. */
typedef struct disassemble_info
{
fprintf_ftype fprintf_func;
void *stream;
void *application_data;
/* Target description. We could replace this with a pointer to the bfd,
but that would require one. There currently isn't any such requirement
so to avoid introducing one we record these explicitly. */
/* The bfd_flavour. This can be bfd_target_unknown_flavour. */
enum bfd_flavour flavour;
/* The bfd_arch value. */
enum bfd_architecture arch;
/* The bfd_mach value. */
unsigned long mach;
/* Endianness (for bi-endian cpus). Mono-endian cpus can ignore this. */
enum bfd_endian endian;
/* Endianness of code, for mixed-endian situations such as ARM BE8. */
enum bfd_endian endian_code;
/* An arch/mach-specific bitmask of selected instruction subsets, mainly
for processors with run-time-switchable instruction sets. The default,
zero, means that there is no constraint. CGEN-based opcodes ports
may use ISA_foo masks. */
void *insn_sets;
/* Some targets need information about the current section to accurately
display insns. If this is NULL, the target disassembler function
will have to make its best guess. */
asection *section;
/* An array of pointers to symbols either at the location being disassembled
or at the start of the function being disassembled. The array is sorted
so that the first symbol is intended to be the one used. The others are
present for any misc. purposes. This is not set reliably, but if it is
not NULL, it is correct. */
asymbol **symbols;
/* Number of symbols in array. */
int num_symbols;
/* Symbol table provided for targets that want to look at it. This is
used on Arm to find mapping symbols and determine Arm/Thumb code. */
asymbol **symtab;
int symtab_pos;
int symtab_size;
/* For use by the disassembler.
The top 16 bits are reserved for public use (and are documented here).
The bottom 16 bits are for the internal use of the disassembler. */
unsigned long flags;
/* Set if the disassembler has determined that there are one or more
relocations associated with the instruction being disassembled. */
#define INSN_HAS_RELOC (1 << 31)
/* Set if the user has requested the disassembly of data as well as code. */
#define DISASSEMBLE_DATA (1 << 30)
/* Set if the user has specifically set the machine type encoded in the
mach field of this structure. */
#define USER_SPECIFIED_MACHINE_TYPE (1 << 29)
/* Use internally by the target specific disassembly code. */
void *private_data;
/* Function used to get bytes to disassemble. MEMADDR is the
address of the stuff to be disassembled, MYADDR is the address to
put the bytes in, and LENGTH is the number of bytes to read.
INFO is a pointer to this struct.
Returns an errno value or 0 for success. */
int (*read_memory_func)
(bfd_vma memaddr, bfd_byte *myaddr, unsigned int length,
struct disassemble_info *dinfo);
/* Function which should be called if we get an error that we can't
recover from. STATUS is the errno value from read_memory_func and
MEMADDR is the address that we were trying to read. INFO is a
pointer to this struct. */
void (*memory_error_func)
(int status, bfd_vma memaddr, struct disassemble_info *dinfo);
/* Function called to print ADDR. */
void (*print_address_func)
(bfd_vma addr, struct disassemble_info *dinfo);
/* Function called to determine if there is a symbol at the given ADDR.
If there is, the function returns 1, otherwise it returns 0.
This is used by ports which support an overlay manager where
the overlay number is held in the top part of an address. In
some circumstances we want to include the overlay number in the
address, (normally because there is a symbol associated with
that address), but sometimes we want to mask out the overlay bits. */
int (* symbol_at_address_func)
(bfd_vma addr, struct disassemble_info *dinfo);
/* Function called to check if a SYMBOL is can be displayed to the user.
This is used by some ports that want to hide special symbols when
displaying debugging outout. */
bfd_boolean (* symbol_is_valid)
(asymbol *, struct disassemble_info *dinfo);
/* These are for buffer_read_memory. */
bfd_byte *buffer;
bfd_vma buffer_vma;
unsigned int buffer_length;
/* This variable may be set by the instruction decoder. It suggests
the number of bytes objdump should display on a single line. If
the instruction decoder sets this, it should always set it to
the same value in order to get reasonable looking output. */
int bytes_per_line;
/* The next two variables control the way objdump displays the raw data. */
/* For example, if bytes_per_line is 8 and bytes_per_chunk is 4, the */
/* output will look like this:
00: 00000000 00000000
with the chunks displayed according to "display_endian". */
int bytes_per_chunk;
enum bfd_endian display_endian;
/* Number of octets per incremented target address
Normally one, but some DSPs have byte sizes of 16 or 32 bits. */
unsigned int octets_per_byte;
/* The number of zeroes we want to see at the end of a section before we
start skipping them. */
unsigned int skip_zeroes;
/* The number of zeroes to skip at the end of a section. If the number
of zeroes at the end is between SKIP_ZEROES_AT_END and SKIP_ZEROES,
they will be disassembled. If there are fewer than
SKIP_ZEROES_AT_END, they will be skipped. This is a heuristic
attempt to avoid disassembling zeroes inserted by section
alignment. */
unsigned int skip_zeroes_at_end;
/* Whether the disassembler always needs the relocations. */
bfd_boolean disassembler_needs_relocs;
/* Results from instruction decoders. Not all decoders yet support
this information. This info is set each time an instruction is
decoded, and is only valid for the last such instruction.
To determine whether this decoder supports this information, set
insn_info_valid to 0, decode an instruction, then check it. */
char insn_info_valid; /* Branch info has been set. */
char branch_delay_insns; /* How many sequential insn's will run before
a branch takes effect. (0 = normal) */
char data_size; /* Size of data reference in insn, in bytes */
enum dis_insn_type insn_type; /* Type of instruction */
bfd_vma target; /* Target address of branch or dref, if known;
zero if unknown. */
bfd_vma target2; /* Second target address for dref2 */
/* Command line options specific to the target disassembler. */
char * disassembler_options;
} disassemble_info;
/* Standard disassemblers. Disassemble one instruction at the given
target address. Return number of octets processed. */
typedef int (*disassembler_ftype) (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_aarch64 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_alpha (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_avr (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_bfin (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_big_arm (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_big_mips (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_big_nios2 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_big_or32 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_big_powerpc (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_big_score (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_cr16 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_crx (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_d10v (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_d30v (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_dlx (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_epiphany (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_fr30 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_frv (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_h8300 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_h8300h (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_h8300s (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_h8500 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_hppa (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_i370 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_i386 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_i386_att (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_i386_intel (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_i860 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_i960 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_ia64 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_ip2k (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_iq2000 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_little_arm (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_little_mips (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_little_nios2 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_little_or32 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_little_powerpc (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_little_score (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_lm32 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_m32c (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_m32r (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_m68hc11 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_m68hc12 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_m9s12x (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_m9s12xg (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_m68k (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_m88k (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_mcore (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_mep (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_metag (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_microblaze (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_mmix (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_mn10200 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_mn10300 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_moxie (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_msp430 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_mt (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_ns32k (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_openrisc (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_pdp11 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_pj (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_rs6000 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_s390 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_sh (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_sh64 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_sh64x_media (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_sparc (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_spu (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_tic30 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_tic4x (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_tic54x (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_tic6x (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_tic80 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_tilegx (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_tilepro (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_v850 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_vax (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_w65 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_xc16x (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_xgate (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_xstormy16 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_xtensa (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_z80 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_z8001 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_z8002 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_rx (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern int print_insn_rl78 (bfd_vma, disassemble_info *);
extern disassembler_ftype arc_get_disassembler (void *);
extern disassembler_ftype cris_get_disassembler (bfd *);
extern void print_aarch64_disassembler_options (FILE *);
extern void print_i386_disassembler_options (FILE *);
extern void print_mips_disassembler_options (FILE *);
extern void print_ppc_disassembler_options (FILE *);
extern void print_arm_disassembler_options (FILE *);
extern void parse_arm_disassembler_option (char *);
extern void print_s390_disassembler_options (FILE *);
extern int get_arm_regname_num_options (void);
extern int set_arm_regname_option (int);
extern int get_arm_regnames (int, const char **, const char **, const char *const **);
extern bfd_boolean aarch64_symbol_is_valid (asymbol *, struct disassemble_info *);
extern bfd_boolean arm_symbol_is_valid (asymbol *, struct disassemble_info *);
extern void disassemble_init_powerpc (struct disassemble_info *);
/* Fetch the disassembler for a given BFD, if that support is available. */
extern disassembler_ftype disassembler (bfd *);
/* Amend the disassemble_info structure as necessary for the target architecture.
Should only be called after initialising the info->arch field. */
extern void disassemble_init_for_target (struct disassemble_info * dinfo);
/* Document any target specific options available from the disassembler. */
extern void disassembler_usage (FILE *);
/* This block of definitions is for particular callers who read instructions
into a buffer before calling the instruction decoder. */
/* Here is a function which callers may wish to use for read_memory_func.
It gets bytes from a buffer. */
extern int buffer_read_memory
(bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, unsigned int, struct disassemble_info *);
/* This function goes with buffer_read_memory.
It prints a message using info->fprintf_func and info->stream. */
extern void perror_memory (int, bfd_vma, struct disassemble_info *);
/* Just print the address in hex. This is included for completeness even
though both GDB and objdump provide their own (to print symbolic
addresses). */
extern void generic_print_address
(bfd_vma, struct disassemble_info *);
/* Always true. */
extern int generic_symbol_at_address
(bfd_vma, struct disassemble_info *);
/* Also always true. */
extern bfd_boolean generic_symbol_is_valid
(asymbol *, struct disassemble_info *);
/* Method to initialize a disassemble_info struct. This should be
called by all applications creating such a struct. */
extern void init_disassemble_info (struct disassemble_info *dinfo, void *stream,
fprintf_ftype fprintf_func);
/* For compatibility with existing code. */
#define INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO(INFO, STREAM, FPRINTF_FUNC) \
init_disassemble_info (&(INFO), (STREAM), (fprintf_ftype) (FPRINTF_FUNC))
#define INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO_NO_ARCH(INFO, STREAM, FPRINTF_FUNC) \
init_disassemble_info (&(INFO), (STREAM), (fprintf_ftype) (FPRINTF_FUNC))
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* ! defined (DIS_ASM_H) */

713
include/dwarf2.def
View File

@ -1,713 +0,0 @@
/* -*- c -*-
Declarations and definitions of codes relating to the DWARF2 and
DWARF3 symbolic debugging information formats.
Copyright (C) 1992-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com) The Ada Joint Program
Office (AJPO), Florida State University and Silicon Graphics Inc.
provided support for this effort -- June 21, 1995.
Derived from the DWARF 1 implementation written by Ron Guilmette
(rfg@netcom.com), November 1990.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
License for more details.
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This file is derived from the DWARF specification (a public document)
Revision 2.0.0 (July 27, 1993) developed by the UNIX International
Programming Languages Special Interest Group (UI/PLSIG) and distributed
by UNIX International. Copies of this specification are available from
UNIX International, 20 Waterview Boulevard, Parsippany, NJ, 07054.
This file also now contains definitions from the DWARF 3 specification
published Dec 20, 2005, available from: http://dwarf.freestandards.org.
This file also now contains definitions from the DWARF 4
specification, available from: http://dwarfstd.org/ */
/* This file declares various DWARF-related constants using a set of
macros which can be redefined by the including file.
The macros are in sections. Each section corresponds to a single
set of DWARF constants and has a corresponding key. The key is
used in all the macro names.
The sections are TAG (for DW_TAG_ constants), FORM (DW_FORM_), AT
(DW_AT_), OP (DW_OP_), ATE (DW_ATE_), and CFA (DW_CFA_).
Using TAG as an example, the following macros may be used for each
key:
DW_FIRST_TAG(name, value) - Introduce the first DW_TAG constant.
DW_TAG(name, value) - Define a subsequent constant.
DW_TAG_DUP(name, value) - Define a subsequent constant whose value
is a duplicate of some other constant. Not all keys use the _DUP
macro form. If more than one name shares a value, then the base
(DW_TAG) form will be the preferred name and DW_TAG_DUP will hold
any alternate names.
DW_END_TAG - Invoked at the end of the DW_TAG constants. */
DW_FIRST_TAG (DW_TAG_padding, 0x00)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_array_type, 0x01)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_class_type, 0x02)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_entry_point, 0x03)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, 0x04)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, 0x05)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, 0x08)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_label, 0x0a)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_lexical_block, 0x0b)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_member, 0x0d)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_pointer_type, 0x0f)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_reference_type, 0x10)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_compile_unit, 0x11)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_string_type, 0x12)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_structure_type, 0x13)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_subroutine_type, 0x15)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_typedef, 0x16)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_union_type, 0x17)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, 0x18)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_variant, 0x19)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_common_block, 0x1a)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_common_inclusion, 0x1b)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_inheritance, 0x1c)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, 0x1d)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_module, 0x1e)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type, 0x1f)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_set_type, 0x20)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_subrange_type, 0x21)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_with_stmt, 0x22)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_access_declaration, 0x23)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_base_type, 0x24)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_catch_block, 0x25)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_const_type, 0x26)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_constant, 0x27)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_enumerator, 0x28)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_file_type, 0x29)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_friend, 0x2a)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_namelist, 0x2b)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_namelist_item, 0x2c)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_packed_type, 0x2d)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_subprogram, 0x2e)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_template_type_param, 0x2f)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_template_value_param, 0x30)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_thrown_type, 0x31)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_try_block, 0x32)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_variant_part, 0x33)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_variable, 0x34)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_volatile_type, 0x35)
/* DWARF 3. */
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure, 0x36)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_restrict_type, 0x37)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_interface_type, 0x38)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_namespace, 0x39)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_imported_module, 0x3a)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_unspecified_type, 0x3b)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_partial_unit, 0x3c)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_imported_unit, 0x3d)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_condition, 0x3f)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_shared_type, 0x40)
/* DWARF 4. */
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_type_unit, 0x41)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, 0x42)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_template_alias, 0x43)
/* DWARF 5. */
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_atomic_type, 0x47)
DW_TAG_DUP (DW_TAG_lo_user, 0x4080)
DW_TAG_DUP (DW_TAG_hi_user, 0xffff)
/* SGI/MIPS Extensions. */
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_MIPS_loop, 0x4081)
/* HP extensions. See: ftp://ftp.hp.com/pub/lang/tools/WDB/wdb-4.0.tar.gz . */
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_HP_array_descriptor, 0x4090)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_HP_Bliss_field, 0x4091)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_HP_Bliss_field_set, 0x4092)
/* GNU extensions. */
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_format_label, 0x4101) /* For FORTRAN 77 and Fortran 90. */
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_function_template, 0x4102) /* For C++. */
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_class_template, 0x4103) /* For C++. */
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, 0x4104)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, 0x4105)
/* Template template parameter.
See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf . */
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param, 0x4106)
/* Template parameter pack extension, specified at
http://wiki.dwarfstd.org/index.php?title=C%2B%2B0x:_Variadic_templates
The values of these two TAGS are in the DW_TAG_GNU_* space until the tags
are properly part of DWARF 5. */
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, 0x4107)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, 0x4108)
/* The GNU call site extension, specified at
http://www.dwarfstd.org/ShowIssue.php?issue=100909.2&type=open .
The values of these two TAGS are in the DW_TAG_GNU_* space until the tags
are properly part of DWARF 5. */
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_GNU_call_site, 0x4109)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter, 0x410a)
/* Extensions for UPC. See: http://dwarfstd.org/doc/DWARF4.pdf. */
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_upc_shared_type, 0x8765)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_upc_strict_type, 0x8766)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_upc_relaxed_type, 0x8767)
/* PGI (STMicroelectronics) extensions. No documentation available. */
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_PGI_kanji_type, 0xA000)
DW_TAG (DW_TAG_PGI_interface_block, 0xA020)
DW_END_TAG
DW_FIRST_FORM (DW_FORM_addr, 0x01)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_block2, 0x03)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_block4, 0x04)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_data2, 0x05)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_data4, 0x06)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_data8, 0x07)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_string, 0x08)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_block, 0x09)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_block1, 0x0a)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_data1, 0x0b)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_flag, 0x0c)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_sdata, 0x0d)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_strp, 0x0e)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_udata, 0x0f)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_ref_addr, 0x10)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_ref1, 0x11)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_ref2, 0x12)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_ref4, 0x13)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_ref8, 0x14)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_ref_udata, 0x15)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_indirect, 0x16)
/* DWARF 4. */
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_sec_offset, 0x17)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_exprloc, 0x18)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_flag_present, 0x19)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_ref_sig8, 0x20)
/* Extensions for Fission. See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/DebugFission. */
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_GNU_addr_index, 0x1f01)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_GNU_str_index, 0x1f02)
/* Extensions for DWZ multifile.
See http://www.dwarfstd.org/ShowIssue.php?issue=120604.1&type=open . */
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_GNU_ref_alt, 0x1f20)
DW_FORM (DW_FORM_GNU_strp_alt, 0x1f21)
DW_END_FORM
DW_FIRST_AT (DW_AT_sibling, 0x01)
DW_AT (DW_AT_location, 0x02)
DW_AT (DW_AT_name, 0x03)
DW_AT (DW_AT_ordering, 0x09)
DW_AT (DW_AT_subscr_data, 0x0a)
DW_AT (DW_AT_byte_size, 0x0b)
DW_AT (DW_AT_bit_offset, 0x0c)
DW_AT (DW_AT_bit_size, 0x0d)
DW_AT (DW_AT_element_list, 0x0f)
DW_AT (DW_AT_stmt_list, 0x10)
DW_AT (DW_AT_low_pc, 0x11)
DW_AT (DW_AT_high_pc, 0x12)
DW_AT (DW_AT_language, 0x13)
DW_AT (DW_AT_member, 0x14)
DW_AT (DW_AT_discr, 0x15)
DW_AT (DW_AT_discr_value, 0x16)
DW_AT (DW_AT_visibility, 0x17)
DW_AT (DW_AT_import, 0x18)
DW_AT (DW_AT_string_length, 0x19)
DW_AT (DW_AT_common_reference, 0x1a)
DW_AT (DW_AT_comp_dir, 0x1b)
DW_AT (DW_AT_const_value, 0x1c)
DW_AT (DW_AT_containing_type, 0x1d)
DW_AT (DW_AT_default_value, 0x1e)
DW_AT (DW_AT_inline, 0x20)
DW_AT (DW_AT_is_optional, 0x21)
DW_AT (DW_AT_lower_bound, 0x22)
DW_AT (DW_AT_producer, 0x25)
DW_AT (DW_AT_prototyped, 0x27)
DW_AT (DW_AT_return_addr, 0x2a)
DW_AT (DW_AT_start_scope, 0x2c)
DW_AT (DW_AT_bit_stride, 0x2e)
DW_AT (DW_AT_upper_bound, 0x2f)
DW_AT (DW_AT_abstract_origin, 0x31)
DW_AT (DW_AT_accessibility, 0x32)
DW_AT (DW_AT_address_class, 0x33)
DW_AT (DW_AT_artificial, 0x34)
DW_AT (DW_AT_base_types, 0x35)
DW_AT (DW_AT_calling_convention, 0x36)
DW_AT (DW_AT_count, 0x37)
DW_AT (DW_AT_data_member_location, 0x38)
DW_AT (DW_AT_decl_column, 0x39)
DW_AT (DW_AT_decl_file, 0x3a)
DW_AT (DW_AT_decl_line, 0x3b)
DW_AT (DW_AT_declaration, 0x3c)
DW_AT (DW_AT_discr_list, 0x3d)
DW_AT (DW_AT_encoding, 0x3e)
DW_AT (DW_AT_external, 0x3f)
DW_AT (DW_AT_frame_base, 0x40)
DW_AT (DW_AT_friend, 0x41)
DW_AT (DW_AT_identifier_case, 0x42)
DW_AT (DW_AT_macro_info, 0x43)
DW_AT (DW_AT_namelist_items, 0x44)
DW_AT (DW_AT_priority, 0x45)
DW_AT (DW_AT_segment, 0x46)
DW_AT (DW_AT_specification, 0x47)
DW_AT (DW_AT_static_link, 0x48)
DW_AT (DW_AT_type, 0x49)
DW_AT (DW_AT_use_location, 0x4a)
DW_AT (DW_AT_variable_parameter, 0x4b)
DW_AT (DW_AT_virtuality, 0x4c)
DW_AT (DW_AT_vtable_elem_location, 0x4d)
/* DWARF 3 values. */
DW_AT (DW_AT_allocated, 0x4e)
DW_AT (DW_AT_associated, 0x4f)
DW_AT (DW_AT_data_location, 0x50)
DW_AT (DW_AT_byte_stride, 0x51)
DW_AT (DW_AT_entry_pc, 0x52)
DW_AT (DW_AT_use_UTF8, 0x53)
DW_AT (DW_AT_extension, 0x54)
DW_AT (DW_AT_ranges, 0x55)
DW_AT (DW_AT_trampoline, 0x56)
DW_AT (DW_AT_call_column, 0x57)
DW_AT (DW_AT_call_file, 0x58)
DW_AT (DW_AT_call_line, 0x59)
DW_AT (DW_AT_description, 0x5a)
DW_AT (DW_AT_binary_scale, 0x5b)
DW_AT (DW_AT_decimal_scale, 0x5c)
DW_AT (DW_AT_small, 0x5d)
DW_AT (DW_AT_decimal_sign, 0x5e)
DW_AT (DW_AT_digit_count, 0x5f)
DW_AT (DW_AT_picture_string, 0x60)
DW_AT (DW_AT_mutable, 0x61)
DW_AT (DW_AT_threads_scaled, 0x62)
DW_AT (DW_AT_explicit, 0x63)
DW_AT (DW_AT_object_pointer, 0x64)
DW_AT (DW_AT_endianity, 0x65)
DW_AT (DW_AT_elemental, 0x66)
DW_AT (DW_AT_pure, 0x67)
DW_AT (DW_AT_recursive, 0x68)
/* DWARF 4. */
DW_AT (DW_AT_signature, 0x69)
DW_AT (DW_AT_main_subprogram, 0x6a)
DW_AT (DW_AT_data_bit_offset, 0x6b)
DW_AT (DW_AT_const_expr, 0x6c)
DW_AT (DW_AT_enum_class, 0x6d)
DW_AT (DW_AT_linkage_name, 0x6e)
/* DWARF 5. */
DW_AT (DW_AT_noreturn, 0x87)
DW_AT_DUP (DW_AT_lo_user, 0x2000) /* Implementation-defined range start. */
DW_AT_DUP (DW_AT_hi_user, 0x3fff) /* Implementation-defined range end. */
/* SGI/MIPS extensions. */
DW_AT (DW_AT_MIPS_fde, 0x2001)
DW_AT (DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin, 0x2002)
DW_AT (DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin, 0x2003)
DW_AT (DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin, 0x2004)
DW_AT (DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor, 0x2005)
DW_AT (DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth, 0x2006)
DW_AT (DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name, 0x2007)
DW_AT (DW_AT_MIPS_stride, 0x2008)
DW_AT (DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name, 0x2009)
DW_AT (DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin, 0x200a)
DW_AT (DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 0x200b)
/* HP extensions. */
DW_AT (DW_AT_HP_block_index, 0x2000)
DW_AT_DUP (DW_AT_HP_unmodifiable, 0x2001) /* Same as DW_AT_MIPS_fde. */
DW_AT_DUP (DW_AT_HP_prologue, 0x2005) /* Same as DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll. */
DW_AT_DUP (DW_AT_HP_epilogue, 0x2008) /* Same as DW_AT_MIPS_stride. */
DW_AT (DW_AT_HP_actuals_stmt_list, 0x2010)
DW_AT (DW_AT_HP_proc_per_section, 0x2011)
DW_AT (DW_AT_HP_raw_data_ptr, 0x2012)
DW_AT (DW_AT_HP_pass_by_reference, 0x2013)
DW_AT (DW_AT_HP_opt_level, 0x2014)
DW_AT (DW_AT_HP_prof_version_id, 0x2015)
DW_AT (DW_AT_HP_opt_flags, 0x2016)
DW_AT (DW_AT_HP_cold_region_low_pc, 0x2017)
DW_AT (DW_AT_HP_cold_region_high_pc, 0x2018)
DW_AT (DW_AT_HP_all_variables_modifiable, 0x2019)
DW_AT (DW_AT_HP_linkage_name, 0x201a)
DW_AT (DW_AT_HP_prof_flags, 0x201b) /* In comp unit of procs_info for -g. */
DW_AT (DW_AT_HP_unit_name, 0x201f)
DW_AT (DW_AT_HP_unit_size, 0x2020)
DW_AT (DW_AT_HP_widened_byte_size, 0x2021)
DW_AT (DW_AT_HP_definition_points, 0x2022)
DW_AT (DW_AT_HP_default_location, 0x2023)
DW_AT (DW_AT_HP_is_result_param, 0x2029)
/* GNU extensions. */
DW_AT (DW_AT_sf_names, 0x2101)
DW_AT (DW_AT_src_info, 0x2102)
DW_AT (DW_AT_mac_info, 0x2103)
DW_AT (DW_AT_src_coords, 0x2104)
DW_AT (DW_AT_body_begin, 0x2105)
DW_AT (DW_AT_body_end, 0x2106)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_vector, 0x2107)
/* Thread-safety annotations.
See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/ThreadSafetyAnnotation . */
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by, 0x2108)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by, 0x2109)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_guarded, 0x210a)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded, 0x210b)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded, 0x210c)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required, 0x210d)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required, 0x210e)
/* One-definition rule violation detection.
See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/DwarfSeparateTypeInfo . */
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, 0x210f)
/* Template template argument name.
See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf . */
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_template_name, 0x2110)
/* The GNU call site extension.
See http://www.dwarfstd.org/ShowIssue.php?issue=100909.2&type=open . */
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value, 0x2111)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value, 0x2112)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target, 0x2113)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered, 0x2114)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_tail_call, 0x2115)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites, 0x2116)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites, 0x2117)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_all_source_call_sites, 0x2118)
/* Section offset into .debug_macro section. */
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_macros, 0x2119)
/* Attribute for C++ deleted special member functions (= delete;). */
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_deleted, 0x211a)
/* Extensions for Fission. See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/DebugFission. */
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_dwo_name, 0x2130)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_dwo_id, 0x2131)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_ranges_base, 0x2132)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_addr_base, 0x2133)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_pubnames, 0x2134)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_pubtypes, 0x2135)
/* Attribute for discriminator.
See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/Discriminator */
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNU_discriminator, 0x2136)
/* VMS extensions. */
DW_AT (DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address, 0x2201)
/* GNAT extensions. */
/* GNAT descriptive type.
See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type . */
DW_AT (DW_AT_use_GNAT_descriptive_type, 0x2301)
DW_AT (DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type, 0x2302)
/* Rational constant extension.
See https://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/DW_AT_GNU_numerator_denominator . */
DW_TAG (DW_AT_GNU_numerator, 0x2303)
DW_TAG (DW_AT_GNU_denominator, 0x2304)
/* Biased integer extension.
See https://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/DW_AT_GNU_bias . */
DW_TAG (DW_AT_GNU_bias, 0x2305)
/* UPC extension. */
DW_AT (DW_AT_upc_threads_scaled, 0x3210)
/* PGI (STMicroelectronics) extensions. */
DW_AT (DW_AT_PGI_lbase, 0x3a00)
DW_AT (DW_AT_PGI_soffset, 0x3a01)
DW_AT (DW_AT_PGI_lstride, 0x3a02)
/* Apple extensions. */
DW_AT (DW_AT_APPLE_optimized, 0x3fe1)
DW_AT (DW_AT_APPLE_flags, 0x3fe2)
DW_AT (DW_AT_APPLE_isa, 0x3fe3)
DW_AT (DW_AT_APPLE_block, 0x3fe4)
DW_AT (DW_AT_APPLE_major_runtime_vers, 0x3fe5)
DW_AT (DW_AT_APPLE_runtime_class, 0x3fe6)
DW_AT (DW_AT_APPLE_omit_frame_ptr, 0x3fe7)
DW_AT (DW_AT_APPLE_property_name, 0x3fe8)
DW_AT (DW_AT_APPLE_property_getter, 0x3fe9)
DW_AT (DW_AT_APPLE_property_setter, 0x3fea)
DW_AT (DW_AT_APPLE_property_attribute, 0x3feb)
DW_AT (DW_AT_APPLE_objc_complete_type, 0x3fec)
DW_AT (DW_AT_APPLE_property, 0x3fed)
DW_END_AT
DW_FIRST_OP (DW_OP_addr, 0x03)
DW_OP (DW_OP_deref, 0x06)
DW_OP (DW_OP_const1u, 0x08)
DW_OP (DW_OP_const1s, 0x09)
DW_OP (DW_OP_const2u, 0x0a)
DW_OP (DW_OP_const2s, 0x0b)
DW_OP (DW_OP_const4u, 0x0c)
DW_OP (DW_OP_const4s, 0x0d)
DW_OP (DW_OP_const8u, 0x0e)
DW_OP (DW_OP_const8s, 0x0f)
DW_OP (DW_OP_constu, 0x10)
DW_OP (DW_OP_consts, 0x11)
DW_OP (DW_OP_dup, 0x12)
DW_OP (DW_OP_drop, 0x13)
DW_OP (DW_OP_over, 0x14)
DW_OP (DW_OP_pick, 0x15)
DW_OP (DW_OP_swap, 0x16)
DW_OP (DW_OP_rot, 0x17)
DW_OP (DW_OP_xderef, 0x18)
DW_OP (DW_OP_abs, 0x19)
DW_OP (DW_OP_and, 0x1a)
DW_OP (DW_OP_div, 0x1b)
DW_OP (DW_OP_minus, 0x1c)
DW_OP (DW_OP_mod, 0x1d)
DW_OP (DW_OP_mul, 0x1e)
DW_OP (DW_OP_neg, 0x1f)
DW_OP (DW_OP_not, 0x20)
DW_OP (DW_OP_or, 0x21)
DW_OP (DW_OP_plus, 0x22)
DW_OP (DW_OP_plus_uconst, 0x23)
DW_OP (DW_OP_shl, 0x24)
DW_OP (DW_OP_shr, 0x25)
DW_OP (DW_OP_shra, 0x26)
DW_OP (DW_OP_xor, 0x27)
DW_OP (DW_OP_bra, 0x28)
DW_OP (DW_OP_eq, 0x29)
DW_OP (DW_OP_ge, 0x2a)
DW_OP (DW_OP_gt, 0x2b)
DW_OP (DW_OP_le, 0x2c)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lt, 0x2d)
DW_OP (DW_OP_ne, 0x2e)
DW_OP (DW_OP_skip, 0x2f)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit0, 0x30)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit1, 0x31)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit2, 0x32)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit3, 0x33)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit4, 0x34)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit5, 0x35)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit6, 0x36)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit7, 0x37)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit8, 0x38)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit9, 0x39)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit10, 0x3a)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit11, 0x3b)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit12, 0x3c)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit13, 0x3d)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit14, 0x3e)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit15, 0x3f)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit16, 0x40)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit17, 0x41)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit18, 0x42)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit19, 0x43)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit20, 0x44)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit21, 0x45)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit22, 0x46)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit23, 0x47)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit24, 0x48)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit25, 0x49)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit26, 0x4a)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit27, 0x4b)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit28, 0x4c)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit29, 0x4d)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit30, 0x4e)
DW_OP (DW_OP_lit31, 0x4f)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg0, 0x50)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg1, 0x51)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg2, 0x52)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg3, 0x53)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg4, 0x54)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg5, 0x55)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg6, 0x56)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg7, 0x57)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg8, 0x58)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg9, 0x59)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg10, 0x5a)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg11, 0x5b)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg12, 0x5c)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg13, 0x5d)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg14, 0x5e)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg15, 0x5f)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg16, 0x60)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg17, 0x61)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg18, 0x62)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg19, 0x63)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg20, 0x64)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg21, 0x65)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg22, 0x66)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg23, 0x67)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg24, 0x68)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg25, 0x69)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg26, 0x6a)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg27, 0x6b)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg28, 0x6c)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg29, 0x6d)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg30, 0x6e)
DW_OP (DW_OP_reg31, 0x6f)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg0, 0x70)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg1, 0x71)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg2, 0x72)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg3, 0x73)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg4, 0x74)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg5, 0x75)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg6, 0x76)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg7, 0x77)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg8, 0x78)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg9, 0x79)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg10, 0x7a)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg11, 0x7b)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg12, 0x7c)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg13, 0x7d)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg14, 0x7e)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg15, 0x7f)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg16, 0x80)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg17, 0x81)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg18, 0x82)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg19, 0x83)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg20, 0x84)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg21, 0x85)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg22, 0x86)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg23, 0x87)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg24, 0x88)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg25, 0x89)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg26, 0x8a)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg27, 0x8b)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg28, 0x8c)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg29, 0x8d)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg30, 0x8e)
DW_OP (DW_OP_breg31, 0x8f)
DW_OP (DW_OP_regx, 0x90)
DW_OP (DW_OP_fbreg, 0x91)
DW_OP (DW_OP_bregx, 0x92)
DW_OP (DW_OP_piece, 0x93)
DW_OP (DW_OP_deref_size, 0x94)
DW_OP (DW_OP_xderef_size, 0x95)
DW_OP (DW_OP_nop, 0x96)
/* DWARF 3 extensions. */
DW_OP (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0x97)
DW_OP (DW_OP_call2, 0x98)
DW_OP (DW_OP_call4, 0x99)
DW_OP (DW_OP_call_ref, 0x9a)
DW_OP (DW_OP_form_tls_address, 0x9b)
DW_OP (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0x9c)
DW_OP (DW_OP_bit_piece, 0x9d)
/* DWARF 4 extensions. */
DW_OP (DW_OP_implicit_value, 0x9e)
DW_OP (DW_OP_stack_value, 0x9f)
DW_OP_DUP (DW_OP_lo_user, 0xe0) /* Implementation-defined range start. */
DW_OP_DUP (DW_OP_hi_user, 0xff) /* Implementation-defined range end. */
/* GNU extensions. */
DW_OP (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0xe0)
/* The following is for marking variables that are uninitialized. */
DW_OP (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0xf0)
DW_OP (DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr, 0xf1)
/* The GNU implicit pointer extension.
See http://www.dwarfstd.org/ShowIssue.php?issue=100831.1&type=open . */
DW_OP (DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer, 0xf2)
/* The GNU entry value extension.
See http://www.dwarfstd.org/ShowIssue.php?issue=100909.1&type=open . */
DW_OP (DW_OP_GNU_entry_value, 0xf3)
/* The GNU typed stack extension.
See http://www.dwarfstd.org/doc/040408.1.html . */
DW_OP (DW_OP_GNU_const_type, 0xf4)
DW_OP (DW_OP_GNU_regval_type, 0xf5)
DW_OP (DW_OP_GNU_deref_type, 0xf6)
DW_OP (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0xf7)
DW_OP (DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret, 0xf9)
/* The GNU parameter ref extension. */
DW_OP (DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref, 0xfa)
/* Extensions for Fission. See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/DebugFission. */
DW_OP (DW_OP_GNU_addr_index, 0xfb)
DW_OP (DW_OP_GNU_const_index, 0xfc)
/* HP extensions. */
DW_OP_DUP (DW_OP_HP_unknown, 0xe0) /* Ouch, the same as GNU_push_tls_address. */
DW_OP (DW_OP_HP_is_value, 0xe1)
DW_OP (DW_OP_HP_fltconst4, 0xe2)
DW_OP (DW_OP_HP_fltconst8, 0xe3)
DW_OP (DW_OP_HP_mod_range, 0xe4)
DW_OP (DW_OP_HP_unmod_range, 0xe5)
DW_OP (DW_OP_HP_tls, 0xe6)
/* PGI (STMicroelectronics) extensions. */
DW_OP (DW_OP_PGI_omp_thread_num, 0xf8)
DW_END_OP
DW_FIRST_ATE (DW_ATE_void, 0x0)
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_address, 0x1)
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_boolean, 0x2)
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_complex_float, 0x3)
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_float, 0x4)
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_signed, 0x5)
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_signed_char, 0x6)
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_unsigned, 0x7)
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_unsigned_char, 0x8)
/* DWARF 3. */
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_imaginary_float, 0x9)
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_packed_decimal, 0xa)
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_numeric_string, 0xb)
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_edited, 0xc)
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_signed_fixed, 0xd)
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed, 0xe)
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_decimal_float, 0xf)
/* DWARF 4. */
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_UTF, 0x10)
DW_ATE_DUP (DW_ATE_lo_user, 0x80)
DW_ATE_DUP (DW_ATE_hi_user, 0xff)
/* HP extensions. */
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_HP_float80, 0x80) /* Floating-point (80 bit). */
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_HP_complex_float80, 0x81) /* Complex floating-point (80 bit). */
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_HP_float128, 0x82) /* Floating-point (128 bit). */
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_HP_complex_float128, 0x83) /* Complex fp (128 bit). */
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_HP_floathpintel, 0x84) /* Floating-point (82 bit IA64). */
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_HP_imaginary_float80, 0x85)
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_HP_imaginary_float128, 0x86)
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_HP_VAX_float, 0x88) /* F or G floating. */
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_HP_VAX_float_d, 0x89) /* D floating. */
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_HP_packed_decimal, 0x8a) /* Cobol. */
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_HP_zoned_decimal, 0x8b) /* Cobol. */
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_HP_edited, 0x8c) /* Cobol. */
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_HP_signed_fixed, 0x8d) /* Cobol. */
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_HP_unsigned_fixed, 0x8e) /* Cobol. */
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_HP_VAX_complex_float, 0x8f) /* F or G floating complex. */
DW_ATE (DW_ATE_HP_VAX_complex_float_d, 0x90) /* D floating complex. */
DW_END_ATE
DW_FIRST_CFA (DW_CFA_advance_loc, 0x40)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_offset, 0x80)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_restore, 0xc0)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_nop, 0x00)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_set_loc, 0x01)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_advance_loc1, 0x02)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_advance_loc2, 0x03)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_advance_loc4, 0x04)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_offset_extended, 0x05)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_restore_extended, 0x06)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_undefined, 0x07)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_same_value, 0x08)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_register, 0x09)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_remember_state, 0x0a)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_restore_state, 0x0b)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_def_cfa, 0x0c)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_def_cfa_register, 0x0d)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 0x0e)
/* DWARF 3. */
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, 0x0f)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_expression, 0x10)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf, 0x11)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf, 0x12)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf, 0x13)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_val_offset, 0x14)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_val_offset_sf, 0x15)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_val_expression, 0x16)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_lo_user, 0x1c)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_hi_user, 0x3f)
/* SGI/MIPS specific. */
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8, 0x1d)
/* GNU extensions. */
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_GNU_window_save, 0x2d)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_GNU_args_size, 0x2e)
DW_CFA (DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended, 0x2f)
DW_END_CFA

434
include/dwarf2.h
View File

@ -1,434 +0,0 @@
/* Declarations and definitions of codes relating to the DWARF2 and
DWARF3 symbolic debugging information formats.
Copyright (C) 1992-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com) The Ada Joint Program
Office (AJPO), Florida State University and Silicon Graphics Inc.
provided support for this effort -- June 21, 1995.
Derived from the DWARF 1 implementation written by Ron Guilmette
(rfg@netcom.com), November 1990.
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
License for more details.
Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This file is derived from the DWARF specification (a public document)
Revision 2.0.0 (July 27, 1993) developed by the UNIX International
Programming Languages Special Interest Group (UI/PLSIG) and distributed
by UNIX International. Copies of this specification are available from
UNIX International, 20 Waterview Boulevard, Parsippany, NJ, 07054.
This file also now contains definitions from the DWARF 3 specification
published Dec 20, 2005, available from: http://dwarf.freestandards.org. */
#ifndef _DWARF2_H
#define _DWARF2_H
#define DW_TAG(name, value) , name = value
#define DW_TAG_DUP(name, value) , name = value
#define DW_FORM(name, value) , name = value
#define DW_AT(name, value) , name = value
#define DW_AT_DUP(name, value) , name = value
#define DW_OP(name, value) , name = value
#define DW_OP_DUP(name, value) , name = value
#define DW_ATE(name, value) , name = value
#define DW_ATE_DUP(name, value) , name = value
#define DW_CFA(name, value) , name = value
#define DW_FIRST_TAG(name, value) enum dwarf_tag { \
name = value
#define DW_END_TAG };
#define DW_FIRST_FORM(name, value) enum dwarf_form { \
name = value
#define DW_END_FORM };
#define DW_FIRST_AT(name, value) enum dwarf_attribute { \
name = value
#define DW_END_AT };
#define DW_FIRST_OP(name, value) enum dwarf_location_atom { \
name = value
#define DW_END_OP };
#define DW_FIRST_ATE(name, value) enum dwarf_type { \
name = value
#define DW_END_ATE };
#define DW_FIRST_CFA(name, value) enum dwarf_call_frame_info { \
name = value
#define DW_END_CFA };
#include "dwarf2.def"
#undef DW_FIRST_TAG
#undef DW_END_TAG
#undef DW_FIRST_FORM
#undef DW_END_FORM
#undef DW_FIRST_AT
#undef DW_END_AT
#undef DW_FIRST_OP
#undef DW_END_OP
#undef DW_FIRST_ATE
#undef DW_END_ATE
#undef DW_FIRST_CFA
#undef DW_END_CFA
#undef DW_TAG
#undef DW_TAG_DUP
#undef DW_FORM
#undef DW_AT
#undef DW_AT_DUP
#undef DW_OP
#undef DW_OP_DUP
#undef DW_ATE
#undef DW_ATE_DUP
#undef DW_CFA
/* Flag that tells whether entry has a child or not. */
#define DW_children_no 0
#define DW_children_yes 1
#define DW_AT_stride_size DW_AT_bit_stride /* Note: The use of DW_AT_stride_size is deprecated. */
#define DW_AT_stride DW_AT_byte_stride /* Note: The use of DW_AT_stride is deprecated. */
/* Decimal sign encodings. */
enum dwarf_decimal_sign_encoding
{
/* DWARF 3. */
DW_DS_unsigned = 0x01,
DW_DS_leading_overpunch = 0x02,
DW_DS_trailing_overpunch = 0x03,
DW_DS_leading_separate = 0x04,
DW_DS_trailing_separate = 0x05
};
/* Endianity encodings. */
enum dwarf_endianity_encoding
{
/* DWARF 3. */
DW_END_default = 0x00,
DW_END_big = 0x01,
DW_END_little = 0x02,
DW_END_lo_user = 0x40,
DW_END_hi_user = 0xff
};
/* Array ordering names and codes. */
enum dwarf_array_dim_ordering
{
DW_ORD_row_major = 0,
DW_ORD_col_major = 1
};
/* Access attribute. */
enum dwarf_access_attribute
{
DW_ACCESS_public = 1,
DW_ACCESS_protected = 2,
DW_ACCESS_private = 3
};
/* Visibility. */
enum dwarf_visibility_attribute
{
DW_VIS_local = 1,
DW_VIS_exported = 2,
DW_VIS_qualified = 3
};
/* Virtuality. */
enum dwarf_virtuality_attribute
{
DW_VIRTUALITY_none = 0,
DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual = 1,
DW_VIRTUALITY_pure_virtual = 2
};
/* Case sensitivity. */
enum dwarf_id_case
{
DW_ID_case_sensitive = 0,
DW_ID_up_case = 1,
DW_ID_down_case = 2,
DW_ID_case_insensitive = 3
};
/* Calling convention. */
enum dwarf_calling_convention
{
DW_CC_normal = 0x1,
DW_CC_program = 0x2,
DW_CC_nocall = 0x3,
DW_CC_lo_user = 0x40,
DW_CC_hi_user = 0xff,
DW_CC_GNU_renesas_sh = 0x40,
DW_CC_GNU_borland_fastcall_i386 = 0x41,
/* This DW_CC_ value is not currently generated by any toolchain. It is
used internally to GDB to indicate OpenCL C functions that have been
compiled with the IBM XL C for OpenCL compiler and use a non-platform
calling convention for passing OpenCL C vector types. This value may
be changed freely as long as it does not conflict with any other DW_CC_
value defined here. */
DW_CC_GDB_IBM_OpenCL = 0xff
};
/* Inline attribute. */
enum dwarf_inline_attribute
{
DW_INL_not_inlined = 0,
DW_INL_inlined = 1,
DW_INL_declared_not_inlined = 2,
DW_INL_declared_inlined = 3
};
/* Discriminant lists. */
enum dwarf_discrim_list
{
DW_DSC_label = 0,
DW_DSC_range = 1
};
/* Line number opcodes. */
enum dwarf_line_number_ops
{
DW_LNS_extended_op = 0,
DW_LNS_copy = 1,
DW_LNS_advance_pc = 2,
DW_LNS_advance_line = 3,
DW_LNS_set_file = 4,
DW_LNS_set_column = 5,
DW_LNS_negate_stmt = 6,
DW_LNS_set_basic_block = 7,
DW_LNS_const_add_pc = 8,
DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc = 9,
/* DWARF 3. */
DW_LNS_set_prologue_end = 10,
DW_LNS_set_epilogue_begin = 11,
DW_LNS_set_isa = 12
};
/* Line number extended opcodes. */
enum dwarf_line_number_x_ops
{
DW_LNE_end_sequence = 1,
DW_LNE_set_address = 2,
DW_LNE_define_file = 3,
DW_LNE_set_discriminator = 4,
/* HP extensions. */
DW_LNE_HP_negate_is_UV_update = 0x11,
DW_LNE_HP_push_context = 0x12,
DW_LNE_HP_pop_context = 0x13,
DW_LNE_HP_set_file_line_column = 0x14,
DW_LNE_HP_set_routine_name = 0x15,
DW_LNE_HP_set_sequence = 0x16,
DW_LNE_HP_negate_post_semantics = 0x17,
DW_LNE_HP_negate_function_exit = 0x18,
DW_LNE_HP_negate_front_end_logical = 0x19,
DW_LNE_HP_define_proc = 0x20,
DW_LNE_HP_source_file_correlation = 0x80,
DW_LNE_lo_user = 0x80,
DW_LNE_hi_user = 0xff
};
/* Sub-opcodes for DW_LNE_HP_source_file_correlation. */
enum dwarf_line_number_hp_sfc_ops
{
DW_LNE_HP_SFC_formfeed = 1,
DW_LNE_HP_SFC_set_listing_line = 2,
DW_LNE_HP_SFC_associate = 3
};
/* Type codes for location list entries.
Extension for Fission. See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/DebugFission. */
enum dwarf_location_list_entry_type
{
DW_LLE_GNU_end_of_list_entry = 0,
DW_LLE_GNU_base_address_selection_entry = 1,
DW_LLE_GNU_start_end_entry = 2,
DW_LLE_GNU_start_length_entry = 3
};
#define DW_CIE_ID 0xffffffff
#define DW64_CIE_ID 0xffffffffffffffffULL
#define DW_CIE_VERSION 1
#define DW_CFA_extended 0
#define DW_CHILDREN_no 0x00
#define DW_CHILDREN_yes 0x01
#define DW_ADDR_none 0
/* Source language names and codes. */
enum dwarf_source_language
{
DW_LANG_C89 = 0x0001,
DW_LANG_C = 0x0002,
DW_LANG_Ada83 = 0x0003,
DW_LANG_C_plus_plus = 0x0004,
DW_LANG_Cobol74 = 0x0005,
DW_LANG_Cobol85 = 0x0006,
DW_LANG_Fortran77 = 0x0007,
DW_LANG_Fortran90 = 0x0008,
DW_LANG_Pascal83 = 0x0009,
DW_LANG_Modula2 = 0x000a,
/* DWARF 3. */
DW_LANG_Java = 0x000b,
DW_LANG_C99 = 0x000c,
DW_LANG_Ada95 = 0x000d,
DW_LANG_Fortran95 = 0x000e,
DW_LANG_PLI = 0x000f,
DW_LANG_ObjC = 0x0010,
DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus = 0x0011,
DW_LANG_UPC = 0x0012,
DW_LANG_D = 0x0013,
/* DWARF 4. */
DW_LANG_Python = 0x0014,
/* DWARF 5. */
DW_LANG_Go = 0x0016,
DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_11 = 0x001a, /* dwarf5.20141029.pdf DRAFT */
DW_LANG_Rust = 0x001c,
DW_LANG_C11 = 0x001d,
DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_14 = 0x0021,
DW_LANG_Fortran03 = 0x0022,
DW_LANG_Fortran08 = 0x0023,
DW_LANG_lo_user = 0x8000, /* Implementation-defined range start. */
DW_LANG_hi_user = 0xffff, /* Implementation-defined range start. */
/* MIPS. */
DW_LANG_Mips_Assembler = 0x8001,
/* UPC. */
DW_LANG_Upc = 0x8765,
/* HP extensions. */
DW_LANG_HP_Bliss = 0x8003,
DW_LANG_HP_Basic91 = 0x8004,
DW_LANG_HP_Pascal91 = 0x8005,
DW_LANG_HP_IMacro = 0x8006,
DW_LANG_HP_Assembler = 0x8007,
/* Rust extension, but replaced in DWARF 5. */
DW_LANG_Rust_old = 0x9000
};
/* Names and codes for macro information. */
enum dwarf_macinfo_record_type
{
DW_MACINFO_define = 1,
DW_MACINFO_undef = 2,
DW_MACINFO_start_file = 3,
DW_MACINFO_end_file = 4,
DW_MACINFO_vendor_ext = 255
};
/* Names and codes for new style macro information. */
enum dwarf_macro_record_type
{
DW_MACRO_GNU_define = 1,
DW_MACRO_GNU_undef = 2,
DW_MACRO_GNU_start_file = 3,
DW_MACRO_GNU_end_file = 4,
DW_MACRO_GNU_define_indirect = 5,
DW_MACRO_GNU_undef_indirect = 6,
DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include = 7,
/* Extensions for DWZ multifile.
See http://www.dwarfstd.org/ShowIssue.php?issue=120604.1&type=open . */
DW_MACRO_GNU_define_indirect_alt = 8,
DW_MACRO_GNU_undef_indirect_alt = 9,
DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include_alt = 10,
DW_MACRO_GNU_lo_user = 0xe0,
DW_MACRO_GNU_hi_user = 0xff
};
/* @@@ For use with GNU frame unwind information. */
#define DW_EH_PE_absptr 0x00
#define DW_EH_PE_omit 0xff
#define DW_EH_PE_uleb128 0x01
#define DW_EH_PE_udata2 0x02
#define DW_EH_PE_udata4 0x03
#define DW_EH_PE_udata8 0x04
#define DW_EH_PE_sleb128 0x09
#define DW_EH_PE_sdata2 0x0A
#define DW_EH_PE_sdata4 0x0B
#define DW_EH_PE_sdata8 0x0C
#define DW_EH_PE_signed 0x08
#define DW_EH_PE_pcrel 0x10
#define DW_EH_PE_textrel 0x20
#define DW_EH_PE_datarel 0x30
#define DW_EH_PE_funcrel 0x40
#define DW_EH_PE_aligned 0x50
#define DW_EH_PE_indirect 0x80
/* Codes for the debug sections in a dwarf package (.dwp) file.
Extensions for Fission. See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/DebugFissionDWP. */
enum dwarf_sect
{
DW_SECT_INFO = 1,
DW_SECT_TYPES = 2,
DW_SECT_ABBREV = 3,
DW_SECT_LINE = 4,
DW_SECT_LOC = 5,
DW_SECT_STR_OFFSETS = 6,
DW_SECT_MACINFO = 7,
DW_SECT_MACRO = 8,
DW_SECT_MAX = 8
};
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif /* __cplusplus */
/* Return the name of a DW_TAG_ constant, or NULL if the value is not
recognized. */
extern const char *get_DW_TAG_name (unsigned int tag);
/* Return the name of a DW_AT_ constant, or NULL if the value is not
recognized. */
extern const char *get_DW_AT_name (unsigned int attr);
/* Return the name of a DW_FORM_ constant, or NULL if the value is not
recognized. */
extern const char *get_DW_FORM_name (unsigned int form);
/* Return the name of a DW_OP_ constant, or NULL if the value is not
recognized. */
extern const char *get_DW_OP_name (unsigned int op);
/* Return the name of a DW_ATE_ constant, or NULL if the value is not
recognized. */
extern const char *get_DW_ATE_name (unsigned int enc);
/* Return the name of a DW_CFA_ constant, or NULL if the value is not
recognized. */
extern const char *get_DW_CFA_name (unsigned int opc);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif /* __cplusplus */
#endif /* _DWARF2_H */

72
include/dyn-string.h
View File

@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
/* An abstract string datatype.
Copyright (C) 1998-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Mark Mitchell (mark@markmitchell.com).
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
the Free Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef DYN_STRING_H
#define DYN_STRING_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
typedef struct dyn_string
{
int allocated; /* The amount of space allocated for the string. */
int length; /* The actual length of the string. */
char *s; /* The string itself, NUL-terminated. */
}* dyn_string_t;
/* The length STR, in bytes, not including the terminating NUL. */
#define dyn_string_length(STR) \
((STR)->length)
/* The NTBS in which the contents of STR are stored. */
#define dyn_string_buf(STR) \
((STR)->s)
/* Compare DS1 to DS2 with strcmp. */
#define dyn_string_compare(DS1, DS2) \
(strcmp ((DS1)->s, (DS2)->s))
extern int dyn_string_init (struct dyn_string *, int);
extern dyn_string_t dyn_string_new (int);
extern void dyn_string_delete (dyn_string_t);
extern char *dyn_string_release (dyn_string_t);
extern dyn_string_t dyn_string_resize (dyn_string_t, int);
extern void dyn_string_clear (dyn_string_t);
extern int dyn_string_copy (dyn_string_t, dyn_string_t);
extern int dyn_string_copy_cstr (dyn_string_t, const char *);
extern int dyn_string_prepend (dyn_string_t, dyn_string_t);
extern int dyn_string_prepend_cstr (dyn_string_t, const char *);
extern int dyn_string_insert (dyn_string_t, int, dyn_string_t);
extern int dyn_string_insert_cstr (dyn_string_t, int, const char *);
extern int dyn_string_insert_char (dyn_string_t, int, int);
extern int dyn_string_append (dyn_string_t, dyn_string_t);
extern int dyn_string_append_cstr (dyn_string_t, const char *);
extern int dyn_string_append_char (dyn_string_t, int);
extern int dyn_string_substring (dyn_string_t, dyn_string_t, int, int);
extern int dyn_string_eq (dyn_string_t, dyn_string_t);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !defined (DYN_STRING_H) */

3147
include/elf.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1892
include/elf/ChangeLog
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1957
include/elf/ChangeLog-9103
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

327
include/elf/aarch64.h
View File

@ -1,327 +0,0 @@
/* AArch64 ELF support for BFD.
Copyright 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by ARM Ltd.
This file is part of GNU Binutils.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the license, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not,
see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _ELF_AARCH64_H
#define _ELF_AARCH64_H
#include "elf/reloc-macros.h"
/* Processor specific program header types. */
#define PT_AARCH64_ARCHEXT (PT_LOPROC + 0)
/* Additional section types. */
#define SHT_AARCH64_ATTRIBUTES 0x70000003 /* Section holds attributes. */
/* AArch64-specific values for sh_flags. */
#define SHF_ENTRYSECT 0x10000000 /* Section contains an
entry point. */
#define SHF_COMDEF 0x80000000 /* Section may be multiply defined
in the input to a link step. */
/* Relocation types. */
START_RELOC_NUMBERS (elf_aarch64_reloc_type)
/* Null relocations. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_NONE, 0) /* No reloc */
/* Basic data relocations. */
/* .word: (S+A) */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_ABS32, 1)
/* .half: (S+A) */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_ABS16, 2)
/* .word: (S+A-P) */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_PREL32, 3)
/* .half: (S+A-P) */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_PREL16, 4)
/* Group relocations to create a 16, 32, 48 or 64 bit
unsigned data or abs address inline. */
/* MOV[ZK]: ((S+A) >> 0) & 0xffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_MOVW_UABS_G0, 5)
/* MOV[ZK]: ((S+A) >> 0) & 0xffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_MOVW_UABS_G0_NC, 6)
/* MOV[ZK]: ((S+A) >> 16) & 0xffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_MOVW_UABS_G1, 7)
/* Group relocations to create high part of a 16, 32, 48 or 64 bit
signed data or abs address inline. Will change instruction
to MOVN or MOVZ depending on sign of calculated value. */
/* MOV[ZN]: ((S+A) >> 0) & 0xffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_MOVW_SABS_G0, 8)
/* Relocations to generate 19, 21 and 33 bit PC-relative load/store
addresses: PG(x) is (x & ~0xfff). */
/* LD-lit: ((S+A-P) >> 2) & 0x7ffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_LD_PREL_LO19, 9)
/* ADR: (S+A-P) & 0x1fffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_ADR_PREL_LO21, 10)
/* ADRH: ((PG(S+A)-PG(P)) >> 12) & 0x1fffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21, 11)
/* ADD: (S+A) & 0xfff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_ADD_ABS_LO12_NC, 12)
/* LD/ST8: (S+A) & 0xfff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_LDST8_ABS_LO12_NC, 13)
/* LD/ST16: (S+A) & 0xffe */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_LDST16_ABS_LO12_NC, 14)
/* LD/ST32: (S+A) & 0xffc */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_LDST32_ABS_LO12_NC, 15)
/* LD/ST64: (S+A) & 0xff8 */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_LDST64_ABS_LO12_NC, 16)
/* LD/ST128: (S+A) & 0xff0 */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_LDST128_ABS_LO12_NC, 17)
/* Relocations for control-flow instructions. */
/* TBZ/NZ: ((S+A-P) >> 2) & 0x3fff. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TSTBR14, 18)
/* B.cond: ((S+A-P) >> 2) & 0x7ffff. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_CONDBR19, 19)
/* B: ((S+A-P) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_JUMP26, 20)
/* BL: ((S+A-P) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_CALL26, 21)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_GOT_LD_PREL19, 25)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_ADR_GOT_PAGE, 26)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_LD32_GOT_LO12_NC, 27)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLSGD_ADR_PAGE21, 81)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLSGD_ADD_LO12_NC, 82)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLSIE_ADR_GOTTPREL_PAGE21, 103)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLSIE_LD32_GOTTPREL_LO12_NC, 104)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLSIE_LD_GOTTPREL_PREL19, 105)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G1, 106)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G0, 107)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G0_NC, 108)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_HI12, 109)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_LO12, 110)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_LO12_NC, 111)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLSDESC_LD_PREL19, 122)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLSDESC_ADR_PREL21, 123)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLSDESC_ADR_PAGE21, 124)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLSDESC_LD32_LO12_NC, 125)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLSDESC_ADD_LO12_NC, 126)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLSDESC_CALL, 127)
/* Dynamic relocations */
/* Copy symbol at runtime. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_COPY, 180)
/* Create GOT entry. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_GLOB_DAT, 181)
/* Create PLT entry. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_JUMP_SLOT, 182)
/* Adjust by program base. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_RELATIVE, 183)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLS_DTPMOD, 184)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLS_DTPREL, 185)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLS_TPREL, 186)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_TLSDESC, 187)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_P32_IRELATIVE, 188)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_NULL, 256) /* No reloc */
/* Basic data relocations. */
/* .xword: (S+A) */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_ABS64, 257)
/* .word: (S+A) */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_ABS32, 258)
/* .half: (S+A) */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_ABS16, 259)
/* .xword: (S+A-P) */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_PREL64, 260)
/* .word: (S+A-P) */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_PREL32, 261)
/* .half: (S+A-P) */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_PREL16, 262)
/* Group relocations to create a 16, 32, 48 or 64 bit
unsigned data or abs address inline. */
/* MOV[ZK]: ((S+A) >> 0) & 0xffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_MOVW_UABS_G0, 263)
/* MOV[ZK]: ((S+A) >> 0) & 0xffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_MOVW_UABS_G0_NC, 264)
/* MOV[ZK]: ((S+A) >> 16) & 0xffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_MOVW_UABS_G1, 265)
/* MOV[ZK]: ((S+A) >> 16) & 0xffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_MOVW_UABS_G1_NC, 266)
/* MOV[ZK]: ((S+A) >> 32) & 0xffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_MOVW_UABS_G2, 267)
/* MOV[ZK]: ((S+A) >> 32) & 0xffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_MOVW_UABS_G2_NC, 268)
/* MOV[ZK]: ((S+A) >> 48) & 0xffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_MOVW_UABS_G3, 269)
/* Group relocations to create high part of a 16, 32, 48 or 64 bit
signed data or abs address inline. Will change instruction
to MOVN or MOVZ depending on sign of calculated value. */
/* MOV[ZN]: ((S+A) >> 0) & 0xffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_MOVW_SABS_G0, 270)
/* MOV[ZN]: ((S+A) >> 16) & 0xffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_MOVW_SABS_G1, 271)
/* MOV[ZN]: ((S+A) >> 32) & 0xffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_MOVW_SABS_G2, 272)
/* Relocations to generate 19, 21 and 33 bit PC-relative load/store
addresses: PG(x) is (x & ~0xfff). */
/* LD-lit: ((S+A-P) >> 2) & 0x7ffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_LD_PREL_LO19, 273)
/* ADR: (S+A-P) & 0x1fffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_LO21, 274)
/* ADRH: ((PG(S+A)-PG(P)) >> 12) & 0x1fffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21, 275)
/* ADRH: ((PG(S+A)-PG(P)) >> 12) & 0x1fffff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21_NC, 276)
/* ADD: (S+A) & 0xfff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_ADD_ABS_LO12_NC, 277)
/* LD/ST8: (S+A) & 0xfff */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_LDST8_ABS_LO12_NC, 278)
/* Relocations for control-flow instructions. */
/* TBZ/NZ: ((S+A-P) >> 2) & 0x3fff. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TSTBR14, 279)
/* B.cond: ((S+A-P) >> 2) & 0x7ffff. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_CONDBR19, 280)
/* 281 unused */
/* B: ((S+A-P) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_JUMP26, 282)
/* BL: ((S+A-P) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_CALL26, 283)
/* LD/ST16: (S+A) & 0xffe */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_LDST16_ABS_LO12_NC, 284)
/* LD/ST32: (S+A) & 0xffc */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_LDST32_ABS_LO12_NC, 285)
/* LD/ST64: (S+A) & 0xff8 */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_LDST64_ABS_LO12_NC, 286)
/* LD/ST128: (S+A) & 0xff0 */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_LDST128_ABS_LO12_NC, 299)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_GOT_LD_PREL19, 309)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_ADR_GOT_PAGE, 311)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_LD64_GOT_LO12_NC, 312)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSGD_ADR_PAGE21, 513)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSGD_ADD_LO12_NC, 514)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSIE_MOVW_GOTTPREL_G1, 539)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSIE_MOVW_GOTTPREL_G0_NC, 540)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSIE_ADR_GOTTPREL_PAGE21, 541)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSIE_LD64_GOTTPREL_LO12_NC, 542)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSIE_LD_GOTTPREL_PREL19, 543)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G2, 544)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G1, 545)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G1_NC, 546)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G0, 547)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G0_NC, 548)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_HI12, 549)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_LO12, 550)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_LO12_NC, 551)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LD_PREL19, 560)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PREL21, 561)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PAGE21, 562)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LD64_LO12_NC, 563)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADD_LO12_NC, 564)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_OFF_G1, 565)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_OFF_G0_NC, 566)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LDR, 567)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADD, 568)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_CALL, 569)
/* Dynamic relocations */
/* Copy symbol at runtime. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_COPY, 1024)
/* Create GOT entry. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_GLOB_DAT, 1025)
/* Create PLT entry. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_JUMP_SLOT, 1026)
/* Adjust by program base. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_RELATIVE, 1027)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLS_DTPMOD, 1028)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLS_DTPREL, 1029)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLS_TPREL, 1030)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_TLSDESC, 1031)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_AARCH64_IRELATIVE, 1032)
END_RELOC_NUMBERS (R_AARCH64_end)
#endif /* _ELF_AARCH64_H */

131
include/elf/alpha.h
View File

@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
/* ALPHA ELF support for BFD.
Copyright 1996, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
By Eric Youngdale, <eric@aib.com>. No processor supplement available
for this platform.
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* This file holds definitions specific to the ALPHA ELF ABI. Note
that most of this is not actually implemented by BFD. */
#ifndef _ELF_ALPHA_H
#define _ELF_ALPHA_H
/* Processor specific flags for the ELF header e_flags field. */
/* All addresses must be below 2GB. */
#define EF_ALPHA_32BIT 0x00000001
/* All relocations needed for relaxation with code movement are present. */
#define EF_ALPHA_CANRELAX 0x00000002
/* Processor specific section flags. */
/* This section must be in the global data area. */
#define SHF_ALPHA_GPREL 0x10000000
/* Section contains some sort of debugging information. The exact
format is unspecified. It's probably ECOFF symbols. */
#define SHT_ALPHA_DEBUG 0x70000001
/* Section contains register usage information. */
#define SHT_ALPHA_REGINFO 0x70000002
/* A section of type SHT_MIPS_REGINFO contains the following
structure. */
typedef struct
{
/* Mask of general purpose registers used. */
unsigned long ri_gprmask;
/* Mask of co-processor registers used. */
unsigned long ri_cprmask[4];
/* GP register value for this object file. */
long ri_gp_value;
} Elf64_RegInfo;
/* Special values for the st_other field in the symbol table. */
#define STO_ALPHA_NOPV 0x80
#define STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD 0x88
/* Special values for Elf64_Dyn tag. */
#define DT_ALPHA_PLTRO DT_LOPROC
#include "elf/reloc-macros.h"
/* Alpha relocs. */
START_RELOC_NUMBERS (elf_alpha_reloc_type)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_NONE, 0) /* No reloc */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_REFLONG, 1) /* Direct 32 bit */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_REFQUAD, 2) /* Direct 64 bit */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_GPREL32, 3) /* GP relative 32 bit */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_LITERAL, 4) /* GP relative 16 bit w/optimization */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_LITUSE, 5) /* Optimization hint for LITERAL */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_GPDISP, 6) /* Add displacement to GP */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_BRADDR, 7) /* PC+4 relative 23 bit shifted */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_HINT, 8) /* PC+4 relative 16 bit shifted */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_SREL16, 9) /* PC relative 16 bit */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_SREL32, 10) /* PC relative 32 bit */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_SREL64, 11) /* PC relative 64 bit */
/* Skip 12 - 16; deprecated ECOFF relocs. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_GPRELHIGH, 17) /* GP relative 32 bit, high 16 bits */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_GPRELLOW, 18) /* GP relative 32 bit, low 16 bits */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_GPREL16, 19) /* GP relative 16 bit */
/* Skip 20 - 23; deprecated ECOFF relocs. */
/* These relocations are specific to shared libraries. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_COPY, 24) /* Copy symbol at runtime */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_GLOB_DAT, 25) /* Create GOT entry */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_JMP_SLOT, 26) /* Create PLT entry */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_RELATIVE, 27) /* Adjust by program base */
/* Like BRADDR, but assert that the source and target object file
share the same GP value, and adjust the target address for
STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_BRSGP, 28)
/* Thread-Local Storage. */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_TLSGD, 29)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_TLSLDM, 30)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_DTPMOD64, 31)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL, 32)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_DTPREL64, 33)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_DTPRELHI, 34)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_DTPRELLO, 35)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_DTPREL16, 36)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_GOTTPREL, 37)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_TPREL64, 38)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_TPRELHI, 39)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_TPRELLO, 40)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ALPHA_TPREL16, 41)
END_RELOC_NUMBERS (R_ALPHA_max)
#define LITUSE_ALPHA_ADDR 0
#define LITUSE_ALPHA_BASE 1
#define LITUSE_ALPHA_BYTOFF 2
#define LITUSE_ALPHA_JSR 3
#define LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD 4
#define LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM 5
#define LITUSE_ALPHA_JSRDIRECT 6
#endif /* _ELF_ALPHA_H */

57
include/elf/arc.h
View File

@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
/* ARC ELF support for BFD.
Copyright 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Doug Evans, (dje@cygnus.com)
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* This file holds definitions specific to the ARC ELF ABI. */
#ifndef _ELF_ARC_H
#define _ELF_ARC_H
#include "elf/reloc-macros.h"
/* Relocations. */
START_RELOC_NUMBERS (elf_arc_reloc_type)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ARC_NONE, 0)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ARC_32, 1)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ARC_B26, 2)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_ARC_B22_PCREL, 3)
END_RELOC_NUMBERS (R_ARC_max)
/* Processor specific flags for the ELF header e_flags field. */
/* Four bit ARC machine type field. */
#define EF_ARC_MACH 0x0000000f
/* Various CPU types. */
#define E_ARC_MACH_ARC5 0
#define E_ARC_MACH_ARC6 1
#define E_ARC_MACH_ARC7 2
#define E_ARC_MACH_ARC8 3
/* Leave bits 0xf0 alone in case we ever have more than 16 cpu types. */
/* File contains position independent code. */
#define EF_ARC_PIC 0x00000100
#endif /* _ELF_ARC_H */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More